2k15i_ct_tahoe_sub_23168271B.

ai
(Modern Bridge - Level 2 / #23321109)
Spine = Printer Adjust
(Image set @ 60% Transparency
Color = Black
Date = 08/05/14
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2015 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Trademarks and License
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-48 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-55 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-19
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-31
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-44
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-57
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-74
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-89
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2015 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Special Application Vehicle Data Recording and
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Additional Maintenance
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79 Recommended Fluids, OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-13 OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-16 OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Introduction iii

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that Propriétaires Canadiens
was not purchased on the vehicle, A French language manual can be
model variants, country obtained from your dealer, at
specifications, features/applications www.helminc.com, or from:
that may not be available in your
The names, logos, emblems, region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names, and the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
this manual including, but not limited Refer to the purchase savant:
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, documentation relating to your
the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated
SUBURBAN, and Z71 are features. Attention: Customer Service
trademarks and/or service marks of 47911 Halyard Drive
Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170
General Motors LLC, its quick reference.
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.

Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23168271 B Second Printing 2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols

{ Warning
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the Warning indicates a hazard that labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an could result in injury or death. text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
{ Caution gauge, or indicator.
Danger, Warnings, and Caution indicates a hazard that M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions could result in property or vehicle you need to see your owner manual
damage. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
{ Danger information.

Danger indicates a hazard with a

high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more B : Engine Coolant Temperature g : Outside Power Foldaway
information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps Mirrors
the Index.
# : Fog Lamps O : Power
0 : Adjustable Pedals . : Fuel Gauge / : Remote Vehicle Start
9 : Airbag Readiness Light + : Fuses > : Safety Belt Reminders
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls Changer _ : Tow/Haul Mode
or OnStar (if equipped)
(: Heated Steering Wheel d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
$: Brake System Warning Light
j: LATCH System Child M : Windshield Washer Fluid
Restraints
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

vi Introduction

2 NOTES
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-1

In Brief Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Lane Departure

Steering Wheel Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . 1-22
Instrument Panel Throttle and Brake Pedal Rear Vision
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Initial Drive Information Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 (RCTA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-15 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Active Emergency Braking
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Universal Remote System . . . 1-24
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Vehicle Features Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Performance and Maintenance
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Traction Control/Electronic
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-19 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-26
Heated and Cooled Front Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-20 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-26
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Head Restraint Driver Information Driving for Better Fuel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Roadside Assistance
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-3

1. Air Vents on page 8-6. 4. Favorite Switches (Out of View). 11. Exterior Lamp Controls on
See Steering Wheel Controls on page 6-1.
2. g Traction Control/Electronic page 5-3.
Stability Control on page 9-44. Fog Lamps on page 6-5 (If
Volume Switches (Out of View). Equipped).
j Power Assist Steps on See Steering Wheel Controls on 12. Parking Brake on page 9-42.
page 2-24 (If Equipped). page 5-3.
13. Four-Wheel Drive on page 9-37
X Parking Assist Button (If 5. Instrument Cluster on page 5-12. (If Equipped).
Equipped). See Assistance 6. Hazard Warning Flashers on 14. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Systems for Parking or Backing page 6-4. (Out of View). See Malfunction
on page 9-58.
7. Shift Lever. See Automatic Indicator Lamp on page 5-22.
@ Lane Departure Warning Transmission on page 9-31. 15. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
(LDW) on page 9-67 (If Tow/Haul Selector Button. See Equipped). See Towing
Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-36. Equipment on page 9-82.
0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If Range Selection Mode (If 16. Cruise Control on page 9-47.
Equipped). See Adjustable Equipped). See Manual Mode on Adaptive Cruise Control on
Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9-34. page 9-50 (If Equipped).
page 9-20. 8. Light Sensor. See Automatic Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Headlamp System on page 6-3. System on page 9-61 (If
Lane-Change Signals on 9. Infotainment on page 7-1. Equipped).
page 6-4.
10. Instrument Panel Illumination Heated Steering Wheel on
Windshield Wiper/Washer on Control on page 6-6. page 5-4 (If Equipped).
page 5-4.
17. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10-5.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-4 In Brief

18. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Initial Drive

page 5-2.
19. Horn on page 5-4.
Information
20. Steering Wheel Controls on This section provides a brief
page 5-3. overview about some of the
important features that may or may
21. Heated and Cooled Front not be on your specific vehicle.
Seats on page 3-9 (If
Equipped). For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
22. Rear Climate Control Buttons. found later in this owner manual.
See Dual Automatic Climate
Control System on page 8-1. Remote Keyless Entry Key Access RKE Transmitter with
23. Power Outlets on page 5-9. (RKE) System Remote Start
24. 110 Volt Power Outlet (If The RKE transmitter is used to
Equipped). See Power Outlets remotely lock and unlock the doors
on page 5-9. and it may work up to 60 m (197 ft)
25. Dual Automatic Climate Control away from the vehicle.
System on page 8-1.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-5

7 : Press and release to initiate When the vehicle starts, the parking
vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps will turn on. The doors will be
lamps flash and the horn sounds locked and the climate control
three times. system may come on.

Press 7 and hold for more than The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. After 30 seconds,
three seconds to sound the panic
repeat the steps if a 10-minute
alarm.
extension is desired. Remote start
Press 7 again to cancel the panic can be extended only once.
alarm. Canceling a Remote Start
See Keys (Key) on page 2-2 or To cancel a remote start, do one of
Keyless Access RKE Transmitter Keys (Keyless) on page 2-4 and the following:
with Remote Start Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-5. . Press and hold / until the
K: Press to unlock the driver door. parking lamps turn off.
Press K again within three seconds Remote Vehicle Start . Turn on the hazard warning
to unlock all remaining doors.
If equipped, the engine can be flashers.
Q: Press to lock all doors. started from outside of the vehicle. . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Lock and unlock feedback can be Starting the Vehicle See Remote Vehicle Start on
personalized. See Vehicle
page 2-15.
Personalization on page 5-48. 1. Press and release Q.
b : Press twice to open or close 2. Immediately, press and hold /
the liftgate. Press once to stop the for at least four seconds or until
liftgate from moving. the turn signal lamps flash.
c : Press twice to open the
liftglass.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-6 In Brief

Door Locks Power Door Locks passenger doors and liftgate will
unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry
To lock or unlock the doors from (RKE) System Operation (Key
inside the vehicle: Access) on page 2-5 or Remote
. Press Q or K on a power door Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Keyless Access) on
lock switch.
page 2-8.
. Pushing down the manual lock
knob on the driver door will lock Liftgate
all doors. Pushing down the lock
knob on a passenger door will
lock that door only.
. Pulling the door handle once will
unlock that door. Pulling the
handle again will unlatch it.
To lock or unlock the doors from Q: Press to lock the doors.
outside the vehicle press Q or K on K: Press to unlock the doors.
the RKE transmitter. See Remote See Door Locks on page 2-16.
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) on Keyless Access
page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry If equipped with Keyless Access,
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless the RKE transmitter must be within
Access) on page 2-8. 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door. To open the liftgate, press K on the
Pressing the button on the driver power door lock switch or press K
door handle will unlock the driver on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
door. If the handle button is pressed transmitter twice to unlock all doors.
again within five seconds, the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-7

Press the touch pad on the To close, press l on the bottom If equipped, the front and rear
underside of the liftgate handle and of the liftgate next to the latch. windows have an express-down
lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry feature. The front windows have an
(RKE) System Operation (Key To disable the power liftgate express-up feature. See Windows
Access) on page 2-5 or Remote function, select OFF on the liftgate on page 2-33 and Power Windows
Keyless Entry (RKE) System switch. See Liftgate on page 2-19. on page 2-33.
Operation (Keyless Access) on
page 2-8. Windows Seat Adjustment
Use the pull cup to lower and close Manual Seats
the liftgate. Do not press the touch
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
Power Liftgate Operation
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the overhead console.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on
the overhead console. On the RKE The power windows work when the
transmitter press b twice quickly. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained To adjust a manual seat:
Pressing and releasing b while the Accessory Power (RAP). See
liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. 1. Pull the handle at the front of
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the seat.
Pressing again reverses the on page 9-27.
direction.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-8 In Brief

2. Slide the seat to the desired

. If equipped, raise or lower the If equipped, move the lever up or
position and release the handle. front part of the seat cushion by down repeatedly to increase or
moving the front of the control decrease lumbar support.
3. Try to move the seat back and up or down.
forth to be sure it is locked in See Lumbar Adjustment on
place.
. If equipped, raise or lower the page 3-5.
seat by moving the rear of the
See Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. control up or down. Power Lumbar
Power Seats See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-4.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar

To adjust the power lumbar support,

if equipped:
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Press and hold the control
. Move the seat forward or
forward to increase or rearward
rearward by sliding the control
to decrease upper and lower
forward or rearward.
lumbar support at the same time.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-9
. If equipped, press and hold the If equipped, the SET, "1," "2," and To fold the third row seatback:
control up to increase upper B (Exit) buttons on the driver door
lumbar support and decrease 1. Make sure that there is nothing
are used to manually save and under, in front of, or on the seat.
lower lumbar support. recall memory settings for the driver
Press and hold the control down seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and 2. Fully lower the head restraints.
to increase lower lumbar support telescoping steering column (if See Head Restraints on
and decrease upper lumbar equipped), and adjustable pedals (if page 3-2.
support. equipped).
See Lumbar Adjustment on See Memory Seats on page 3-7 and
page 3-5. Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-48.
Memory Features
Second Row Seats
The second row seatbacks can be
folded for additional cargo space,
or the seats can be folded and
tumbled for easy entry/exit to the
third row seats (if equipped). The
seatbacks also recline.
See Second Row Seats on 3. Disconnect the rear safety belt
page 3-11. mini-latch using a key in the slot
on the mini-buckle, and let the
Third Row Seats belt retract into the headliner.
If equipped, third row seatbacks can 4. Stow the mini-latch in the holder
be folded. in the headliner.
See Third Row Seats on page 3-16.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-10 In Brief

Heated and Cooled Front Press J to heat the driver or Safety Belts
Seats passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
If equipped, the vehicle may have
heated or heated and cooled seats. Press A to cool the driver or
passenger seat.
See Heated and Cooled Front Seats
on page 3-9.

Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Refer to the following sections for
To achieve a comfortable seating important information on how to use
position, change the seatback safety belts properly:
Heated and Cooled Seats Shown, recline angle as little as necessary . Safety Belts on page 3-20.
Heated Seats Similar while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper . How to Wear Safety Belts
The buttons are on the center stack position. Properly on page 3-21.
below the climate control system.
To operate, the engine must be See Head Restraints on page 3-2 . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-22.
running. and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
Press I to heat the driver or page 3-51.
passenger seatback only.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-11

Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status Exterior Mirrors

indicator will light on the overhead
System console when the vehicle is started. Power Mirrors
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-20.

Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
United States Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
Shown with Power Folding
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar
Canada and Mexico
headlamps from behind. To adjust the mirrors:
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard Automatic Dimming Rearview 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the
passenger frontal airbag under Mirror driver or passenger side mirror.
certain conditions. No other airbag If equipped, the mirror automatically 2. Press the arrows on the control
is affected by the passenger dims to reduce the glare of pad to move each mirror in the
sensing system. See Passenger headlamps from behind. The desired direction.
Sensing System on page 3-37 dimming feature comes on when the 3. Press either (1) or (2) again to
vehicle is started. deselect the mirror.
See Power Mirrors on page 2-29.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-12 In Brief

Folding Mirrors 2. Press { again to return the Steering Wheel

The outside mirrors can be folded mirrors to the driving position. Adjustment
inward to prevent damage when Heated Mirrors
going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward If equipped, pressing 1 also heats
the vehicle. See Folding Mirrors on the outside mirrors.
page 2-30.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Power Folding Mirrors Dual Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8-1.

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Hold the steering wheel and pull
the lever.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
To adjust power folding mirrors, 3. Release the lever to lock the
if equipped: wheel in place.
1. Press { to fold the mirrors
inward.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-13

Tilt and Telescope Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescope Steering Throttle and Brake Pedal
Wheel
Adjustment
If equipped, the position of the
throttle and brake pedals can be
changed.

To adjust the tilt and telescope

steering wheel, if equipped: To adjust the power tilt and
1. Push the lever (1) down to move telescope steering wheel,
the steering wheel forward or if equipped:
rearward. Lift the lever (1) up to Press the control to move the
lock the wheel in place. steering wheel up and down or The switch used to adjust the
forward and rearward. pedals is to the left of the steering
2. Hold the steering wheel and pull wheel.
the lever (2) toward you to move Do not adjust the steering wheel
the steering wheel up or down. while driving. Press the switch to the left to move
Release the lever (2) to lock the the pedals closer to your body.
wheel into place. Press the switch to the right to move
the pedals away.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-14 In Brief

See Adjustable Throttle and Brake To change the dome lamp settings, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
Pedal on page 9-20. press the following: or ON/RUN position or using
The vehicle may have a memory OFF: Turns the lamps off, even Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
function, which lets pedal settings when a door is open.
be saved and recalled. See Memory DOOR: The lamps come on
Seats on page 3-7. automatically when a door is
opened.
Interior Lighting
ON: Turns all dome lamps on.
Dome Lamps
Reading Lamps

Press m or n next to each reading

lamp to turn it on or off.
For more information about interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control on page 6-6.

There are dome lamps in the

overhead console and the headliner, There are reading lamps in the
if equipped. overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. To operate, the ignition
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-15

Exterior Lighting AUTO: Automatically turns on the The windshield wipers are controlled
headlamps, parking lamps, by turning the band with z
taillamps, instrument panel lights, FRONT on it.
roof marker lamps (if equipped), and
license plate lamps. 1 : Fast wipes.
; : Turns on the parking lamps w : Slow wipes.
including all lamps, except the 3 INT: Turn the z FRONT band
headlamps. up for more frequent wipes or down
5 : Turns on the headlamps with for less frequent wipes.
the parking lamps and instrument OFF: Turns the windshield
panel lights. wipers off.
See: 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8,
. Exterior Lamp Controls on then release. For several wipes,
The exterior lamp control is on the page 6-1 hold the band on 8 longer.
instrument panel to the left of the . Fog Lamps on page 6-5 L m : Push the paddle at the top of
steering wheel. the lever to spray washer fluid on
There are four positions. Windshield Wiper/Washer the windshield.
O : Turns off the automatic Rainsense™
headlamps and Daytime Running
With Rainsense, a sensor near the
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
top center of the windshield detects
control to the off position again to
the amount of water on the
turn the automatic headlamps or
windshield and controls the
DRL back on.
frequency of the windshield wiper.
The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-16 In Brief

3 INT: Turn the z FRONT more or less frequent wipes. A DIC 5. Defrost
band on the wiper lever to adjust the message may be displayed when 6. Passenger Temperature Control
sensitivity. Rainsense is turned on or off.
7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-4. 8. Air Recirculation
9. Rear Climate Control Power
Climate Controls Button
This system controls the heating, 10. Rear AUTO (Automatic
cooling, and ventilation. Operation)
. Turn the band up for more 11. Front Climate Control Power
sensitivity to moisture. Button
. Turn the band down for less 12. Rear Fan Control
sensitivity to moisture. 13. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
Move the band out of the 3 INT 14. Rear Temperature Control
position to deactivate Rainsense.
15. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
z AUTO: Press to turn Lockout)
Rainsense on or off. When turned
16. Rear Window Defogger
on and z FRONT is in one of the
Rainsense wipe sensitivity 17. SYNC (Synchronized
positions, the wipers can be Temperature)
adjusted for more or less sensitivity 1. Driver Temperature Control See Dual Automatic Climate Control
to moisture. When turned off, the 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) System on page 8-1 and Rear
wipers operate as timed intermittent Climate Control System on page 8-5
wipers and can be adjusted for 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls (if equipped).
4. Fan Control
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (17,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-17

Transmission 2. Press the plus/minus buttons on Automatic Transfer Case

the shift lever to select the
Range Selection Mode desired range of gears for
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode on page 9-34.
While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
The Range Selection Mode switch, See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-36.
if equipped, is on the shift lever.
1. To enable the Range Selection Four-Wheel Drive
feature, move the shift lever to Two Speed Automatic
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Transfer Case
the M (Manual) position. The you can send the engine's driving
current range will appear next to power to all four wheels for extra
the M. This is the highest traction.
attainable range with all lower
gears accessible. As an
example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is
selected, 1 (First) through
5 (Fifth) gears are available.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (18,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-18 In Brief

4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive Vehicle Features

High position when extra traction is
needed, such as on snowy or icy Infotainment System
roads or in most off-road situations.
The base radio information is
4 n : Vehicles with a two speed included in this manual. See the
automatic transfer case have a infotainment manual for information
Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This on the uplevel radios, audio players,
setting sends maximum power to all phone, navigation system, Rear
four wheels. You might choose 4 n if Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
you are driving off-road in deep voice or speech recognition,
sand, mud, or snow, and while if equipped.
Single Speed Automatic climbing or descending steep hills.
Transfer Case N (Neutral): Vehicles with a two
Radio(s)
The transfer case knob is to the left speed automatic transfer case have O : Press to turn the system on.
of the steering wheel. Use this knob a N (Neutral) position. Shift the Press and hold to turn it off. When
to shift into and out of the different transfer case to N (Neutral) only on, press to mute; press again to
four-wheel drive modes. when towing the vehicle. See unmute. Turn to increase or
Recreational Vehicle Towing on decrease the volume.
2 m : This setting is used for driving page 10-83 or Towing the Vehicle
in most street and highway RADIO: Press to choose between
on page 10-83.
situations. FM, AM, and SiriusXM®,
See Four-Wheel Drive on if equipped.
AUTO: This setting is ideal for use page 9-37.
when road surface traction MEDIA: Press to change the audio
conditions are variable. source between CD, USB, SD card,
and AUX.
{: Press to go to the Home Page.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (19,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-19

MENU: Press to select a menu. Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices

g: Press to seek the previous ®
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
station or track. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack, SD card
l : Press to seek the next station satellite radio subscription can reader, and two USB ports in the
or track. receive SiriusXM programming. center stack or inside the front seat
armrest. External devices such as
See Overview on page 7-2 about SiriusXM Satellite Radio iPods®, laptop computers, MP3
these and other radio features. Service players, CD changers, and USB
Storing Radio Station Presets SiriusXM is a satellite radio service storage devices may be connected,
based in the 48 contiguous United depending on the audio system.
Up to 25 preset stations from all
bands can be stored in the favorite States and 10 Canadian provinces. See USB Port on page 7-15,
lists in any order. Up to five stations SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide SD Card Reader on page 7-17,
can be stored in each favorite page variety of programming and Auxiliary Jack on page 7-18.
and the number of favorite pages commercial-free music, coast to
can be set. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Bluetooth®
A fee is required to receive the
To store the station to a position in SiriusXM service. The Bluetooth® system allows users
the list, while on the active source with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
For more information refer to:
main page, such as AM, FM, to make and receive hands-free
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and . www.siriusxm.com or call calls using the vehicle audio system
hold a favorites/soft key button on 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). and controls.
the faceplate. . www.xmradio.ca or call The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
See “Storing Radio Station Presets” 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). must be paired with the in-vehicle
under AM-FM Radio on page 7-8. See Satellite Radio on page 7-10. Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
Setting the Clock will support all functions.
See Clock on page 5-8.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (20,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-20 In Brief

See Bluetooth (Overview) on See OnStar Overview on page 14-1,

page 7-20 or Bluetooth Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7-20
(Infotainment Controls - Base or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Radio) on page 7-22 or Bluetooth Base Radio) on page 7-22 or
(Voice Recognition - Base Radio) on Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base
page 7-26. Radio) on page 7-26, or “Bluetooth
(Overview)” in the infotainment
Steering Wheel Controls manual.
i : Press to reject an incoming
call, or end a current call. Press to
mute or unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.
o or p : Press to go to the The favorite and volume switches
previous or next menu option. are on the back of the steering
wheel.
w or x : Press to go to the next
or previous selection. 1. Favorite: When on a radio
source, press to select the next
@: Press to select a highlighted or previous favorite. When on a
menu option. media source, press to select
the next or previous track.

If equipped, some audio controls 2. Volume: Press to increase or

can be adjusted at the steering decrease the volume.
wheel. See Steering Wheel Controls on
g: If equipped with OnStar® or a page 5-3.
Bluetooth® system, press to interact
with those systems.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (21,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-21

Cruise Control accelerate. If cruise control is

already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
*: Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control on page 9-47 or
Adaptive Cruise Control on
page 9-50 (if equipped).

Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the instrument
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
cluster. It shows the status of many
5 : Press to turn the system on or vehicle systems. o or p : Press to move between
off. The indicator light is white when the interactive display zones in the
cruise control is on and turns off If the vehicle has the base level
cluster.
when cruise control is off. instrument cluster, the trip odometer
reset stem is used to operate V : Press to open a menu or select
SET − : Press briefly to set the the DIC. a menu item. Press and hold to
speed and activate cruise control. reset values on certain screens.
If cruise control is already active, If the vehicle has the uplevel
instrument cluster, the right steering See Driver Information Center (DIC)
use to decrease vehicle speed.
wheel controls are used to operate (Base Level) on page 5-30 or Driver
+ RES: If there is a set speed in the DIC. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
memory, press to resume that on page 5-32.
speed or press and hold to
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (22,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-22 In Brief

Forward Collision Alert change to amber and flash. In Rear Vision

addition, beeps will sound or the
(FCA) System driver seat will pulse.
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If equipped, RVC displays a view of
reduce the harm caused by on page 9-67. the area behind the vehicle on the
front-end crashes. FCA provides a center stack display when the
green indicator, V, when a vehicle vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
Lane Change Alert (LCA) aid with parking and low-speed
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a If equipped, the LCA system is a backing maneuvers.
vehicle much too closely. When lane-changing aid that assists See Assistance Systems for Parking
approaching a vehicle ahead too drivers with avoiding lane change or Backing on page 9-58.
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red crashes that occur with vehicles in
alert on the windshield and rapidly the side blind zone (or spot) areas
or with vehicles rapidly approaching
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
these areas from behind. The LCA (RCTA) System
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) warning display will light up in the
System on page 9-61. If equipped, the RCTA system uses
corresponding outside side mirror a triangle with an arrow displayed
and will flash if the turn signal is on. on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
Lane Departure The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) behind your vehicle that may cross
Warning (LDW) system is included as part of the your vehicle's path while in
LCA system. R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
unintentional lane departures at See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) sound, or the driver seat will pulse.
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or on page 9-65 and Lane Change See Assistance Systems for Parking
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor Alert (LCA) on page 9-65. or Backing on page 9-58.
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW light, @, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane, the light will
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (23,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-23
. One in the third row seat on the
Parking Assist Assist (IBA) and the Automatic
driver side.
Collision Preparation (ACP) System.
If equipped, Rear Parking Assist These systems can provide a boost . One in the rear cargo area on
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear to braking or automatically brake the the passenger side.
bumper to assist with parking and vehicle to help avoid or lessen the
avoiding objects while in severity of crashes when driving in a Vehicles with Bench Seats
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds forward gear. . One on the center stack below
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may the climate control system.
display a warning triangle on the See Active Emergency Braking
Rear Vision Camera screen and a System on page 9-63. . One in the storage area on the
graphic on the instrument cluster to bench seat.
provide the object distance. In Power Outlets . One on the rear of the center
addition, multiple beeps or seat Accessory power outlets can be armrest storage.
pulses may occur if very close to used to plug in electrical equipment,
an object.
. One in the third row seat area on
such as a cell phone, MP3 the driver side.
The vehicle may also have the Front player, etc.
Parking Assist system.
. One in the rear cargo area on
The vehicle may have up to five the passenger side.
See Assistance Systems for Parking accessory power outlets:
or Backing on page 9-58. Lift the cover to access and replace
Vehicles with a Center Console when not in use.
Active Emergency . One in front of the cupholders on See Power Outlets on page 5-9.
the center console.
Braking System
. One inside the center storage
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise console.
Control (ACC) it also has the Active
Emergency Braking System, which . One on the rear of the center
includes Intelligent Brake storage console.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (24,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-24 In Brief

Universal Remote System Sunroof Vent: From the closed position,

press the rear of switch (2) to vent
the sunroof.
Open/Close: To open the sunroof,
press and hold switch (1) until the
sunroof reaches the desired
position. Press and hold the front of
switch (1) to close it.
If equipped with the Universal Express-Open/Express-Close:
Remote system, these buttons will To express-open the sunroof, fully
be in the front overhead console. press and release the rear of
switch (1) until the sunroof reaches
This system provides a way to
the desired position. To
replace up to three remote control
express-close the sunroof, fully
transmitters used to activate 1. Open or Close press and release the front of
devices such as garage door
2. Vent switch (1). Press the switch again to
openers, security systems, and
stop it.
home automation devices. On vehicles with a sunroof, the
sunroof only operates when the When the sunroof is opened, an air
See Universal Remote System on
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or deflector will automatically raise.
page 5-55.
ON/RUN, or when Retained The air deflector will retract when
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. the sunroof is closed.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-27.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (25,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-25

The sunroof also has a sunshade

. To turn off both traction control
which can be pulled forward to block
Performance and and StabiliTrak, press and
sun rays. The sunshade must be Maintenance hold g until i and g illuminate
opened and closed manually. in the instrument cluster and the
If an object is in the path of the Traction Control/ appropriate DIC message
sunroof while it is closing, the Electronic Stability displays. See Ride Control
anti-pinch feature will detect the System Messages on page 5-42.
Control
object and stop the sunroof. . Press and release g again to
The vehicle has a traction control
See Sunroof on page 2-36. turn on both systems.
system that limits wheel spin and
the StabiliTrak system that assists . StabiliTrak will automatically turn
with directional control of the vehicle on if the vehicle exceeds
in difficult driving conditions. Both 56 km/h (35 mph). Traction
systems come on automatically control will remain off.
when the vehicle is started and See Traction Control/Electronic
begins to move. Stability Control on page 9-44.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate DIC
message displays. See Ride
Control System Messages on
page 5-42.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (26,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-26 In Brief

Tire Pressure Monitor The low tire pressure warning light Engine Oil Life System
may come on in cool weather when
This vehicle may have a Tire the vehicle is first started, and then The engine oil life system calculates
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). turn off as the vehicle is driven. This engine oil life based on vehicle use
may be an early indicator that the and, on most vehicles, displays a
tire pressures are getting low and DIC message when it is necessary
the tires need to be inflated to the to change the engine oil and filter.
proper pressure. The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
The TPMS does not replace normal change.
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures. Resetting the Oil Life System
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in See Tire Pressure Monitor System To reset the engine oil life system:
pressure of one of the vehicle's on page 10-55. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
tires. If the warning light comes on, on the DIC. See Driver
stop as soon as possible and inflate Information Center (DIC) (Base
the tires to the recommended Level) on page 5-30 or Driver
pressure shown on the Tire and Information Center (DIC)
Loading Information label. See (Uplevel) on page 5-32. If the
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14. vehicle does not have DIC
The warning light will remain on until buttons, the vehicle must be in
the tire pressure is corrected. P (Park) to access this display.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (27,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

In Brief 1-27
. When road and weather
2. Press and hold the V button on E85 or FlexFuel conditions are appropriate, use
the DIC, or the trip odometer Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can cruise control.
reset stem if the vehicle does use either unleaded gasoline or
not have DIC buttons, for . Always follow posted speed
ethanol fuel containing up to 85%
several seconds. The oil life will limits or drive more slowly when
ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel
change to 100%. conditions require.
on page 9-71. For all other vehicles,
The oil life system can also be reset use only the unleaded gasoline . Keep vehicle tires properly
as follows: described under Fuel on page 9-69. inflated.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with . Combine several trips into a
the engine off. Driving for Better Fuel single trip.
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal Economy . Replace the vehicle's tires with
slowly three times within Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number
five seconds. mileage. Here are some driving tips molded into the tire's sidewall
to get the best fuel economy near the size.
3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC. If the display shows possible. . Follow recommended scheduled
100%, the system is reset. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate maintenance.
See Engine Oil Life System on smoothly.
page 10-10. . Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (28,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

1-28 In Brief

Roadside Assistance OnStar®

Program This vehicle may be equipped with a
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
TTY Users (U.S. Only): Advisor for Emergency, Security,
1-888-889-2438 Navigation, Connection, and
Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Diagnostic Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
New Chevrolet owners are subscription. See OnStar Overview
automatically enrolled in the on page 14-1.
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13-5.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors, and Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-18 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Windows Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Doors
Keys and Locks Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Interior Mirrors
Keys (Key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-32
Keys (Keyless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-32
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Vehicle Security Automatic Dimming Rearview
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-25 Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
System Operation (Key Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Immobilizer Operation (Key Windows
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
System Operation (Keyless Immobilizer Operation Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . 2-15 Exterior Mirrors Roof
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks Warning (Continued)

Keys (Key) the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
{ Warning impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
Leaving children in a vehicle with unintentional rotation of the
an ignition key or Remote ignition key, do not change the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is way the ignition key and Remote
dangerous and children or others Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
could be seriously injured or if equipped, are connected to the
killed. They could operate the provided key rings.
power window or other controls or { Warning
make the vehicle move. The The ignition key and key rings, and
windows will function with the key If the key is unintentionally
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
in the ignition or with the RKE rotated while the vehicle is
designed to work together as a
transmitter in the vehicle, and running, the ignition could be
system to reduce the risk of
children or others could be caught moved out of the RUN unintentionally moving the key out
in the path of a closing window. position. This could be caused by of the RUN position. The ignition
Do not leave children in a vehicle heavy items hanging from the key key has a small hole to allow
with the ignition key or an RKE ring, or by large or long items attachment of the provided key ring.
transmitter. attached to the key ring that could It is important that any replacement
be contacted by the driver or ignition keys have a small hole. See
steering wheel. If the ignition your dealer if a replacement key is
moves out of the RUN position, required.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

The combination and size of the The key is used for the driver door, If a key is lost or damaged, see your
rings that came with your keys were ignition, and glove box. dealer to have a new key made.
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to Programming Keys Programming without a
the key like two links of a chain to Recognized Key (Key
Follow these procedures to program Vehicles Only)
reduce the risk of unintentionally up to eight keys to the vehicle.
moving the key out of the RUN Program a new key to the vehicle
position. Do not add any additional Programming with a Recognized when a recognized key is not
items to the ring attached to the Key (Key Vehicles Only) available. Canadian regulations
ignition key. Attach additional items To program a new key: require that Canadian owners see
only to the second ring, and limit their dealer.
1. Insert the original, already
added items to a few essential keys If there are no currently recognized
programmed key in the ignition
or small, light items no larger than keys available, follow this procedure
and turn the key to the ON/RUN
an RKE transmitter. to program the first key.
position.
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and This procedure will take
remove the key. approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
3. Insert the new key to be
vehicle must be off and all of the
programmed and turn it to the
keys must be with you.
ON/RUN position within
five seconds. 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
programmed. light will come on.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
keys are to be programmed. security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more Keys (Keyless)

times. After the third time, turn to
ON/RUN; the key is learned and
all previously known keys will no { Warning
longer work with the vehicle. Leaving children in a vehicle with
Remaining keys can be learned by an ignition key or Remote
following the procedure in Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
“Programming with a Recognized dangerous and children or others
Key (Key Vehicles Only).” could be seriously injured or
The key has a bar-coded key tag killed. They could operate the
that the dealer or qualified locksmith power window or other controls or
can use to make new keys. Store make the vehicle move. The
this information in a safe place, not windows will function with the key
in the vehicle. in the ignition or with the RKE
See your dealer if a replacement transmitter in the vehicle, and
key or additional key is needed. children or others could be caught
in the path of a closing window.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, Do not leave children in a vehicle
inspect the key blade for debris. with the ignition key or an RKE
Periodically clean with a brush transmitter.
or pick.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1. If the vehicle has the Keyless
Access system, there is a key in the
transmitter.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

This key is used for the driver door With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry
and glove box. an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
(RKE) System Operation
Overview on page 14-1. (Key Access)
The RKE transmitter functions may
Remote Keyless Entry work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
(RKE) System the vehicle.
See Radio Frequency Statement on Other conditions can affect the
page 13-12. performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
If there is a decrease in the RKE System on page 2-5.
operating range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
If the vehicle has the Keyless
Access system, the transmitter has
. Check the location. Other
a button on the side of the vehicles or objects may be
transmitter used to remove the key. blocking the signal.
Do not pull the key out without . Check the transmitter's battery.
pressing the button. See “Battery Replacement” later
See your dealer if a replacement in this section.
key or additional key is needed. . If the transmitter is still not
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, working correctly, see your
inspect the key blade for debris. dealer or a qualified technician
Periodically clean with a brush for service.
or pick.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

locking has occurred. If enabled If enabled through the DIC, the

through the DIC, the horn chirps exterior lamps may turn on. See
when Q is pressed again within Vehicle Personalization on
three seconds. See Vehicle page 5-48.
Personalization on page 5-48. If equipped, memory seat positions
may be recalled when unlocking the
Pressing Q arms the alarm system.
vehicle if enabled. See Vehicle
See Vehicle Alarm System on Personalization on page 5-48 and
page 2-25. Memory Seats on page 3-7.
If equipped with auto mirror folding,
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
pressing and holding Q for
disarms the alarm system. See
one second will fold the mirrors. The Vehicle Alarm System on
With Remote Start (without auto mirror folding feature will not
Remote Start Similar) page 2-25.
operate unless it is enabled. See
/ (Remote Vehicle Start): Vehicle Personalization on If equipped with auto mirror folding,
If equipped, press and release Q, page 5-48. pressing and holding K for
K (Unlock): Press once to unlock one second will unfold the mirrors.
then immediately press and hold /
The auto mirror folding feature will
until the turn signal flash or for at only the driver door. If K is pressed
not operate unless it is enabled.
least four seconds. The engine may again within three seconds, all See Vehicle Personalization on
be started from outside the vehicle remaining doors unlock. The interior page 5-48.
using the RKE transmitter. See lamps may come on and stay on for
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-15. 20 seconds or until the ignition is b (Liftgate): Press twice to open
turned on. or close the liftgate. Press once to
Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. stop the liftgate from moving.
If enabled through the Driver If enabled through the DIC, the turn
signal lamps flash twice to indicate c (Liftglass): Press twice to open
Information Center (DIC), the turn the liftglass.
signal lamps flash once to indicate unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-48.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Battery Replacement To replace the battery:

Alarm): Press and release to Replace the battery in the
initiate vehicle locate. The turn transmitter soon if the REPLACE
signal lamps flash and the horn BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
sounds three times. message displays in the DIC.
Press and hold 7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic { Caution
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for When replacing the battery, do
30 seconds. The alarm turns off not touch any of the circuitry on
when the ignition is moved to ON/ the transmitter. Static from your
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The body could damage the
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for transmitter.
the panic alarm to work. 1. Separate and remove the back
Programming Transmitters to cover of the transmitter with a
the Vehicle flat, thin object, such as a coin.

Only RKE transmitters programmed

to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Each vehicle can have up to
eight transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer for transmitter
programming.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access)
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
“Keyless Access Operation” later in
this section.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
2. Press and slide the battery down With Remote Start (without
toward the pocket of the Other conditions can affect the Remote Start Similar)
transmitter in the direction of the performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) / (Remote Vehicle Start):
key ring. Do not use a metal
System on page 2-5. If equipped, press and release Q,
object
then immediately press and hold /
3. Remove the battery.
until the turn signal flash or for at
4. Insert the new battery, positive least four seconds. The engine may
side facing up. Replace with a be started from outside the vehicle
CR2032 or equivalent battery. using the RKE transmitter. See
5. Push together the transmitter Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-15.
back cover top side first, and Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors.
then the bottom toward the
If enabled through the Driver
key ring.
Information Center (DIC), the turn
signal lamps flash once to indicate
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

locking has occurred. If enabled through the DIC, the exterior lamps 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic
through the DIC, the horn chirps may turn on. See Vehicle Alarm): Press and release to
when Q is pressed again within Personalization on page 5-48. initiate vehicle locate. The turn
three seconds. See Vehicle If equipped, memory seat positions signal lamps flash and the horn
Personalization on page 5-48. may be recalled when unlocking the sounds three times.
vehicle if enabled. See Vehicle
Pressing Q arms the alarm system. Press and hold 7 for more than
Personalization on page 5-48 and
See Vehicle Alarm System on three seconds to activate the panic
Memory Seats on page 3-7.
page 2-25. alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
If equipped with auto mirror folding, Pressing K on the RKE transmitter and the horn sounds repeatedly for
disarms the alarm system. See 30 seconds. The alarm turns off
pressing and holding Q for when the ignition is moved to ON/
Vehicle Alarm System on
one second will fold the mirrors. The page 2-25. RUN or 7 is pressed again. The
auto mirror folding feature will not
If equipped with auto mirror folding, ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
operate unless it is enabled. See
the panic alarm to work.
Vehicle Personalization on pressing and holding K for
page 5-48. one second will unfold mirrors. The
K (Unlock): Press once to unlock auto mirror folding feature will not
operate unless it is enabled. See
only the driver door. If K is pressed
Vehicle Personalization on
again within three seconds, all page 5-48.
remaining doors unlock. The interior
lamps may come on and stay on for b (Liftgate): Press twice to open
20 seconds or until the ignition is or close the liftgate. Press once to
turned on. stop the liftgate from moving.
If enabled through the DIC, the turn c (Liftglass): Press twice to open
signal lamps flash twice to indicate the liftglass.
unlocking has occurred. If enabled
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keyless Access Operation Keyless Unlocking/Locking from

the Passenger Doors
The Keyless Access system allows
for doors and the liftgate to be When the doors are locked and the
accessed without pressing the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
RKE transmitter button. The RKE of the door handle, pressing the
transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) lock/unlock button on a passenger
of the door being opened. If the door handle will unlock all doors.
vehicle has this feature, there will be Pressing the lock/unlock button will
a button on the outside door cause all doors to lock if any of the
handles. following occur:
Keyless Access can be . The lock/unlock button was used
programmed to unlock all doors on to unlock all doors.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
the first lock/unlock press from the . Any vehicle door has been
Similar
driver door. See Vehicle opened and all doors are now
Personalization on page 5-48. Pressing the lock/unlock button will closed.
cause all doors to lock if any of the
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from following occur: Passive Locking
the Driver Door
. It has been more than If equipped with Keyless Access,
When the doors are locked and the five seconds since the first lock/ this feature will lock the vehicle
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) unlock button press. several seconds after all doors are
of the door handle, pressing the closed, if the vehicle is off and at
lock/unlock button on the driver door . Two lock/unlock button presses
least one RKE transmitter has been
handle will unlock the driver door. were used to unlock all doors.
removed from the interior, or none
If the lock/unlock button is pressed . Any vehicle door has been remain in the interior.
again within five seconds, all opened and all doors are now
passenger doors and liftgate will If other electronic devices interfere
closed.
unlock. with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

transmitter inside the vehicle. unlocked, or when all doors are longer work. Each vehicle can have
If passive locking is enabled, the locked and the transmitter is within up to eight transmitters matched
doors may lock with the RKE 1 m (3 ft). to it.
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
not leave the RKE transmitter in an Keyless Liftglass Opening Programming with a Recognized
Press the exterior liftglass button to Transmitter (Keyless Access
unattended vehicle.
open the liftglass when all doors are Vehicles Only)
Temporary Disable Passive unlocked, or when all doors are A new transmitter can be
Locking Feature locked and the transmitter is within programmed to the vehicle when
Temporarily disable the passive 1 m (3 ft). there is one recognized transmitter.
locking by pressing and holding K See Liftgate on page 2-19. To program, the vehicle must be off
on the interior door switch with a and all transmitters, both currently
door open for at least four seconds, Keyed Access recognized and new, must be
or until three chimes are heard. To access a vehicle with a dead with you.
Passive locking will then remain transmitter battery, see Door Locks 1. Remove the key from the
disabled until Q on the interior door on page 2-16. recognized transmitter.
is pressed, or until the vehicle is
Programming Transmitters to 2. Place the recognized
turned on.
the Vehicle transmitter(s) in the cupholder or
To customize the doors to passenger seat.
automatically lock when exiting the Only RKE transmitters programmed
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, to the vehicle will work. If a
Start” under Vehicle Personalization transmitter is lost or stolen, a
on page 5-48. replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Keyless Liftgate Opening The vehicle can be reprogrammed
Press the touch pad on the so that lost or stolen transmitters no
underside of the liftgate handle to
open the liftgate when all doors are
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

3. Insert the vehicle key into the front of the storage area next to Programming without a
key lock cylinder on the driver the center console storage area Recognized Transmitter (Keyless
door handle. Then turn the key between the driver and front Access Vehicles Only)
counterclockwise, to the unlock passenger seats. If there are no currently recognized
position, five times within 5. Press the ENGINE START/ transmitters available, follow this
10 seconds. STOP button. When the procedure to program up to eight
The Driver Information Center transmitter is learned, the DIC transmitters. This feature is not
(DIC) displays READY FOR display will show that it is ready available in Canada. This procedure
REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC. to program the next transmitter. will take approximately 30 minutes
6. Remove the transmitter from the to complete. The vehicle must be
off and all transmitters to be
transmitter pocket and press K programmed must be with you.
or Q on the transmitter. 1. Remove the vehicle key from the
To program additional transmitter.
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. 2. Insert the vehicle key into the
When all additional transmitters key lock cylinder on the driver
are programmed, press and hold door handle; then turn the key
the ENGINE START/STOP counterclockwise, to the unlock
button for approximately position five times within
12 seconds to exit 10 seconds.
programming mode. The Driver Information Center
4. Place the new transmitter in the 7. Return the key back into the (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN
transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
Open the center console storage
area and the storage tray. The
transmitter pocket/insert is in
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC 7. Remove the transmitter from the
displays PRESS ENGINE transmitter pocket/insert and
START BUTTON TO LEARN, press K or Q on the transmitter.
then press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.
The DIC display will again show
REMOTE LEARN PENDING, When all additional transmitters
PLEASE WAIT. are programmed, press and hold
the ENGINE START/STOP
4. Repeat Step 3 two additional button for approximately
times. After the third time all 12 seconds to exit
previously known transmitters programming mode.
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters 5. Place the new transmitter in the 8. Return the key back into the
can be relearned during the transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter.
next steps. Open the center console storage Starting the Vehicle with a Low
The DIC display should area and the storage tray. The Transmitter Battery
now show READY FOR transmitter pocket/insert is in
front of the storage area next to If the transmitter battery is weak or if
REMOTE # 1.
the center console storage area there is interference with the signal,
between the driver and front the DIC may display NO REMOTE
passenger seats. DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
6. Press the ENGINE START/ TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
STOP button. When the START YOUR VEHICLE. when
transmitter is learned, the DIC starting the vehicle. See Key and
display will show that it is ready Lock Messages on page 5-39.
to program the next transmitter.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement To replace the battery:

1. Open the center console storage Replace the battery in the
area and the storage tray. transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

{ Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
1. With the key removed, insert a
flat, thin object in center of the
2. Place the transmitter in the transmitter to separate and
transmitter pocket/insert. remove the back cover.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or

N (Neutral) press the brake
pedal and the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Remote Vehicle Start The vehicle cannot be remote

started if:
If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
. The key is in the ignition (Key
will come on when the vehicle is Access) or the transmitter is in
started remotely depending on the the vehicle (Keyless Access).
outside temperature. . The hood is not closed.
The rear defog and heated and . There is an emission control
cooled seats, if equipped, may also system malfunction and the
come on. See Heated and Cooled malfunction indicator lamp is on.
Front Seats on page 3-9 and
The engine will turn off during a
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-48. remote vehicle start if:
2. Lift the battery with a flat object.
Laws in some communities may
. The coolant temperature gets
3. Remove the battery. too high.
restrict the use of remote starters.
4. Insert the new battery, positive Check local regulations for any . The oil pressure gets low.
side toward the back cover. requirements on remote starting of The RKE transmitter range may be
Replace with a CR2032 or vehicles. reduced while the vehicle is running.
equivalent battery.
Do not use remote start if the Other conditions can affect the
5. Push together the transmitter. vehicle is low on fuel. performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-5 or Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-48.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Starting the Engine Using Remote running. An extension can be Door Locks
Start requested, 30 seconds after
starting.
1. Press and release Q.
A maximum of two remote starts,
{ Warning
2. Immediately press and hold / or a single start with an extension, Unlocked doors can be
until the turn signal lamps flash is allowed between ignition cycles. dangerous.
or for at least four seconds. The vehicle's ignition must be . Passengers, especially
When the vehicle starts, the turned on and then back off to use children, can easily open the
parking lamps will turn on. The remote start again. doors and fall out of a moving
doors will be locked and the vehicle. When a door is
Canceling a Remote Start
climate control system may locked, the handle will not
come on. To cancel a remote start, do one of open it. The chance of being
the following: thrown out of the vehicle in a
The engine will continue to run
crash is increased if the
for 10 minutes. Repeat . Press and hold / until the doors are not locked. So, all
Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute parking lamps turn off.
time extension. passengers should wear
. Turn on the hazard warning safety belts properly and the
Place the ignition in ON/RUN/ flashers. doors should be locked
START to operate the vehicle. whenever the vehicle is
. Turn the ignition on and then off.
Extending Engine Run Time driven.

The engine run time can be

. Young children who get into
extended by 10 minutes, for a total unlocked vehicles may be
of 20 minutes, if during the first unable to get out. A child can
10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are be overcome by extreme heat
repeated while the engine is still and can suffer permanent
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (17,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

. Pushing down the manual lock Key Cylinder Access
Warning (Continued) knob on the driver door will lock
all doors. Pushing down the
injuries or even death from manual lock knob on a
heat stroke. Always lock the passenger door will lock only
vehicle whenever leaving it. that door.
. Outsiders can easily enter . Pulling an interior door handle
through an unlocked door will unlock the door. Pulling the
when you slow down or stop door handle again unlatches it.
the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from Keyless Access
happening. If equipped, the RKE transmitter
must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door
To lock or unlock the doors from being opened. Press the button on
outside the vehicle: the door handle to open. See To access the key cylinder, insert
“Keyless Access Operation” in the key into slot on the bottom of
. Press Q or K on the Remote Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the door handle and pry cover off.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. System Operation (Key Access) on Replace cover when done by
page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry snapping on tabs.
. Use the key in the driver door.
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
To lock or unlock the doors from Access) on page 2-8.
inside the vehicle:
. Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (18,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks

Press Q or K on the Remote When locking the doors with the The vehicle may have an automatic
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. power lock switch and a door or the lock/unlock feature. This feature can
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) liftgate is open, the doors will lock be programmed using the Driver
System Operation (Key Access) on five seconds after the last door is Information Center (DIC). See
page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry closed. You will hear three chimes Vehicle Personalization on
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless to signal that the delayed locking page 5-48.
Access) on page 2-8. feature is in use.
Pressing the power lock switch Lockout Protection
twice will override the delayed Keyed Ignition: When locking is
locking feature and immediately lock requested with the driver door open
all the doors. and the key in the ignition, all the
This feature will not operate if the doors will lock and then the driver
key is in the ignition. door will unlock. This can be
manually overridden by pressing
This feature can be programmed
using the Driver Information and holding Q on the power door
Center (DIC). See “Delayed Door lock switch.
Lock” under Vehicle Personalization Pushbutton Start: When locking
on page 5-48. is requested with the driver door
open and the vehicle is in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. all the doors will lock and then the
driver door will unlock. This can be
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the manually overridden by pressing
doors.
and holding Q on the power door
lock switch.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (19,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is Doors

turned on, the vehicle is off with the
driver door open, and door locking
is requested, all the doors will lock Liftgate
and only the driver door will unlock.
The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout { Warning
feature can be turned on or off using
the vehicle personalization menus. Exhaust gases can enter the
See Vehicle Personalization on vehicle if it is driven with the
page 5-48. liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
Safety Locks through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
The rear door safety locks prevent Press { to activate the safety locks liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
passengers from opening the rear on the rear doors. The indicator light carbon monoxide (CO) which
doors from inside the vehicle. comes on when activated. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
Press { again to deactivate the cause unconsciousness and even
safety locks. death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (20,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release

Warning (Continued) of the liftglass if there is an attempt
to open it while the rear wipers are
. Adjust the climate control in motion.
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air and Use the pull cup to lower and close
set the fan speed to the the liftgate. Do not press the touch
highest setting. See “Climate pad while closing the liftgate. This
Control Systems” in the will cause the liftgate to be
Index. unlatched.
. If the vehicle is equipped with If equipped with Keyless Access,
a power liftgate, disable the the RKE transmitter must be within
power liftgate function. 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to
automatically unlock it. See Remote
See Engine Exhaust on Keyless Entry (RKE) System
page 9-30. To open the liftgate, press K on the Operation (Key Access) on
power door lock switch or press K page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless
on the RKE transmitter twice to
{ Caution unlock all doors. Press the touch
Access) on page 2-8.
pad (1) on the underside of the The liftgate has an electric latch.
To avoid damage to the liftgate or liftgate handle and lift up. If the battery is disconnected or has
liftglass, make sure the area low voltage, the liftgate will not
Press the button (2) above the
above and behind the liftgate is open. The liftgate will resume
license plate to open the liftglass,
clear before opening it. operation when the battery is
or press b twice quickly on the reconnected and charged.
RKE transmitter. Do not leave the
liftglass open when raising the
liftgate.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (21,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Power Liftgate Operation The modes are: vehicle can be opened if the
. MAX: Opens to maximum RKE transmitter is within 1 m
{ Warning height. (3 ft) of the touch pad.

You, or others, could be injured if

. 3/4: Opens to a reduced height
caught in the path of the power that can be set from 3/4 to fully
liftgate. Make sure there is no one open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead
in the way of the liftgate as it is
objects such as a garage door or
opening and closing.
roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate
can be opened all the way
manuallly.
. OFF: Opens manually only.
To open or close the liftgate, select
MAX or 3/4 mode and then:
. Press b twice quickly on the . Press l on the bottom edge of
RKE transmitter until the liftgate the liftgate next to the latch to
moves. close.
. Press 8 on the overhead Press any liftgate button, the touch
console. The driver door must pad, or b on the RKE transmitter
be unlocked. while the liftgate is moving to stop it.
. Press the touch pad on the Pressing again restarts the
If equipped, the switch is on the operation in the reverse direction.
outside liftgate handle after
overhead console. The vehicle must The touch pad on the liftgate handle
unlocking all doors. If equipped
be in P (Park). cannot be used to close the liftgate.
with Keyless Access, a locked
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (22,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Do not manually force the liftgate to Obstacle Detection Features direction and open fully. The liftgate
open or close during a power cycle. will remain open until it is activated
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle
The power liftgate may be again or closed manually.
during a power open or close cycle,
temporarily disabled in extremely a warning chime will sound and the Setting the 3/4 Mode
low temperatures, or after repeated liftgate will automatically reverse
power cycling over a short period of direction and move a short distance To change the position the liftgate
time. If this occurs, the liftgate can away from the obstacle. After stops at when opening:
still be operated manually. Select removing the obstruction, the power 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
OFF on the liftgate switch. liftgate operation can be used again. open the liftgate.
If the vehicle is shifted out of If the liftgate encounters multiple 2. Stop the liftgate movement at
P (Park) while the power function is obstacles on the same power cycle, the desired height by pressing
in progress, the liftgate will continue the power function will deactivate. any liftgate button. Manually
to completion. If the vehicle is After removing the obstructions, adjust the liftgate position if
accelerated before the liftgate has manually close the liftgate. This will needed.
completed moving, the liftgate may allow normal power operation
stop or reverse direction. Make sure functions to resume. 3. Press and hold l next to the
the liftgate is closed and latched If the vehicle is locked while the latch on the outside of the
before driving. liftgate is closing, and an obstacle liftgate until the turn signals flash
prevents the liftgate from completely and a beep sounds. This
If the power liftgate support strut indicates the setting has been
has lost pressure, the turn signals closing, the horn will sound as an
alert that the liftgate did not close. recorded.
will flash and a chime will sound
while the liftgate automatically Pinch sensors are on the side The liftgate cannot be set below a
closes. See your dealer for service edges of the liftgate. If an object is minimum programmable height.
before using the power liftgate. caught between the liftgate and the If there is no light flash or sound,
vehicle and presses against a then the height adjustment may be
sensor, the liftgate will reverse too low.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (23,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-23

Manual Operation To operate, kick your foot straight up

in one swift motion under the center
Select OFF to manually operate the
of the rear bumper, then pull it back.
liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
beginning of this section.
{ Caution
Hands-Free Operation
Splashing water may cause the
If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
Access, the liftgate may be
operated with a kicking motion transmitter away from the rear
under the rear bumper. bumper detection area or turn the
liftgate mode to OFF when
The liftgate will not operate if the cleaning or working near the rear
RKE transmitter is not within Length of Kick Zone bumper to avoid accidental
1 m (3 ft). opening.
The hands-free feature will not work
while the liftgate is moving. To stop . Do not sweep your foot side
the liftgate while in motion use one
to side.
of the liftgate switches.
. Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.
. Do not touch the liftgate until it
has stopped moving.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (24,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. This feature may be temporarily
disabled under some conditions.
Power Assist Steps Remove the obstruction, then open
and close the door on the same side
If the liftgate does not respond to to complete the motion of the assist
the kick, open or close the steps. If the obstruction is not
liftgate by another method or cleared, the assist steps remain
start the vehicle. The feature will extended while driving.
be re-enabled.
There are two other modes of
When closing the liftgate using this operation:
feature, there will be a short delay.
The rear lights will flash and a Deploy Mode: To extend both power
chime will sound. Step away from assist steps for cleaning, press j
the gate before it starts moving. while the vehicle is in P (Park) or
N (Neutral). Press j again to
retract them. The DIC will display a
message.
If equipped, the power assist steps
will deploy when the door is opened Lock Mode: Press and hold j for
and automatically retract four seconds to lock and disable the
three seconds after the door is power assist steps. Press and
closed. The power assist steps will
hold j for four seconds again to
retract immediately if the vehicle
starts moving. enable them. The DIC will display a
message.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
and clothing clear of the power
assist steps when in motion. The
steps will reverse direction if they
encounter an obstruction when
opening or closing.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (25,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-25

Vehicle Security Slow Flash: Alarm system is

armed.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
This vehicle has theft-deterrent transmitter, the horn will chirp and
features; however, they do not make Arming the Alarm System the lights will flash to indicate
the vehicle impossible to steal. 1. Turn off the vehicle. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
2. Lock the vehicle with one of
Vehicle Alarm System three ways: by pressing K on the RKE
.
transmitter during the 10-second
Use the RKE transmitter. pre-alarm, the alarm will be
. Use the Keyless Access activated.
system. The alarm will also be activated if a
. With a door open, press Q passenger door, the liftgate, or the
on the interior of the door. hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
3. After 30 seconds the alarm alarm is activated, the turn signals
system will arm, and the flash and the horn sounds for about
indicator light will begin to slowly 30 seconds. The alarm system will
The indicator light, on the flash. Pressing Q on the RKE then re-arm to monitor for the next
instrument panel near the unauthorized event.
transmitter a second time will
windshield, indicates the status of
bypass the 30-second delay and
the system.
immediately arm the alarm
Disarming the Alarm System
Off: Alarm system is disarmed. system. To disarm the alarm system or turn
On Solid: Vehicle is secured The vehicle alarm system will not off the alarm if it has been activated:
during the delay to arm the system. arm if the doors are locked with . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured. the key.
. Unlock the vehicle using the
A door, liftgate or the hood is open. Keyless Access system.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (26,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Start the vehicle. Intrusion Sensor and
. Make sure there are no
To avoid setting off the alarm by Inclination Sensor obstructions blocking the
accident: sensors in the front overhead
In addition to the standard console.
. Lock the vehicle after all theft-deterrent system features, this
occupants have exited. system may also have an inclination
. Close DVD screens before
sensor and intrusion sensor. leaving the vehicle.
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter, or use the The inclination sensor can set off Intrusion and Inclination
Keyless Access system. the alarm if it senses movement of Sensors Disable Switch
Unlocking the driver door with the vehicle, such as a change in
the key will not disarm the vehicle orientation.
system or turn off the alarm. The intrusion sensor monitors the
vehicle interior, and can activate the
How to Detect a Tamper alarm if it senses unauthorized entry
Condition into the vehicle’s interior. Do not
If K is pressed on the RKE allow passengers or pets to remain
in the vehicle when the intrusion
transmitter and the horn chirps three
sensor is activated.
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed. Before arming the theft-deterrent
system and activating the intrusion
If the alarm has been activated, a
sensor:
message will appear on the DIC.
See Security Messages on . Make sure all doors and It is recommended that the intrusion
page 5-43. windows are completely closed. and inclination sensors be
. Secure any loose items such as deactivated if pets are left in the
a sunshades. vehicle or the vehicle is being
transported.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (27,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-27

With the vehicle off, press o in The vehicle is automatically the vehicle needs service. If the
the front overhead console to turn immobilized when the vehicle is vehicle does start, the first key may
off the feature. turned off. be faulty. See your dealer.
The indicator light will come on The system is automatically It is possible for the immobilizer
momentarily, indicating that these disarmed when the key is turned to system to learn new or replacement
sensors have been disabled until ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, keys. Up to eight keys can be
the next time the alarm system is or START from the LOCK/OFF programmed for the vehicle. To
armed. position. program additional keys, see Keys
The security light, in the instrument (Key) on page 2-2 or Keys (Keyless)
Immobilizer cluster, comes on if there is a on page 2-4. To program additional
problem with arming or disarming transmitters, see Remote Keyless
See Radio Frequency Statement on Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
the theft-deterrent system.
page 13-12. Access) on page 2-5 or Remote
When trying to start the vehicle, the Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Immobilizer Operation security light comes on briefly when Operation (Keyless Access) on
the ignition is turned on. page 2-8.
(Key Access)
If the engine does not start and the Do not leave the key or device that
security light stays on, there is a disarms or deactivates the vehicle
problem with the system. Turn the theft system in the vehicle.
ignition off and try again.
See your dealer to get a new key
If the engine still does not start, and blank cut exactly as the ignition key
the key appears to be undamaged, that operates the system.
try another ignition key. It may be
This vehicle has a passive necessary to check the fuse. See
theft-deterrent system. Fuses on page 10-36. If the engine
still does not start with the other key,
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (28,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Immobilizer Operation The system has one or more page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry
transmitters matched to an (RKE) System Operation (Keyless
(Keyless Access) immobilizer control unit in the Access) on page 2-8.
This vehicle has a passive vehicle. Only a correctly matched If the engine does not start with the
theft-deterrent system. transmitter will start the vehicle. other transmitter or when the
If the transmitter is ever damaged, transmitter is in the pocket in the
The system does not have to be
you may not be able to start the center console, the vehicle needs
manually armed or disarmed.
vehicle. service. See your dealer who can
The vehicle is automatically
When trying to start the vehicle, the service the theft-deterrent system
immobilized when the transmitter
security light comes on briefly when and have a new transmitter
leaves the vehicle.
the ignition is turned on. programmed to the vehicle.
The immobilization system is
If the engine does not start and the Do not leave the transmitter or
disarmed when the ignition button is
security light stays on, there is a device that disarms or deactivates
pressed in and a valid transmitter is
problem with the system. Turn the the theft-deterrent system in the
found in the vehicle.
vehicle off and try again. vehicle.
If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter
or place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert next to the
center console storage area
between the driver and front
The security light in the instrument passenger seats. See “Starting the
cluster comes on if there is a Vehicle with a Low Transmitter”
problem with arming or disarming under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
the theft-deterrent system. System Operation (Key Access) on
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (29,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-29

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that

the side of the vehicle and the
area behind are seen.
Convex Mirrors
4. Press either (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror. The indicator
{ Warning light goes off.
A convex mirror can make things, Exterior Automatic Dimming
like other vehicles, look farther Mirror
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane, If equipped, the driver outside mirror
you could hit a vehicle on the automatically adjusts for the glare of
right. Check the inside mirror or headlamps behind. This feature
comes on when the vehicle is
glance over your shoulder before
Shown with Power Folding started. See Automatic Dimming
changing lanes. Rearview Mirror on page 2-32.
Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar
The passenger side mirror is convex To adjust the mirrors: Turn Signal Indicator
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the The vehicle may also have a turn
curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger side mirror. signal indicator on the mirror. An
the driver seat. The indicator light comes on. arrow on the mirror flashes in the
direction of the turn or lane change.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (30,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Heated Mirrors

Mirrors
Power Folding For vehicles with heated mirrors:
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
.
1 (Rear Window Defogger):
The mirrors are accidentally Press to heat the mirrors.
obstructed while folding.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
. They are accidentally manually Dual Automatic Climate Control
folded/unfolded. System on page 8-1.
. The mirrors will not stay in the
unfolded position. Blind Spot Mirrors
. The mirrors vibrate at normal If equipped, there is a small convex
driving speeds. mirror built into the upper and outer
Fold and unfold the mirrors one time corner of the driver outside rearview
using the mirror controls to reset mirror. It can show objects that may
them to their normal position. be in the vehicle's blind zone.
To adjust power folding mirrors, A popping noise may be heard
if equipped: during the resetting of the power
folding mirrors. This sound is normal
1. Press { to fold the mirrors after a manual folding operation.
inward.
Manual Folding
2. Press { again to return the
mirrors to the driving position. Fold the mirrors inward to prevent
damage when going through an
automatic car wash. To fold, pull the
mirror toward the vehicle. Push the
mirror outward, to return to its
original position.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (31,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-31

Driving with the Blind Spot 1. When the approaching vehicle is Using the Outside Mirror with
Mirror a long distance away, the image the Blind Spot Mirror
in the main mirror is small and 1. Set the main mirror so that the
near the inboard edge of the side of the vehicle can just be
mirror. seen and the blind spot mirror
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the has an unobstructed view.
image in the main mirror gets 2. When checking for traffic or
larger and moves outboard. before changing a lane, look at
3. As the vehicle enters the blind the main driver/passenger side
zone, the image transitions from mirror to observe traffic in the
the main mirror to the blind spot adjacent lane, behind your
mirror. vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone. Then, glance over your
zone, the image only appears in
shoulder to double check before
the blind spot mirror.
moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.

Actual Mirror View

Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (32,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped with memory seats, the Push the tab forward for daytime
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts Interior Rearview Mirrors use and pull it rearward for
to a preselected position when the Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear nighttime use to avoid glare of the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This view of the area behind your headlamps from behind.
allows the curb to be seen when vehicle.
parallel parking. Automatic Dimming
If equipped with OnStar, there are
The mirror(s) return to the original three buttons at the bottom of the Rearview Mirror
position when: mirror. See your dealer for more If equipped, automatic dimming
. The vehicle is shifted out of information on the system and how reduces the glare of headlamps
R (Reverse), or remains in to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar from behind. The dimming feature
R (Reverse) for about Overview on page 14-1. comes on when the vehicle is
30 seconds. To avoid accidental OnStar calls, started.
. The ignition is turned off. clean the mirror with the ignition off.
. The vehicle is driven in Do not spray glass cleaner directly
R (Reverse) above a set speed. on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-48.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (33,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-33

Child-View Mirror Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
{ Warning pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped.
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. { Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
If equipped, push up on the
path of a closing window. Never
sunglasses bin and release. Push
leave keys in a vehicle with
the bin back in halfway to secure
the mirror in position. children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
Push the mirror back up when not lockout button to prevent
in use. operation of the windows. See
Keys (Key) on page 2-2 or Keys
(Keyless) on page 2-4.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (34,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Express-Down Windows window will need to be

reprogrammed for the express-up
Windows that have the
feature to work.
express-down feature allow the
windows to be lowered without To reprogram the power windows:
holding the switch. Press the 1. Close all doors.
window switch fully and release it to
activate the express-down feature. 2. Place the ignition in ACC/
The express mode can be canceled ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
at any time by briefly pressing or START.
pulling the switch. 3. From any open position, pull the
power window switch up until the
Express-Up Window
window is fully closed.
The driver door has switches that If equipped, the driver window
4. Hold the switch up for
control all windows. Each express-up feature allows the
approximately two seconds after
passenger door switch only controls window to be raised without holding
the window is fully closed.
that window. The power windows the switch. Pull the window switch
work when the ignition is in ON/ up fully and release it to activate the The window is now reprogrammed.
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in express-up feature. The express-up
Retained Accessory Power (RAP). feature can be canceled at any time Express Window Anti-Pinch
See Retained Accessory Power by briefly pulling the switch. Feature
(RAP) on page 9-27. If any object is in the path of the
Programming the Power window when express-up is active,
Press the switch to lower the Windows
window. Pull the switch up to the window stops at the obstacle
raise it. If the battery on the vehicle has and auto-reverses to a preset
been recharged or disconnected, factory position. Weather conditions
or is not working, the driver power such as severe icing also cause the
window to auto-reverse.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (35,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-35

The window returns to normal In this mode, the window can still Sun Visors
operation once the obstacle or close on an object in its path. Use
condition is removed. care when using the override mode.
Express Window Anti-Pinch Window Lockout
Override This feature prevents the rear
passenger windows from operating,
{ Warning except from the driver position.
If express override is activated,
the window will not reverse
automatically. You or others could
Pull the sun visor down to block
be injured and the window could
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
be damaged. Before you use center mount to pivot to the side
express override, make sure that window or, if equipped, extend
all people and obstructions are along the rod.
clear of the window path.

The anti-pinch feature can be

overridden in a supervised mode.
Hold the window switch in the
partially or fully pulled up position. . Press Z to activate the rear
The window rises for as long as the window locks. An indicator light
switch is held. Once the switch is will illuminate when the feature
released, the express mode is is on.
reactivated. . Press Z again to deactivate the
rear window locks.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (36,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

2-36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Roof Vent: From the closed position,

press the rear of switch (2) to vent
If an object is in the path of the
sunroof while it is closing, the
the sunroof. anti-pinch feature will detect the
Sunroof object and stop the sunroof.
Open/Close: To open the sunroof,
press and hold switch (1) until the
sunroof reaches the desired
position. Press and hold the front of
switch (1) to close it.
Express-Open/Express-Close: To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release the rear of
switch (1) until the sunroof reaches
the desired position. To
express-close the sunroof, fully Dirt and debris may collect on the
press and release the front of sunroof seal or in the track. This
switch (1). Press the switch again to could cause an issue with sunroof
1. Open or Close stop it. operation or noise. It could also plug
2. Vent When the sunroof is opened, an air the water drainage system.
deflector will automatically raise. Periodically open the sunroof and
On vehicles with a sunroof, the The air deflector will retract when remove any obstacles or loose
sunroof only operates when the the sunroof is closed. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or roof sealing area using a clean
ON/RUN, or when Retained The sunroof also has a sunshade
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. which can be pulled forward to block
remove grease from the sunroof.
See Retained Accessory Power sun rays. The sunshade must be
(RAP) on page 9-27. opened and closed manually. If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Adding Equipment to the

Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-42
Restraints Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-43
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Replacing Airbag System
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Head Restraints Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-29
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Child Restraints
Replacing Safety Belt System Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Front Seats Infants and Young
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Airbag System Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-48
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4 Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-50
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-32 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 When Should an Airbag for Children (LATCH
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Heated and Cooled Front What Makes an Airbag Replacing LATCH System
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-60
How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints
Rear Seats
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 (Center Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Passenger Sensing Securing Child Restraints
Safety Belts System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-63
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints
Front Seats
The vehicle’s front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can
spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head
all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is
chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place.
adjusted properly.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Second Row Seats To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats
the button located on the top of the
The vehicle's second row seats
seatback and push the head
have head restraints in the outboard
restraint down. Seat Adjustment
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted. Return the lowered head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into { Warning
The second row seat outboard head
place. Push and pull on the head You can lose control of the
restraints are not removable.
restraint to make sure it is locked. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
Third Row Seats If you are installing a child restraint seat while the vehicle is moving.
in the third row seat, see “Securing Adjust the driver seat only when
a Child Restraint Designed for the the vehicle is not moving.
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-51.

The third row seat head restraint

can be lowered for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-4 Seats and Restraints

. If equipped, raise or lower the
To adjust a manual seat: Power Seat Adjustment seat by moving the rear of the
1. Pull the handle at the front of control up or down.
the seat.
To adjust the seatback, see
2. Slide the seat to the desired Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
position and release the handle.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
3. Try to move the seat back and Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-5.
forth to be sure it is locked in
place. Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
To adjust the seatback, see pulse alert in the driver seat to help
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5. the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
To adjust the lumbar support, see Assistance Systems on page 9-57.
Lumbar Adjustment on page 3-5.

Center Seat To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

If equipped, the center front

. Move the seat forward or
seatback doubles as an armrest and rearward by sliding the control
cupholder/storage area for the driver forward or rearward.
and passenger when the center . If equipped, raise or lower the
front seat is not used. Do not use it front part of the seat cushion by
as a seating position when the moving the front of the control
seatback is folded down. up or down.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-5

. If equipped, press and hold the
Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar
control up to increase upper
Manual Lumbar lumbar support and decrease
lower lumbar support.
Press and hold the control down
to increase lower lumbar support
and decrease upper lumbar
support.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
To adjust the power lumbar support, the vehicle is in motion can be
if equipped: dangerous. Even when buckled
If equipped, move the lever up or up, the safety belts cannot do
down repeatedly to increase or
. Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward their job.
decrease lumbar support.
to decrease upper and lower The shoulder belt will not be
lumbar support at the same time. against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Do not have a seatback reclined if To adjust a manual seatback:

Warning (Continued) the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever.
The lap belt could go up over Manual Reclining Seatbacks The seatback will automatically
your abdomen. The belt forces fold forward.
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
{ Warning 2. To recline, move the seatback
rearward to the desired position,
internal injuries. If either seatback is not locked, it
then release the lever to lock the
could move forward in a sudden
For proper protection when the seatback in place.
stop or crash. That could cause
vehicle is in motion, have the 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
injury to the person sitting there.
seatback upright. Then sit well make sure it is locked.
Always push and pull on the
back in the seat and wear the
seatbacks to be sure they are To return the seatback to the upright
safety belt properly.
locked. position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Seats Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the “1” and “2”
buttons:
1. Adjust the driver seat, outside
mirrors, power tilt and
telescoping steering column (if
equipped), and adjustable
pedals (if equipped) to the
desired driving positions.
2. Press and release SET. A beep
will sound.
3. Immediately press and hold “1”
until two beeps sound.
To recline a power seatback, If equipped, the SET, "1," "2," and 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for a second
if equipped: B (Exit) buttons on the driver door driver using “2.”
. Tilt the top of the control are used to manually store and
rearward to recline. recall memory settings for the driver To store positions to the B (Exit)
seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and button and easy exit features:
. Tilt the top of the control forward telescoping steering column (if
to raise. 1. Adjust the driver seat, power tilt
equipped), and adjustable pedals (if and telescoping steering column
equipped). (if equipped), adjustable pedals,
and the outside mirrors on some
vehicles to the desired positions
for getting out of the vehicle.
2. Press and release SET. A beep
will sound.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-8 Seats and Restraints

3. Immediately press and hold B If the Auto Memory Recall feature is RKE Transmitters are not labeled
until two beeps sound. enabled in the vehicle with a number. If your memory seat
personalization menu, memory “1” position is stored to”1” or “2” but this
Manually Recalling Memory or “2” positions are recalled in the position is not automatically
Positions following ways: recalling, then change the stored
If the vehicle is off or not in P (Park), position or switch RKE transmitters
. Press K on the RKE transmitter with the other driver
press and hold "1," "2," or B (Exit) and open the driver door.
to manually recall the previously Easy Exit Recall
stored memory positions. Releasing . Press K on the RKE transmitter
If programmed on in the vehicle
"1,” "2," or B before the stored when the driver door is open.
personalization menu, the easy exit
positions are reached stops the . If equipped with Keyless Access, feature automatically moves the
recall. press the lock/unlock button on driver seat, power tilt and
If the vehicle is on and in P (Park), the outside driver door handle telescoping steering column (if
and open the driver door. The equipped), adjustable pedals (if
press and release “1,” “2,” or B to RKE transmitter must be present equipped), and outside mirrors on
manually recall the previously for the recall to activate. some vehicles to the memory
stored memory positions. Placing
the ignition in OFF/LOCK before the See Vehicle Personalization on positions stored to the B (Exit)
stored positions are reached stops page 5-48. button. See “Storing Memory
the recall. To stop recall movement, press one Positions” listed previously. See
of the memory, power mirror, also Vehicle Personalization on
Automatically Recalling Memory page 5-48.
Positions (Auto Memory Recall) or power seat controls; press the
power tilt and telescoping steering
The Auto (Automatic) Memory column control (if equipped); or
Recall feature automatically recalls press the adjustable pedal control (if
the current driver’s previously stored equipped).
“1” or “2” position when entering the
vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Easy exit recall automatically

. If recalling the exit position,
activates when one of the following press and hold the appropriate Warning (Continued)
occurs: manual control for the exit
feature not recalling for Do not place anything on the seat
. The vehicle is turned off and the two seconds. Then try recalling that insulates against heat, such
driver door is opened within a the exit position again. as a blanket, cushion, cover,
short time. or similar item. This may cause
If the memory position is still not
. The vehicle is turned off with the recalling, see your dealer for the seat heater to overheat. An
driver door open. service. overheated seat heater may
cause a burn or may damage
Obstructions
Heated and Cooled Front the seat.
If something has blocked the driver
seat, power tilt and telescoping Seats
steering column, and/or the If equipped, the vehicle may have
adjustable pedals while recalling a heated or heated and cooled seats.
memory position, while recalling a
memory position, the recall may
stop. Remove the obstruction. { Warning
Then do one of the following: If you cannot feel temperature
. If automatically or manually change or pain to the skin, the
recalling the stored memory seat heater may cause burns.
position, press and hold the To reduce the risk of burns,
appropriate manual control for people with such a condition
two seconds. Try recalling again should use care when using the
by pressing the appropriate seat heater, especially for long
memory button. periods of time.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-10 Seats and Restraints

The indicator light on the button The heated or cooled seat indicator
comes on when this feature is on. lights do not turn on during a
Press the button once for the remote start.
highest setting. With each press of The temperature performance of an
the button, the seat will change to unoccupied seat may be reduced.
the next lower setting, and then to This is normal.
the off setting. The indicator lights The heated or cooled seats will not
next to the buttons indicate three for turn on during a remote start unless
the highest setting and one for the they are enabled in the vehicle
lowest. If the heated seats are on personalization menu. See Remote
high for an extended time, their level Vehicle Start on page 2-15 and
may automatically be lowered. Vehicle Personalization on
Heated and Cooled Seats Shown,
The passenger seat may take page 5-48.
Heated Similar longer to heat up.
The buttons are on the center stack Remote Start Auto Heated and
below the climate control system. Cooled Seats
To operate, the engine must be
running. During a remote start, the heated or
cooled seats can be turned on
Press I to heat the driver or automatically. When it is cold
passenger seatback only. outside, the heated seats turn on,
and when it is hot outside the
Press J to heat the driver or cooled seats turn on. The heated or
passenger seat cushion and cooled seats are canceled when the
seatback. ignition is turned on. Press the
Press A to cool the driver or heated or cooled seat button to use
the heated or cooled seats after the
passenger seat.
vehicle is started.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Rear Seats If equipped, the buttons are on the Second Row Seats
rear of the center console.
Reclining Seatbacks
Heated Rear Seats Press M or L to heat the left
outboard or right outboard seat To recline the seatback:
{ Warning cushion.
Press the button once for the
If you cannot feel temperature highest setting. With each press of
change or pain to the skin, the the button, the heated seat changes
seat heater may cause burns. to the next lower setting, and then
See the Warning under Heated the off setting. Indicator lights on the
and Cooled Front Seats on button show the setting: three for
page 3-9. high, two for medium, and one
for low.
If heated seats are on high for an
extended time, their level may
automatically be lowered.
1. Lift the lever on the outboard
side of the seat.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-12 Seats and Restraints

To return the seatback to the upright Manual Fold and Tumble

position: Feature Caution (Continued)
belts and return them to their
{ Warning { Warning normal stowed position before
If either seatback is not locked, it folding a rear seat.
Do not leave the second row seat
could move forward in a sudden in a tumbled position while the
stop or crash. That could cause vehicle is in motion. A tumbled Folding and Tumbling the Seat
injury to the person sitting there. seat is not locked. It can move To fold and tumble the seat:
Always push and pull on the when the vehicle is in motion.
seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Make sure that there is nothing
People in the vehicle could be
locked. under, in front of, or on the seat.
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
1. Lift the lever fully while applying passenger seating position before
pressure to the seatback, and driving the vehicle. Push and pull
the seatback will return to the on the seat to make sure it is
upright position. locked into place.
If the lever is lifted without
applying pressure, the seat will
release to a folded position. { Caution
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked. Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
The second row seats can be folded damage to the seat or the safety
for additional cargo space or folded belts. Always unbuckle the safety
and tumbled for easy entry and exit
to the third row seat, if equipped. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-13

2. Lift the lever, on the outboard Folding and Tumbling the Seat
side of the seat, to release the from the Third Row Seat
seatback.
{ Warning
Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden
stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
3. Lift the lever again to release the seat to make sure it is locked
rear of the seat from the floor. into place.
The seat will tumble forward.
4. The rear pull strap can also be To fold and tumble the seat from the
The seatback will fold forward to used to fold or fold and tumble third row seat, if equipped:
create a flat load floor. the seat. It is easier to tumble 1. Make sure that there is nothing
If the seatback cannot fold flat, the seat from the rear pull strap under, in front of, or on the seat.
try moving the front seat forward once the seat is already
and/or put the front seatback in folded flat.
the upright position.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)
when the vehicle is in motion.
People in the vehicle could be
injured in a sudden stop or crash.
Be sure to return the seat to the
passenger seating position before
driving the vehicle. Push and pull
on the seat to make sure it is
locked into place.

2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear 3. Pull the strap again to release
of the second row seat to the rear of the seat from the { Warning
release the seatback. The floor. The seat will tumble
seatback will fold forward. forward. Automatically folding and
tumbling the seat when someone
Automatic Fold and Tumble is sitting in the seat, could cause
Feature injury to the person sitting there.
Always make sure there is no one
{ Warning sitting in the seat before pressing
the automatic seat release button.
Do not leave the second row seat
in a tumbled position while the
vehicle is in motion. A tumbled
seat is not locked. It can move
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Folding and Tumbling the Seat

{ Caution from the Cargo Area
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.

The transmission must be in

P (Park) for this feature to work. Driver Side Rear Panel Button
Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold Shown
and tumble the seat to gain entry to 2. Press the automatic seat release
the third row. button on the panel behind the 1. Second Row Power Seat
rear doors. The seatback Buttons
Folding and Tumbling the Seat 2. Third Row Power Seat
automatically folds flat.
To fold and tumble the seat: Buttons
3. Press the button again to
1. Make sure that there is nothing release the rear of the seat from To fold and tumble the seat from the
under, in front of, or on the seat. the floor. The seat will tumble cargo area:
forward. 1. Make sure that there is nothing
under, in front of, or on the seat.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-16 Seats and Restraints

2. Press the button (1) on the side To return the seat to the sitting
trim of the cargo area to fold the position from the tumbled position: Caution (Continued)
seatback. 1. Pull the seat down until both belts and return them to their
The left button folds the left sides of the seat are latched to normal stowed position before
seatback, and the right button the floor. Make sure the seat is folding a rear seat.
folds the right seatback. securely latched to the floor
3. Press the button again to before raising the seatback.
If both sides are not latched to On third row seats (if equipped), the
release the rear of the seat from seatbacks can be folded to increase
the floor. The seat will tumble the floor, the seatback will not
raise. cargo space.
forward.
2. Lift the seatback and push it Manual Operation
The buttons (2) can be used to fold
or fold and unfold the third row rearward. Push and pull on the To fold the seatback (if equipped):
seatbacks from the cargo area. See seatback to make sure it is
locked. 1. Open the liftgate.
Third Row Seats on page 3-16.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
Returning the Seat to the Third Row Seats under, in front of, or on the seat.
Sitting Position 3. Fully lower the head restraints.
Folding the Seatback
See Head Restraints on
{ Warning { Caution page 3-2. Put the second row
seatbacks in the upright position.
If either seatback is not locked, it See Second Row Seats on
could move forward in a sudden Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause page 3-11.
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. damage to the seat or the safety
Always push and pull on the belts. Always unbuckle the safety
seatbacks to be sure they are (Continued)
locked.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (17,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-17

4. Disconnect the rear safety belt 5. Pull up on the lever on the back 1. Second Row Power Seat
mini-latch, using a key in the slot of the seat to release the Buttons
on the mini-buckle, and let the seatback. 2. Third Row Power Seat Buttons
belt retract into the headliner. 6. Push the seatback forward to
Stow the mini-latch in the holder To fold the seatback (if equipped):
lay flat.
in the headliner. 1. Open the liftgate to access the
7. Repeat the steps for the other controls for the seat.
seatback, if desired.
2. Make sure that there is nothing
Automatic Operation under, in front of, or on the seat.
The transmission must be in 3. Fully lower the head restraints.
P (Park) for this feature to work. See Head Restraints on
page 3-2. Put the second row
seatbacks in the upright position.
See Second Row Seats on
page 3-11
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (18,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-18 Seats and Restraints

The switches (1) can be used to fold To return the seatback to the upright
or fold and tumble the second row position:
seats from the cargo area. See
Second Row Seats on page 3-11.
Returning the Seatback to the
Upright Position
Manual Operation

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
4. Disconnect the rear safety belt could move forward in a sudden
mini-latch, using a key in the slot stop or crash. That could cause
on the mini-buckle, and let the injury to the person sitting there.
belt retract into the headliner. Always push and pull on the 1. From the rear of the vehicle,
Stow the mini-latch in the holder seatbacks to be sure they are raise the seatback using the
in the headliner. locked. strap on the back of the seat,
5. Press and hold the switch (2) on or lift the seatback and push it
the side trim of the cargo area to into place from inside the
fold the seatback. vehicle.

The left switch folds the left 2. Push and pull on the seatback to
seatback, and the right switch make sure it is locked.
folds the right seatback.
6. Repeat the steps for the other
seatback, if desired.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (19,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Automatic Operation To return the seatback to the upright

{ Warning position:
A safety belt that is improperly 1. Open the liftgate to access the
routed, not properly attached, controls for the seat.
or twisted will not provide the 2. Press and hold the switch (2) on
protection needed in a crash. The the side trim of the cargo area to
person wearing the belt could be raise the seatback.
seriously injured. After raising the The left switch raises the left
rear seatback, always check to be seatback, and the right switch
sure that the safety belts are raises the right seatback.
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
{ Warning
3. Reconnect the center safety belt 1. Second Row Power Seat A safety belt that is improperly
mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Buttons routed, not properly attached,
Do not let it twist. 2. Third Row Power Seat Buttons or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
4. Pull on the safety belt to be sure
the mini-latch is secure. person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured.
5. Repeat the steps for the other
(Continued)
seatback, if desired.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (20,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) Safety Belts Warning (Continued)

This section of the manual
After raising the rear seatback, describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride
always check to be sure that the properly. It also describes some
in a cargo area, inside or outside
safety belts are properly routed things not to do with safety belts.
of a vehicle. In a collision,
and attached, and are not twisted. passengers riding in these areas
{ Warning are more likely to be seriously
3. Reconnect the center safety belt injured or killed. Do not allow
Do not let anyone ride where a
mini-latch to the mini-buckle. passengers to ride in any area of
safety belt cannot be worn
Do not let it twist. the vehicle that is not equipped
properly. In a crash, if you or your
4. Pull on the safety belt to be sure passenger(s) are not wearing with seats and safety belts.
the mini-latch is secure. safety belts, injuries can be much Always wear a safety belt, and
5. Repeat the steps for the other worse than if you are wearing check that all passenger(s) are
seatback, if desired. safety belts. You can be seriously restrained properly too.
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a
being ejected from the vehicle. reminder to buckle the safety belts.
In addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on
buckled up can strike other page 5-19.
passengers in the vehicle.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (21,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing Also, in nearly all states and in
safety belts makes such good all Canadian provinces, the law
sense. requires wearing safety belts.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts
Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a This section is only for people of
safety belt? adult size.
A: You could be — whether you are There are special things to know
wearing a safety belt or not. about safety belts and children. And
Your chance of being conscious there are different rules for smaller
during and after a crash, so you children and infants. If a child will be
can unbuckle and get out, is riding in the vehicle, see Older
When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. Children on page 3-44 or Infants
as fast as the vehicle does. If the and Young Children on page 3-46.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Follow those rules for everyone's
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety
going until something stops you. protection.
belts?
It could be the windshield, the It is very important for all occupants
instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental to buckle up. Statistics show that
systems only; so they work with unbelted people are hurt more often
When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of
and the vehicle slow down together. in crashes than those who are
them. Whether or not an airbag wearing safety belts.
There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still
you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the There are important things to know
when worn properly, your strongest most protection. about wearing a safety belt properly.
bones take the forces from the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (22,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-22 Seats and Restraints

. Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle
able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt except for
forces. The shoulder belt locks if the center front passenger position,
there is a sudden stop or crash. if equipped, which has a lap belt.
See Lap Belt on page 3-28.
{ Warning If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable safety
You can be seriously injured, belt, and the safety belt is not
or even killed, by not wearing attached, see Third Row Seats on
your safety belt properly. page 3-16 for instruction on
. Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or reconnecting the safety belt to the
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become mini-buckle.
of you. loose or twisted.
. Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt
for your seating position. under both arms or behind
. Wear the lap part of the belt low your back.
and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (23,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-23

The following instructions explain 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt the belt across you. Do not let it
properly. get twisted.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
adjustable, so you can sit up you pull the belt across you very
straight. To see how, see “Seats” quickly. If this happens, let the
in the Index. belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged. For front seating positions, if the
If this happens, let the belt go webbing locks in the latch plate
back all the way and start again. before it reaches the buckle, tilt
the latch plate flat to unlock.
Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
affect the passenger sensing
system. See Passenger Sensing
System on page 3-37.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (24,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-24 Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt

height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
in this section for instructions on
use and important safety
information.

3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button
buckle until it clicks. If you find on the buckle. The belt should
that the latch plate will not go return to its stowed position.
fully into the buckle, see if you For third row seats, slide the latch
are using the correct buckle. plate up the safety webbing when
Pull up on the latch plate to the safety belt is not in use. The
make sure it is secure. If the belt latch plate should rest on the
is not long enough, see Safety stitching on the safety belt.
Belt Extender on page 3-29. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
Position the release button on safety belt is out of the way. If a
the buckle so that the safety belt For third row seats, it may be door is slammed against a safety
could be quickly unbuckled if necessary to pull stitching on the belt, damage can occur to both the
necessary. safety belt through the latch belt and the vehicle.
plate to fully tighten the lap belt
on smaller occupants.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (25,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Push down on the release button to Pretensioners work only once. If the
move the height adjuster to the pretensioners activate in a crash,
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
desired position. the pretensioners and probably
height adjuster for the driver and
Move the adjuster up by pushing up other parts of the vehicle's safety
front outboard passenger positions.
on the shoulder belt guide. belt system will need to be replaced.
Adjust the height so the shoulder See Replacing Safety Belt System
portion of the belt is on the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the Parts after a Crash on page 3-29.
and not falling off of it. The belt desired position, try to move it down
should be close to, but not without pushing the release button Rear Safety Belt Comfort
contacting, the neck. Improper to make sure it has locked into Guides
shoulder belt height adjustment position.
could reduce the effectiveness of
Safety Belt Pretensioners { Warning
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on This vehicle has safety belt A safety belt that is not properly
page 3-21. pretensioners for front outboard worn may not provide the
occupants. Although the safety belt protection needed in a crash. The
pretensioners cannot be seen, they person wearing the belt could be
are part of the safety belt assembly. seriously injured. The shoulder
They can help tighten the safety belt should go over the shoulder
belts during the early stages of a and across the chest. These parts
moderate to severe frontal, near of the body are best able to take
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold belt restraining forces.
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Safety belt
pretensioners can also help tighten Rear safety belt comfort guides may
the safety belts in a side crash or a provide added safety belt comfort
rollover event. for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (26,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-26 Seats and Restraints

shoulder belt, the comfort guide 1. Remove the guide from its
positions the shoulder belt away storage clip on the interior trim
from the neck and head. next to the outboard seatback.
Rear Outboard Seating Positions
There are comfort guides for the
rear outboard seating positions for
the second row and the third row
outboard seating positions. The
comfort guides are stored on a clip
on the interior trim next to the
outboard seatback.
To install: 3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on the
2. Place the guide over the belt, front.
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (27,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-27

Third Row Center Seating Position Safety Belt Use During

Comfort guides for the third row Pregnancy
center seating position are available
from your dealer. Instructions are Safety belts work for everyone,
included with the guide. including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.

4. Buckle, position, and release the

safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the An adjustable comfort guide is used
belt is on the shoulder and not for the center seating position in the
falling off of it. The belt should third row seat. The adjustable
be close to, but not contacting, comfort guide attaches to the head
the neck. restraint post on the inboard side of
To remove and store the comfort the left rear outboard seat.
guide, squeeze the belt edges A pregnant woman should wear a
together so that the safety belt can lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
be removed from the guide. Slide portion should be worn as low as
the guide onto its storage clip. possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (28,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-28 Seats and Restraints

The best way to protect the fetus is

to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

Lap Belt
This part is only for the lap belt. To
learn how to wear a lap-shoulder
belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on To make the belt longer, tilt the latch To make the belt shorter, pull its free
page 3-22. plate and pull it along the belt. end as shown until the belt is snug.
The vehicle may have a center Buckle, position and release it the If the belt is not long enough, see
seating position. When you sit in the same way as the lap part of a Safety Belt Extender on page 3-29.
center front seating position, you lap-shoulder belt. Make sure the release button on the
have a lap safety belt, which has no buckle is positioned so you would
retractor. be able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if necessary.
If you find that the latch plate will
not go fully into the buckle, see if
you are using the correct buckle. Be
sure that the latch plate clicks when
inserted into the buckle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (29,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-29

Safety Belt Extender to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Replacing Safety Belt
safety belts may not protect you in a
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten crash. They can rip apart under
System Parts after a
around you, you should use it. impact forces. If a belt is torn or Crash
But if a safety belt is not long frayed, get a new one right away.
enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder { Warning
an extender. When you go in to light is working. See Safety Belt
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders on page 5-19. A crash can damage the safety
will wear, so the extender will be belt system in the vehicle.
long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry. A damaged safety belt system
personal injury, do not let someone See Safety Belt Care on page 3-29. may not properly protect the
else use it, and use it only for the person using it, resulting in
seat it is made to fit. The extender Safety Belt Care serious injury or even death in a
has been designed for adults. Never Keep belts clean and dry. crash. To help make sure the
use it for securing child seats. To safety belt systems are working
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. See the instruction sheet that { Warning properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
comes with the extender. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacements made as soon as
It may severely weaken them. In possible.
Safety System Check a crash, they might not be able to
Now and then, check that the safety provide adequate protection. After a minor crash, replacement of
belt reminder light, safety belts, Clean safety belts only with mild safety belts may not be necessary.
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and soap and lukewarm water. But the safety belt assemblies that
anchorages are all working properly. were used during any crash may
Look for any other loose or have been stressed or damaged.
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (30,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-30 Seats and Restraints

See your dealer to have the safety Airbag System The vehicle may have the following
belt assemblies inspected or airbag:
replaced. The vehicle has the following . A front center airbag for the
airbags:
New parts and repairs may be driver and front outboard
necessary even if the safety belt . A frontal airbag for the driver. passenger.
system was not being used at the . A frontal airbag for the front All vehicle airbags have the word
time of the crash. outboard passenger. AIRBAG on the trim or on an
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A seat-mounted side impact attached label near the deployment
checked if the vehicle has been in a airbag for the driver. opening.
crash, or if the airbag readiness light For frontal airbags, the word
stays on after you start the vehicle . A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard AIRBAG is on the center of the
or while you are driving. See Airbag steering wheel for the driver and on
Readiness Light on page 5-20. passenger.
the instrument panel for the front
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver outboard passenger.
and for the second and third row
passengers seated directly For the front center airbag, the word
behind the driver. AIRBAG is on the inboard side of
the driver seatback.
. A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the For seat-mounted side impact
second and third row airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
passengers seated directly side of the seatback closest to
behind the front outboard the door.
passenger. For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (31,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-31

are also designed to help reduce

the risk of injury from the force of an Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job. safety belts. Everyone in the should sit as far back as possible
vehicle should wear a safety belt while still maintaining control of
Here are the most important things properly, whether or not there is the vehicle.
to know about the airbag system: an airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
{ Warning armrest or console in vehicles
You can be severely injured or { Warning with a front center airbag.
killed in a crash if you are not Occupants should not lean on or
wearing your safety belt, even Because airbags inflate with great
sleep against the door or side
with airbags. Airbags are force and faster than the blink of
windows in seating positions with
designed to work with safety an eye, anyone who is up
seat-mounted side impact airbags
belts, not replace them. Also, against, or very close to any
and/or roof-rail airbags.
airbags are not designed to inflate airbag when it inflates can be
in every crash. In some crashes seriously injured or killed. Do not
safety belts are the only restraint. sit unnecessarily close to any
See When Should an Airbag airbag, as you would be if sitting { Warning
Inflate? on page 3-34. on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep Children who are up against,
Wearing your safety belt during a you in position before and during or very close to, any airbag when
crash helps reduce the chance of a crash. Always wear a safety it inflates can be seriously injured
hitting things inside the vehicle or belt, even with airbags. The driver or killed. Always secure children
being ejected from it. Airbags are properly in the vehicle.
“supplemental restraints” to the (Continued)
(Continued)
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (32,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-32 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)
Where Are the Airbags?
To read how, see Older Children
on page 3-44 or Infants and
Young Children on page 3-46.

The front outboard passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger
There is an airbag readiness light
The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel.
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. center of the steering wheel.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-20.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (33,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-33

If the vehicle has a front center Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger
airbag, it is in the inboard side of the Side Similar Side Similar
driver seatback. The driver and front outboard The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
passenger seat-mounted side front outboard passenger, and
impact airbags are in the side of the second and third row outboard
seatbacks closest to the door. seating positions are in the ceiling
above the side windows.

{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (34,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-34 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down.
that person causing severe injury This vehicle is equipped with
or even death. The path of an Frontal airbags may inflate at
airbags. See Airbag System on different crash speeds depending on
inflating airbag must be kept page 3-30. Airbags are designed to
clear. Do not put anything whether the vehicle hits an object
inflate if the impact exceeds the straight on or at an angle, and
between an occupant and an specific airbag system's deployment
airbag, and do not attach or put whether the object is fixed or
threshold. Deployment thresholds moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
anything on the steering wheel are used to predict how severe a or wide.
hub or on or near any other crash is likely to be in time for the
airbag covering. airbags to inflate and help restrain Frontal airbags are not intended to
the occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
Do not use seat or console impacts, or many side impacts.
electronic sensors that help the
accessories that block the
airbag system determine the In addition, the vehicle has
inflation path of a seat-mounted
severity of the impact. Deployment advanced technology frontal
side impact airbag or the front thresholds can vary with specific
center airbag, if equipped. airbags. Advanced technology
vehicle design. frontal airbags adjust the restraint
Never secure anything to the roof Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity.
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags inflate in moderate to severe frontal The vehicle also has a seat position
by routing a rope or tie-down or near frontal crashes to help sensor that enables the sensing
through any door or window reduce the potential for severe system to monitor the position of the
opening. If you do, the path of an injuries, mainly to the driver's or driver seat. The seat position sensor
inflating roof-rail airbag will be front outboard passenger's head provides information that is used to
blocked. and chest. adjust the deployment of the driver
Whether the frontal airbags will or frontal airbag.
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (35,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-35

The front center airbag, if equipped, roof-rail airbags are designed to How Does an Airbag
is designed to inflate in moderate to inflate during a rollover or in a
severe side crashes depending severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
Restrain?
upon the location of the impact, airbags are not designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or
when either side of the vehicle is rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags near frontal collisions, even belted
struck. In addition, the front center will inflate when either side of the occupants can contact the steering
airbag is designed to inflate when vehicle is struck, if the sensing wheel or the instrument panel. In
the sensing system predicts that the system predicts that the vehicle is moderate to severe side collisions,
vehicle is about to roll over on its about to roll over on its side, or in a even belted occupants can contact
side. The front center airbag is not severe frontal impact. the inside of the vehicle.
designed to inflate in frontal In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection
impacts, near frontal impacts, say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by
or rear impacts. inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact
Seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the
are designed to inflate in moderate occupant's body.
to severe side crashes depending What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
Inflate? are also designed to help contain
the head and chest of occupants in
are not designed to inflate in frontal In a deployment event, the sensing
the outboard seating positions in the
impacts, near frontal impacts, system sends an electrical signal
first, second, and third rows. The
rollovers, or rear impacts. triggering a release of gas from the
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
A seat-mounted side impact airbag inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
designed to help reduce the risk of
is designed to inflate on the side of airbag causing the bag to break out
full or partial ejection in rollover
the vehicle that is struck. of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
events, although no system can
and related hardware are all part of
Roof-rail airbags are designed to prevent all such ejections.
the airbag module.
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location For airbag locations, see Where Are
of the impact. In addition, these the Airbags? on page 3-32.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (36,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-36 Seats and Restraints

But airbags would not help in many The parts of the airbag that come
types of collisions, primarily into contact with you may be warm, Warning (Continued)
because the occupant's motion is but not too hot to touch. There may
not toward those airbags. See When be some smoke and dust coming If you experience breathing
Should an Airbag Inflate? on from the vents in the deflated problems following an airbag
page 3-34 for more information. airbags. Airbag inflation does not deployment, you should seek
Airbags should never be regarded prevent the driver from seeing out of medical attention.
as anything more than a supplement the windshield or being able to steer
to safety belts. the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle. The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
What Will You See after on the interior lamps and hazard
an Airbag Inflates? { Warning warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there
The feature may also activate,
seat-mounted side impact airbags may be dust in the air. This dust without airbag inflation, after an
inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems event that exceeds a predetermined
quickly that some people may not for people with a history of threshold. You can lock the doors,
even realize an airbag inflated. The asthma or other breathing trouble. and turn off the interior lamps and
front center airbag, if equipped, and To avoid this, everyone in the hazard warning flashers by using
the roof-rail airbags may still be at vehicle should get out as soon as the controls for those features.
least partially inflated for some time it is safe to do so. If you have
after they inflate. Some components
of the airbag module may be hot for
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
{ Warning
several minutes. For location of the airbag inflates, then get fresh air A crash severe enough to inflate
airbags, see Where Are the by opening a window or a door. the airbags may have also
Airbags? on page 3-32. damaged important functions in
(Continued)
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (37,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-37

to help protect you in another The passenger airbag status

Warning (Continued) crash. A new system will include indicator will light on the overhead
airbag modules and possibly console when the vehicle is started.
the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual
system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts.
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
concealed damage that could and diagnostic module which
records information after a
make it difficult to safely operate
crash. See Vehicle Data United States
the vehicle.
Recording and Privacy on
Use caution if you should attempt page 13-14 and Event Data
to restart the engine after a crash Recorders on page 13-14.
has occurred. . Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
In many crashes severe enough to Improper service can mean that
inflate the airbag, windshields are an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for Canada and Mexico
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may service. The words ON and OFF, or the
also occur from the front outboard symbols for on and off, will be
passenger airbag. Passenger Sensing visible during the system check.
System When the system check is
. Airbags are designed to inflate
complete, either the word ON or
only once. After an airbag The vehicle has a passenger OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
inflates, you will need some new sensing system for the front be visible. See Passenger Airbag
parts for the airbag system. outboard passenger position. Status Indicator on page 5-20.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (38,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-38 Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system

turns off the front outboard { Warning Warning (Continued)
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints
is affected by the passenger restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag
sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal is off. If you secure a
airbag inflates. This is because forward-facing child restraint in
The passenger sensing system the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
works with sensors that are part of restraint would be very close to seat, always move the seat as far
the front outboard passenger seat
the inflating airbag. A child in a back as it will go. It is better to
and safety belt. The sensors are
forward-facing child restraint can secure the child restraint in a
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and be seriously injured or killed if the rear seat.
determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates
passenger frontal airbag should be and the passenger seat is in a The passenger sensing system is
allowed to inflate or not. forward position. designed to turn off the front
According to accident statistics, Even if the passenger sensing outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
children are safer when properly system has turned off the . The front outboard passenger
secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger frontal airbag, no seat is unoccupied.
child restraint for their weight system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines an infant
and size. guarantee that an airbag will not
is present in a child restraint.
Whenever possible, children aged inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the . A front outboard passenger
12 and under should be secured in
airbag is off. takes his/her weight off of the
a rear seating position.
seat for a period of time.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in (Continued)
. There is a critical problem with
the front. This is because the risk to
the airbag system or the
the rear-facing child is so great,
passenger sensing system.
if the airbag inflates.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (39,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-39

When the passenger sensing For some children, including If the On Indicator is Lit for a
system has turned off the front children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint
outboard passenger frontal airbag, very small adults, the passenger
the off indicator will light and stay lit sensing system may or may not turn The passenger sensing system is
as a reminder that the airbag is off. off the front outboard passenger designed to turn off the front
See Passenger Airbag Status frontal airbag, depending upon the outboard passenger frontal airbag if
Indicator on page 5-20. person's seating posture and body the system determines that an infant
build. Everyone in the vehicle who is present in a child restraint. If a
The passenger sensing system is child restraint has been installed
designed to turn on the front has outgrown child restraints
should wear a safety belt and the on indicator is lit:
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a properly — whether or not there is 1. Turn the vehicle off.
person of adult size is sitting an airbag for that person.
2. Remove the child restraint from
properly in the front outboard the vehicle.
passenger seat. { Warning 3. Remove any additional items
When the passenger sensing If the airbag readiness light ever from the seat such as blankets,
system has allowed the airbag to be comes on and stays on, it means cushions, seat covers, seat
enabled, the on indicator will light that something may be wrong heaters, or seat massagers.
and stay lit as a reminder that the with the airbag system. To help 4. Reinstall the child restraint
airbag is active. avoid injury to yourself or others, following the directions provided
have the vehicle serviced right by the child restraint
away. See Airbag Readiness manufacturer and refer to
Light on page 5-20 for more Securing Child Restraints
information, including important (Center Front Seat) on
safety information. page 3-61 or Securing Child
Restraints (Rear Seat) on
page 3-61 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (40,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Seat) on page 3-63. Even if the The passenger sensing system may If this happens, use the following
child restraint is equipped with a or may not turn off the airbag for a steps to allow the system to detect
safety belt lock-off, make sure child in a child restraint depending that person and enable the front
the safety belt retractor is locked upon the child’s size. It is better to outboard passenger frontal airbag:
by pulling the shoulder belt all secure the child restraint in a 1. Turn the vehicle off.
the way out of the retractor rear seat.
before tightening the safety belt. 2. Remove any additional material
When the retractor lock is set, If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an from the seat, such as blankets,
the belt can be tightened but not Adult-Sized Occupant cushions, seat covers, seat
pulled out of the retractor. heaters, or seat massagers.
5. If, after reinstalling the child 3. Place the seatback in the fully
restraint and restarting the upright position.
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, 4. Have the person sit upright in
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly the seat, centered on the seat
recline the vehicle seatback and cushion, with legs comfortably
adjust the seat cushion, extended.
if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle seatback is not 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt
pushing the child restraint into is pulled out all the way, the
the seat cushion. child restraint locking feature will
be engaged. This may
Also make sure the child unintentionally cause the
restraint is not trapped under the passenger sensing system to
If a person of adult size is sitting in
vehicle head restraint. If this turn the airbag off for some
the front outboard passenger seat,
happens, adjust the head adult-sized occupants. If this
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
restraint. See Head Restraints happens, unbuckle the belt, let
because that person is not sitting
on page 3-2. the belt go back all the way, and
properly in the seat or that the child
6. Restart the vehicle. restraint locking feature is engaged.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (41,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-41

then buckle the belt again Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an
without pulling the belt out all System Operation object, such as a briefcase,
the way. handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on
6. Restart the vehicle and have the passenger in position on the seat
person remain in this position for an unoccupied seat. If this is not
during vehicle maneuvers and desired, remove the object from
two to three minutes after the on braking, which helps the passenger
indicator is lit. the seat.
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
{ Warning “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” { Warning
in the Index for additional
If the front outboard passenger Stowing of articles under the
information about the importance of
airbag is turned off for an passenger seat or between the
proper restraint use.
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger seat cushion and
A thick layer of additional material, seatback may interfere with the
will not be able to inflate and help such as a blanket or cushion,
protect that person in a crash, proper operation of the passenger
or aftermarket equipment such as sensing system.
resulting in an increased risk of seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
serious injury or even death. An massagers can affect how well the
adult-sized occupant should not passenger sensing system Servicing the
ride in the front outboard operates. We recommend that you
passenger seat, if the passenger
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
not use seat covers or other
airbag off indicator is lit. aftermarket equipment except when Airbags affect how the vehicle
approved by GM for your specific should be serviced. There are parts
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to of the airbag system in several
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on places around the vehicle. Your
page 3-42 for more information dealer and the service manual have
about modifications that can affect information about servicing the
how the system operates. vehicle and the airbag system.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (42,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-42 Seats and Restraints

To purchase a service manual, see The operation of the airbag system of the seat fabric, could also
Service Publications Ordering can also be affected by changing interfere with the operation of the
Information on page 13-11. any parts of the front seats, safety passenger sensing system. This
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic could either prevent proper
{ Warning module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any airbag module, ceiling or
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
For up to 10 seconds after the pillar garnish trim, overhead sensing system from properly
vehicle is turned off and the console, front sensors, side impact turning off the passenger airbag(s).
battery is disconnected, an airbag sensors, airbag wiring, or front See Passenger Sensing System on
can still inflate during improper center console. page 3-37.
service. You can be injured if you Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
are close to an airbag when it have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels on page 10-64 for
They are probably part of the diagnostic module, and airbag additional information.
airbag system. Be sure to follow wiring. If you have to modify your vehicle
proper service procedures, and In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and
make sure the person performing passenger sensing system that you have questions about whether
work for you is qualified to do so. includes sensors as part of the front the modifications will affect the
outboard passenger seat. The vehicle's airbag system, or if you
passenger sensing system may not have questions about whether the
Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat airbag system will be affected if the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM vehicle is modified for any other
Adding accessories that change the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with reason, call Customer Assistance.
vehicle's frame, bumper system, GM covers, upholstery, or trim See Customer Assistance Offices
height, front end, or side sheet designed for a different vehicle. Any on page 13-3.
metal may keep the airbag system object, such as an aftermarket seat
from working properly. heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (43,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash your dealer for service.
regularly scheduled maintenance or
If the airbag readiness light stays on
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ Warning after the vehicle is started or comes
Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag
page 5-20. systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have
A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
{ Caution not work properly and may not
page 5-20.
protect you and your
If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death.
may not work properly. Do not To help make sure the airbag
open or break the airbag systems are working properly
coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them
opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary
coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as
covering and/or airbag module possible.
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-32. See your
dealer for service.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (44,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-44 Seats and Restraints

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child If you have the choice, a child
passes the fit test below: should sit in a position with a
. Sit all the way back on the seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the
Do the knees bend at the seat additional restraint a shoulder
edge? If yes, continue. If no, belt can provide.
return to the booster seat. Q: What is the proper way to
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. wear safety belts?
Does the shoulder belt rest on A: An older child should wear a
the shoulder? If yes, continue. lap-shoulder belt and get the
If no, try using the rear safety additional restraint a shoulder
belt comfort guide, if available. belt can provide. The shoulder
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort belt should not cross the face or
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt neck. The lap belt should fit
Older children who have outgrown
on page 3-22. If a comfort guide snugly below the hips, just
booster seats should wear the
is not available, or if the touching the top of the thighs.
vehicle safety belts.
shoulder belt still does not rest This applies belt force to the
on the shoulder, then return to child's pelvic bones in a crash.
the booster seat. It should never be worn over the
. Does the lap belt fit low and abdomen, which could cause
snug on the hips, touching the severe or even fatal internal
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, injuries in a crash.
return to the booster seat.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (45,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort

Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on Warning (Continued)
page 3-22.
belt. The belt force would then be
According to accident statistics, applied right on the abdomen.
children are safer when properly That could cause serious or fatal
restrained in a rear seating position. injuries. The shoulder belt should
In a crash, children who are not go over the shoulder and across
buckled up can strike other people the chest.
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{ Warning
{ Warning Never allow a child to wear the
Never allow more than one child safety belt with the shoulder belt
to wear the same safety belt. The behind their back. A child can be
safety belt cannot properly spread seriously injured by not wearing
the impact forces. In a crash, they the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
can be crushed together and crash, the child would not be
seriously injured. A safety belt restrained by the shoulder belt.
must be used by only one person The child could move too far
at a time. forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (46,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young

Children
Warning (Continued) { Warning
Everyone in a vehicle needs the way back into the retractor, Never hold an infant or a child
protection! This includes infants and but it cannot do this if it is while riding in a vehicle. Due to
all other children. Neither the wrapped around a child’s neck. crash forces, an infant or a child
distance traveled nor the age and If the shoulder belt is locked and will become so heavy it is not
size of the traveler changes the tightened around a child’s neck, possible to hold it during a crash.
need, for everyone, to use safety the only way to loosen the belt is For example, in a crash at only
restraints. In fact, the law in every to cut it. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
state in the United States and in Never leave children unattended infant will suddenly become a
every Canadian province says in a vehicle and never allow 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
children up to some age must be children to play with the safety arms. An infant should be
restrained while in a vehicle. secured in an appropriate
belts.
restraint.
{ Warning Every time infants and young
Children can be seriously injured children ride in vehicles, they should
or strangled if a shoulder belt is have the protection provided by
wrapped around their neck. The appropriate child restraints. Neither
shoulder belt can tighten but the vehicle's safety belt system nor
cannot be loosened if it is locked. its airbag system is designed
The shoulder belt locks when it is for them.
pulled all the way out of the Children who are not restrained
retractor. It unlocks when the properly can strike other people,
shoulder belt is allowed to go all or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (47,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-47

restraint should take into

Warning (Continued) consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
If you must secure a whether or not the restraint will
forward-facing child restraint in be compatible with the motor
the front outboard seat, always vehicle in which it will be used.
move the front passenger seat as For most basic types of child
far back as it will go. restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
{ Warning that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
Children who are up against,
The restraint manufacturer
or very close to, any airbag when
instructions that come with the
it inflates can be seriously injured
restraint state the weight and
or killed. Never put a rear-facing height limitations for a particular
child restraint in the front child restraint. In addition, there
outboard seat. Secure a are many kinds of restraints
rear-facing child restraint in a rear available for children with
seat. It is also better to secure a Q: What are the different types of special needs.
forward-facing child restraint in a add-on child restraints?
rear seat.
A: Add-on child restraints, which
(Continued) are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (48,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
To reduce the risk of neck and In a crash, the belt would apply
head injury during a crash, infants force on a body area that is
need complete support. In a unprotected by any bony
crash, if an infant is in a structure. This alone could cause
rear-facing child restraint, the serious or fatal injuries. To reduce
crash forces can be distributed the risk of serious or fatal injuries
across the strongest part of an during a crash, young children
infant's body, the back and should always be secured in
shoulders. Infants should always appropriate child restraints.
be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
{ Warning restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
A young child's hip bones are still The harness system holds the infant
so small that the vehicle's regular in place and, in a crash, acts to
safety belt may not remain low on keep the infant positioned in the
the hip bones, as it should. restraint.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (49,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-49

Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the in this manual.
harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury,
to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-51.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (50,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Children can be endangered in a Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children age
crash if the child restraint is not locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in
properly secured in the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position.
When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with The vehicle may be equipped with a
restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial front center airbag in the inboard
that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. side of the driver seat. Even with a
may be on the restraint itself or in a Securing the Child Within the front center airbag, a child restraint
booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint can be installed in any second row
The child restraint instructions are seating position.
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement { Warning Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or the rear-facing child is so great if the
Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not airbag deploys.
child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
restraint. Secure the child { Warning
properly following the instructions
properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint. A child in a rear-facing child
the vehicle — even when no child is restraint can be seriously injured
in it. or killed if the front passenger
In some areas of the United States Where to Put the airbag inflates. This is because
and Canada, Certified Child Restraint the back of the rear-facing child
Passenger Safety Technicians restraint would be very close to
According to accident statistics,
(CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when the inflating airbag. A child in a
and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child forward-facing child restraint can
use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint be seriously injured or killed if the
the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating (Continued)
Highway Traffic Safety position.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (51,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-51

assemblies or LATCH anchors for

Warning (Continued) { Warning additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
front passenger airbag inflates A child in a child restraint in the positions should not be used if the
and the passenger seat is in a center front seat can be badly child restraint prevents access to or
forward position. injured or killed by the frontal interferes with the routing of the
Even if the passenger sensing airbags if they inflate. Never safety belt.
system has turned off the front secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always Wherever a child restraint is
passenger frontal airbag, no installed, be sure to secure the child
system is fail-safe. No one can better to secure a child restraint in
restraint properly.
guarantee that an airbag will not a rear seat.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
deploy under some unusual child restraint can move around in a
circumstance, even though it is Do not use child restraints in the collision or sudden stop and injure
turned off. center front seat position. people in the vehicle. Be sure to
Secure rear-facing child restraints When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in
in a rear seat, even if the airbag rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is
is off. If you secure a instructions that came with the child in it.
forward-facing child restraint in restraint to make sure it is
the front seat, always move the compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and
front passenger seat as far back Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children
as it will go. It is better to secure vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
the child restraint in a rear seat. may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. The LATCH system secures a child
See Passenger Sensing System restraint during driving or in a crash.
on page 3-37 for additional Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child
information. child restraint and the size of the restraint are used to attach the child
child restraint, you may not be able restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belt
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (52,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-52 Seats and Restraints

vehicle. The LATCH system is Make sure to follow the instructions Lower Anchors
designed to make installation of a that came with the child restraint,
child restraint easier. and also the instructions in this
In order to use the LATCH system in manual.
your vehicle, you need a child When installing a child restraint with
restraint that has LATCH a top tether, you must also use
attachments. LATCH-compatible either the lower anchors or the
rear-facing and forward-facing child safety belts to properly secure the
seats can be properly installed child restraint. A child restraint must
using either the LATCH anchors or never be installed using only the top
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not tether and anchor.
use both the safety belts and the The LATCH anchorage system can
LATCH anchorage system to secure be used until the combined weight
a rear-facing or forward-facing of the child plus the child restraint is
child seat. 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
Booster seats use the vehicle’s alone instead of the LATCH built into the vehicle. There are two
safety belts to secure the child in anchorage system once the lower anchors for each LATCH
the booster seat. If the manufacturer combined weight is more than seating position that will
recommends that the booster seat 29.5 kg (65 lbs). accommodate a child restraint with
be secured with the LATCH system, lower attachments (2).
The following explains how to attach
this can be done as long as the a child restraint with these
booster seat can be positioned attachments in the vehicle.
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the Not all vehicle seating positions or
lap-shoulder belt on the child. child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (53,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-53

Top Tether Anchor The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the instructions for your child
Second Row — 60/40
the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
A top tether anchor is built into the H (Lower Anchor): Seating
vehicle. The top tether positions with two lower anchors.
attachment (2) on the child restraint I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
connects to the top tether anchor in positions with top tether anchors.
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (54,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-54 Seats and Restraints

To assist in locating the top tether

anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the top tether
anchors for second row seats. For
third row seats (if equipped), the top
tether anchor symbol is on the
Second Row — Bucket Third Row Seat flipper panel.
H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors.
I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.

To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (55,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Second Row Seat — Bucket Second Row Seat — 60/40 Third Row Seat
For models with bucket second row For models with 60/40 second row For models with a third row seat, the
seating, the top tether anchors are seating, the top tether anchors are top tether anchors are on the back
at the bottom rear of the seat at the bottom rear of the seat of the seatback. Move the flipper
cushion for each seating position in cushion for each seating position in panel rearward to access the
the second row. Be sure to use an the second row. Be sure to use a anchors. Be sure to use a top tether
anchor on the same side of the top tether anchor directly behind the anchor directly behind the seating
vehicle as the seating position seating position where the child position where the child restraint will
where the child restraint will be restraint will be placed. be placed.
placed. Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (56,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-56 Seats and Restraints

the instructions that come with the

child restraint say that the top tether Warning (Continued) { Warning
must be attached.
anchors, or use the vehicle safety Children can be seriously injured
According to accident statistics, belts to secure the restraint, or strangled if a shoulder belt is
children and infants are safer when following the instructions that wrapped around their neck. The
properly restrained in a child came with the child restraint and shoulder belt can tighten but
restraint system or infant restraint the instructions in this manual. cannot be loosened if it is locked.
system secured in a rear seating The shoulder belt locks when it is
position. See Where to Put the
pulled all the way out of the
Restraint on page 3-50 for
retractor. It unlocks when the
additional information. { Warning shoulder belt is allowed to go all
Securing a Child Restraint To reduce the risk of serious or the way back into the retractor,
Designed for the LATCH fatal injuries during a crash, do but it cannot do this if it is
System not attach more than one child wrapped around a child’s neck.
restraint to a single anchor. If the shoulder belt is locked and
{ Warning Attaching more than one child tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
restraint to a single anchor could
If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment to cut it.
not attached to anchors or with to come loose or even break Buckle any unused safety belts
the safety belt, the child restraint during a crash. A child or others behind the child restraint so
will not be able to protect the child could be injured. children cannot reach them. Pull
correctly. In a crash, the child the shoulder belt all the way out
could be seriously injured or of the retractor to set the lock,
killed. Install a LATCH-type child and tighten the belt behind the
restraint properly using the child restraint after the child
(Continued) restraint has been installed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (57,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-57

This system is designed to make 1.2. Put the child restraint on

{ Caution installation of child restraints easier. the seat.
When using lower anchors, do not 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
Do not let the LATCH use the vehicle's safety belts.
attachments rub against the attachments on the child
Instead use the vehicle's anchors restraint to the lower
vehicle’s safety belts. This may and child restraint attachments to
damage these parts. If necessary, anchors.
secure the restraints. Some
move buckled safety belts to restraints also use another vehicle 2. If the child restraint manufacturer
avoid rubbing the LATCH anchor to secure a top tether. recommends that the top tether
attachments. be attached, attach and tighten
1. Attach and tighten the lower the top tether to the top tether
Do not fold the empty rear seat attachments to the lower anchor. Refer to the child
with a safety belt buckled. This anchors. If the child restraint restraint instructions and the
could damage the safety belt or does not have lower following steps:
the seat. Unbuckle and return the attachments or the desired
safety belt to its stowed position, seating position does not have 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
before folding the seat. lower anchors, secure the child For models with a third row
restraint with the the safety belts seat, move the flipper panel
and top tether when rearward to access the top
The vehicle may be equipped with a recommended by the child
front center airbag in the inboard tether anchors.
restraint manufacturer. Refer to
side of the driver seat. Even with a your child restraint manufacturer
front center airbag, a child restraint instructions and the instructions
can be installed in any second row in this manual.
seating position.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
If you need to secure more than one the desired seating
child restraint in the rear seat, see position.
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-50.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (58,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-58 Seats and Restraints

2.2. Route, attach, and tighten If the position you are using If the position you are using
the top tether according to does not have a head does not have a head
your child restraint restraint and you are using restraint and you are using
instructions and the a single tether, route the a dual tether, route the
following instructions: tether over the seatback. tether over the seatback.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (59,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-59

If the position you are using If the position you are using move it side to side and back
has an adjustable head has a fixed head restraint and forth. There should be no
restraint and you are using and you are using a single more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
a single tether, raise the tether, route the tether movement, for proper
head restraint and route the around the inboard or installation.
tether under the head outboard side of the head
restraint and in between the restraint. Head Restraint Removal and
head restraint posts. Reinstallation
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Third Row Seats
on page 3-16 for additional
information.

If the position you are using

has a fixed or an adjustable
head restraint and you are
using a dual tether, route
the tether around the head
restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check, 2. Press the buttons on the head
grasp the child restraint at the restraint posts, and pull up on
LATCH path and attempt to the head restraint.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (60,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-60 Seats and Restraints

3. When the child restraint is Replacing LATCH System

removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
Parts After a Crash
position is used.
{ Warning
{ Warning A crash can damage the LATCH
With head restraints that are not system in the vehicle. A damaged
installed and adjusted properly, LATCH system may not properly
there is a greater chance that secure the child restraint,
occupants will suffer a neck/ resulting in serious injury or even
spinal injury in a crash. Do not death in a crash. To help make
drive until the head restraints for sure the LATCH system is
5. With the head restraint facing
all occupants are installed and working properly after a crash,
rearward, insert the head
adjusted properly. see your dealer to have the
restraint posts into the holes in
the top of the seatback. system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
4. Route the tether of the child 6. Push the head restraint down. soon as possible.
restraint under the head
7. Try to move the head restraint to
restraint.
make sure that it is locked in If the vehicle has the LATCH system
place. and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (61,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-61

Securing Child Restraints If the child restraint has the LATCH this position. Be sure to follow the
system, see Lower Anchors and instructions that came with the child
(Center Front Seat) Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the
System) on page 3-51 for how and child restraint when and as the
{ Warning where to install the child restraint instructions say.
using LATCH. If a child restraint is If more than one child restraint
A child in a child restraint in the secured in the vehicle using a
center front seat can be badly needs to be installed in the rear
safety belt and it uses a top tether, seat, be sure to read Where to Put
injured or killed by the frontal see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
airbags if they inflate. Never the Restraint on page 3-50.
Children (LATCH System) on
secure a child restraint in the page 3-51 for top tether anchor 1. Put the child restraint on
center front seat. It is always locations. the seat.
better to secure a child restraint in Do not secure a child seat in a For the third row outboard
a rear seat. position without a top tether anchor seating positions, if the head
if a national or local law requires restraint interferes with the
Do not use child restraints in the that the top tether be anchored, or if proper installation of the child
center front seat position. the instructions that come with the restraint, the head restraint may
child restraint say that the top strap be removed. See “Head
Securing Child Restraints must be anchored. Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
(Rear Seat) In Canada, the law requires that Anchors and Tethers for
forward-facing child restraints have Children (LATCH System) on
When securing a child restraint in a a top tether, and that the tether be
rear seating position, study the page 3-51.
attached.
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is If the child restraint or vehicle seat
compatible with this vehicle. position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (62,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-62 Seats and Restraints

2. Pick up the latch plate, and run 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
the lap and shoulder portions of buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the
the vehicle's safety belt through If the latch plate will not go fully lock. When the retractor lock is
or around the restraint. The child into the buckle, check to see if set, the belt can be tightened but
restraint instructions will show the correct buckle is being used. not pulled out of the retractor.
you how.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (63,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-63

6. If the child restraint has a top seating position is used. See “Head
tether, follow the child restraint Restraint Removal and
manufacturer’s instructions Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
regarding the use of the top and Tethers for Children (LATCH
tether. Refer to the instructions System) on page 3-51 for additional
that came with the child restraint information on reinstalling the head
and see Lower Anchors and restraint properly.
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-51. Securing Child Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the (Front Passenger Seat)
child restraint, make sure it is
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
securely held in place. To check,
seat is a safer place to secure a
5. To tighten the belt, push down grasp the child restraint at the
forward-facing child restraint. See
on the child restraint, pull the safety belt path and attempt to
Where to Put the Restraint on
shoulder portion of the belt to move it side to side and back
page 3-50.
tighten the lap portion of the belt and forth. When the child
and feed the shoulder belt back restraint is properly installed, In addition, the vehicle has a
into the retractor. When installing there should be no more than passenger sensing system which is
a forward-facing child restraint, it 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. designed to turn off the front
may be helpful to use your knee outboard passenger frontal airbag
To remove the child restraint,
to push down on the child under certain conditions. See
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
restraint as you tighten the belt. Passenger Sensing System on
let it return to the stowed position.
page 3-37 and Passenger Airbag
Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top
Status Indicator on page 5-20 for
retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it.
more information, including
retractor is locked. If the If the head restraint was removed important safety information.
retractor is not locked, repeat for a third row outboard seating
Steps 4 and 5. position, reinstall it before the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (64,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-64 Seats and Restraints

Never put a rear-facing child seat in that the top tether be anchored, or if
the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) the instructions that come with the
the rear-facing child is so great if the child restraint say that the top strap
airbag deploys. will not deploy under some must be anchored.
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off. In Canada, the law requires that
{ Warning forward-facing child restraints have
Secure rear-facing child restraints a top tether, and that the tether be
A child in a rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the airbag attached.
restraint can be seriously injured is off. If you secure a
or killed if the front outboard When using the lap-shoulder belt to
forward-facing child restraint in
passenger frontal airbag inflates. secure the child restraint in this
the front seat, always move the
This is because the back of the position, follow the instructions that
front passenger seat as far back came with the child restraint and the
rear-facing child restraint would as it will go. It is better to secure following instructions:
be very close to the inflating the child restraint in a rear seat.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 1. Move the seat as far back as it
See Passenger Sensing System will go before securing the
child restraint can be seriously
on page 3-37 for additional forward-facing child restraint.
injured or killed if the front
information.
outboard passenger frontal airbag When the passenger sensing
inflates and the passenger seat is system has turned off the front
in a forward position. If the child restraint uses a top outboard passenger frontal
tether, see Lower Anchors and airbag, the off indicator on the
Even if the passenger sensing Tethers for Children (LATCH passenger airbag status
system has turned off the front System) on page 3-51 for top tether indicator should light and stay lit
outboard passenger frontal anchor locations. when you start the vehicle. See
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No Passenger Airbag Status
one can guarantee that an airbag Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor Indicator on page 5-20.
(Continued) if a national or local law requires
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (65,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Seats and Restraints 3-65

2. Put the child restraint on

the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the
Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is
the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but
could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor.
necessary.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust the

belt, if needed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (66,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

3-66 Seats and Restraints

Try to pull the belt out of the If a child restraint has been installed
retractor to make sure the and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
retractor is locked. If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child
retractor is not locked, repeat Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
Steps 5 and 6. System on page 3-37 for more
7. Before placing a child in the information.
child restraint, make sure it is To remove the child restraint,
securely held in place. To check, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
grasp the child restraint at the let it return to the stowed position.
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
6. To tighten the belt, push down restraint is properly installed,
on the child restraint, pull the there should be no more than
shoulder portion of the belt to 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
tighten the lap portion of the belt, If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
and feed the shoulder belt back the passenger airbag status
into the retractor. When installing indicator will come on and stay on
a forward-facing child restraint, it when the vehicle is started.
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage If equipped with storage behind the

radio, press and hold P to open.
Compartments There is a USB port inside. See the
Storage Compartments infotainment manual.
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1 { Warning Press and hold P again to close.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Do not store heavy or sharp Keep the storage area closed when
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 objects in storage compartments. not in use.
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and The storage area cannot be
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2 could result in injury. operated with P when valet mode
is enabled. See “Valet Mode” in
Additional Storage Features Home Page on page 7-5.
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Instrument Panel Storage The storage area can be operated
Roof Rack System manually.
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

4-2 Storage

Sunglasses Storage Armrest Storage Center Console Storage

For vehicles with a rear seat
armrest, pull the loop at the top of
the armrest down to access the
cupholders.

Rear Storage

If equipped, sunglasses storage is Pull the handle and lift to access the
on the overhead console. Press the console. There are auxiliary jacks,
fixed button on the cover and USB ports, an accessory power
release to access. There may be a outlet, tote compartment, device
child-view mirror located within the holder, and SD card reader inside.
sunglasses bin. Release the bin and
then push up halfway to secure in
position. There is storage in the floor of the
rear cargo area. Lift the handle to
access. There is a removable
divider to help organize.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Storage 4-3

On the rear of the console, there is Additional Storage To return the cover to the retracted
a High Voltage Power Outlet position:
(HVPO), auxiliary jacks, and an Features 1. Pull up on the cover handle to
open storage area. release the cover posts from the
See Power Outlets on page 5-9, Cargo Cover retaining sockets.
SD Card Reader on page 7-17, 2. Let the cover move forward to
USB Port on page 7-15, and { Warning the full retracted position.
Auxiliary Jack on page 7-18.
If equipped with an uplevel radio, An unsecured cargo cover could To remove the cover:
see the infotainment manual. strike people in a sudden stop or 1. Let the cover go all the way into
turn, or in a crash. Store the the holder.
cargo cover securely or remove it
from the vehicle. 2. Then, grasping the driver side
cover end cap, push the cover
end cap toward the passenger
To use the cargo cover, if equipped: side of the vehicle.
1. Pull the cover handle toward the 3. Swing the cover rearward and
rear of the vehicle. take it out of the vehicle.
2. Latch the cover posts into the
retaining sockets on the cargo
area trim panels.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

4-4 Storage

To put the cover in the vehicle: 4. Press the end caps in, to allow Roof Rack System
1. Make sure the cover slot in the the cover to fit into the trim slot.
holder faces rearward with the
round surface facing down.
5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to
make sure it is secure.
{ Warning
2. Then, hold the cover at an angle On long wheelbase models there If something is carried on top of
and place the cover end cap into are two cover positions. The slots the vehicle that is longer or wider
the slot in the passenger side furthest forward allow the cover to than the roof rack — like paneling,
trim panel. be used if the third seat is removed plywood, or a mattress — the
or folded down. The cover can be wind can catch it while the vehicle
3. Move the other end of the cover
forward and hold it next to the installed and removed from is being driven. The item being
driver side trim panel slot. either side. carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Storage 4-5

If equipped, the roof rack can be To prevent damage or loss of cargo Do not exceed the maximum vehicle
used to load items. For roof racks when driving, check to make sure capacity when loading the vehicle.
that do not have crossrails included, crossrails and cargo are securely For more information on vehicle
GM Certified crossrails can be fastened. Loading cargo on the roof capacity and loading, see Vehicle
purchased as an accessory. See rack will make the vehicle’s center Load Limits on page 9-14.
your dealer for additional of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
information. sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden (CHMSL) is located above the rear
braking, or abrupt maneuvers, window glass. Make sure items
{ Caution otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
loaded on the roof of the vehicle do
not block or damage the CHMSL.
Loading cargo on the roof rack on rough roads, or at high speeds,
that weighs more than 100 kg occasionally stop the vehicle to
(220 lb) or hangs over the rear or make sure the cargo remains in
sides of the vehicle may damage its place.
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails, making sure to fasten
cargo securely.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

4-6 Storage

2 NOTES
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Information Displays
Driver Information Center
Controls Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-19
(DIC) (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Driver Information Center
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-20 (DIC) (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Controls Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Vehicle Messages
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-3 Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-21
Malfunction Battery Voltage and Charging
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 5-4 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Brake System Warning Brake System Messages . . . . 5-36
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Rear Window Wiper/ Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-36
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . 5-26 Engine Cooling System
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-38
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-26 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-39
Indicators Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-39
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-27 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-39
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Traction Control System Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-27 Object Detection System
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-28 Ride Control System
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-43
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-29 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Engine Oil Pressure Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Steering System
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44 Controls Tilt and Telescope Steering Wheel

Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-45
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46 Steering Wheel
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-47 Adjustment
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-48
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-55
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
To adjust the tilt and telescope
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Push the lever (1) down to move
the steering wheel forward or
To adjust the steering wheel: rearward. Lift the lever (1) up to
1. Hold the steering wheel and pull lock the wheel in place.
the lever. 2. Hold the steering wheel and pull
2. Move the steering wheel up the lever (2) toward you to move
or down. the steering wheel up or down.
Release the lever (2) to lock the
3. Release the lever to lock the
wheel into place.
wheel in place.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-3

Power Tilt and Telescope Steering Steering Wheel Controls Radio) on page 7-26, or “Bluetooth
Wheel (Overview)” in the infotainment
manual.
i (Phone/Mute): Press to reject
an incoming call or end a current
call. Press to mute or unmute the
infotainment system when not on
a call.
o or p (Previous/Next Menu):
Press to go to the previous or next
menu option.
w or x (Next/Previous
Selection): Press to go to the next
or previous selection.
If equipped, some audio controls
To adjust the power tilt and can be adjusted at the steering @ (Select): Press to select a
telescope steering wheel, wheel. highlighted menu option.
if equipped:
g (Talk): For vehicles with OnStar®
Press the control to move the or a Bluetooth® system, press to
steering wheel up and down or interact with those systems. See
forward and rearward. OnStar Overview on page 14-1,
Do not adjust the steering wheel Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7-20
while driving. or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio) on page 7-22 or
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper control is on

the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
The favorite and volume switches by turning the band with z
are on the back of the steering FRONT on it.
wheel.
( (Heated Steering Wheel, If 1 (High Speed): Fast wipes.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
source, press to select the next Equipped): Press to turn it on or w (Low Speed): Slow wipes.
or previous favorite. When on a off. A light next to the button 3 INT (Intermittent Wipes): Turn
displays when the feature is
media source, press to select
turned on. the z FRONT band up for more
the next or previous track. frequent wipes or down for less
2. Volume: Press to increase or The steering wheel takes about frequent wipes.
decrease the volume. three minutes to start heating.
OFF: Turns the windshield
wipers off.
Horn
8 (Mist): For a single wipe,
To sound the horn, press a on the turn to 8, then release. For several
steering wheel.
wipes, hold the band on 8 longer.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Clear ice and snow from the wiper Rainsense™ Move the band out of the 3 INT
blades before using them. If frozen position to deactivate Rainsense.
With Rainsense, a sensor near the
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
top center of the windshield detects
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
the amount of water on the
should be replaced. See Wiper
windshield and controls the
Blade Replacement on page 10-29.
frequency of the windshield wiper.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
Keep this area of the windshield
wiper motor. An internal circuit
clear of debris to allow for best
breaker to the motor will stop the
system performance.
motor until it cools down.
3 INT (Rainsense Wipe z AUTO (Rainsense On/Off):
Wiper Parking
Sensitivity): Turn the z FRONT Press to turn Rainsense on or off.
If the ignition is put in OFF while the band on the wiper lever to adjust the When turned on and z FRONT is
wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT, sensitivity. in one of the Rainsense wipe
they will immediately stop. sensitivity positions the wipers can
If z FRONT is then moved to be adjusted for more or less
sensitivity to moisture. When turned
OFF before the driver door is
off, the wipers operate as timed
opened or within 10 minutes, the
intermittent wipers and can be
wipers will restart and move to the
adjusted for more or less frequent
base of the windshield.
wipes.
If the ignition is put in OFF while the . Turn the band up for more
wipers are performing wipes due to sensitivity to moisture. If z AUTO is on when the ignition
windshield washing or Rainsense, is turned on, or if the ignition is in
the wipers continue to run until they
. Turn the band down for less ON/RUN and the z FRONT band
reach the base of the windshield. sensitivity to moisture.
is in one of the sensitivity settings
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-6 Instruments and Controls

when z AUTO is turned on or off, Windshield Washer Rear Window Wiper/

a message may display indicating if Washer
Rainsense was turned on or off. { Warning
If the ignition is in ON/RUN and
In freezing weather, do not use
z FRONT is not in one of the
the washer until the windshield is
sensitivity settings when z AUTO warmed. Otherwise the washer
is turned on, a message may fluid can form ice on the
display indicating that the wiper windshield, blocking your vision.
band must be in one of the
sensitivity settings for Rainsense to The rear wiper control is on the turn
operate. L m (Washer Fluid): Push the signal lever.
paddle marked with the windshield
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection washer symbol at the top of the turn To turn the rear wiper on, slide the
When using an automatic car wash, signal lever to spray washer fluid lever to a wiper position.
move the windshield wiper lever to and activate the wipers. The wipers OFF: Turns the wiper off.
OFF. This disables the automatic will continue until the paddle is
released or the maximum wash time INT (Intermittent Wipes): Turns on
Rainsense windshield wipers.
is reached. When the paddle is the rear wiper with a delay between
With Rainsense, if the transmission wipes.
released, additional wipes may
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
occur depending on how long the ON (Rear Wipes): Turns on the
speed is very slow, the wipers will
windshield washer had been rear wiper.
automatically stop at the base of the
activated. See Washer Fluid on
windshield.
page 10-21 for information on filling
The wiper operations return to the windshield washer fluid
normal when the transmission is no reservoir.
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
speed has increased.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-7

= REAR (Rear Wiper Wash): The wiper operations return to Compass

Press this button on the end of the normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle The vehicle may have a compass
lever to spray washer fluid on the
speed has increased. display on the Driver Information
rear window. The wipers will clear
Center (DIC). The compass receives
the rear window and either stop or Reverse Gear Wipes its heading and other information
return to your preset speed. For
If the rear wiper control is off, the from the Global Positioning
more washer cycles, press and hold
rear wiper will automatically operate System (GPS) antenna,
the button.
continuously when the shift lever is StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
The rear window wiper/washer will in R (Reverse), and the front information.
not operate if the liftgate or liftglass windshield wiper is performing low The compass system is designed to
is open or ajar. If the liftgate or or high speed wipes. If the rear operate for a certain number of
liftglass is opened while the rear wiper control is off, the shift lever is miles or degrees of turn before
wiper is on, the wiper returns to the in R (Reverse), and the front needing a signal from the GPS
parked position and stops. windshield wiper is performing satellites. When the compass
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly interval wipes, then the rear wiper display shows CAL, drive the
Protection automatically performs interval vehicle for a short distance in an
wipes. open area where it can receive a
When using an automatic car wash,
This feature can be changed. See GPS signal. The compass system
move the rear wiper control to OFF
Vehicle Personalization on will automatically determine when a
to disable the rear wiper. In some
page 5-48. GPS signal is restored and provide
vehicles, if the transmission is in
a heading again. See Compass
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is The windshield washer reservoir is Messages on page 5-36 for the
very slow, the rear wiper will used for the windshield and the rear messages that may be displayed for
automatically stop at the base of the window. Check the fluid level in the the compass.
rear window. reservoir if either washer is not
working. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-21.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Clock To set the clock display: Auto Set requires an OnStar

1. Select SETTINGS from the subscription.
Setting the Time and Date with Home Page, then select Time If auto timing is set, the time
Faceplate Controls and Date. displayed on the clock may not
To set the time or date: 2. Select Clock Display. update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
1. Select SETTINGS from the 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
Home Page, then select Time or On. To set the date:
and Date. 1. Press the SETTINGS screen
4. Press the MENU knob to select.
2. Select the desired function. button from the Home Page,
3. Turn the MENU knob to increase Press o BACK to go to the last then press Time and Date.
menu and save the changes.
or decrease the value. 2. Press Set Date and press « or
4. Press the MENU knob to go to Setting the Time and Date with ª to increase or decrease
the next value. After the last Touchscreen Controls month, day, or year.
value is selected, the system will To set the time: 3. Press the } screen button to go
update and return to the Settings
1. Press the SETTINGS screen back to the previous menu.
menu. Press o BACK to go to
the last menu and save the button from the Home Page, To set the clock display:
then press Time and Date.
changes. 1. Press the SETTINGS screen
Auto Set requires an OnStar 2. Press Set Time and press « or button and press Time and Date.
subscription. ª to increase or decrease 2. Press Clock Display and press
hours, minutes, and AM or PM. OFF or ON to turn the clock
If auto timing is set, the time Press 12–24 Hr for 12 or
displayed on the clock may not display off or on.
24 hour clock.
update immediately when driving 3. Press the } screen button to go
into a new time zone. 3. Press the } screen button to go back to the previous menu.
back to the previous menu.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-9

. One on the rear of the center
Power Outlets armrest storage.
See Ignition Positions (Key
Access) on page 9-20 or Ignition
Accessory power outlets can be . Positions (Keyless Access) on
One in the third row seat area on
used to plug in electrical equipment, page 9-22.
the driver side.
such as a cell phone, MP3
. The power outlets in the third
player, etc. . One in the rear cargo area on
the passenger side. row seat area or in the rear
The vehicle may have up to cargo area are powered at all
five accessory power outlets: Lift the cover to access and replace times. The power outlets inside
when not in use. the storage area, on the rear of
Vehicles with a Center Console
The accessory power outlets are the console, or on the bench
. One in front of the cupholders on powered as follows: seat are only powered when the
the center console. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
. The power outlet near the
. One inside the center storage ACCESSORY, or when RAP is
cupholders for vehicles with a
console. active.
center console or on the center
. One on the rear of the center stack for vehicles with bench
storage console. seats, can be configured to { Warning
operate using Retained
. One in the third row seat on the Power is always supplied to the
Accessory Power (RAP) or
driver side. outlet, if configured accordingly.
battery power modes. If these
. One in the rear cargo area on power outlets are used while in Do not leave electrical equipment
the passenger side. the battery power mode, this plugged in when the vehicle is not
could cause interference in use because the vehicle could
Vehicles with Bench Seats catch fire and cause injury or
between the Remote Keyless
. One on the center stack below Entry (RKE) transmitter and the death.
the climate control system. vehicle, and the vehicle may
. One in the storage area on the not start.
bench seat.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-10 Instruments and Controls

An indicator light on the outlet turns

{ Caution { Caution on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
Leaving electrical equipment Hanging heavy equipment from ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
plugged in for an extended period the power outlet can cause than 150 watts is plugged into the
of time while the ignition is in damage not covered by the outlet, and no system fault is
LOCK/OFF will drain the battery. vehicle warranty. The power detected.
Always unplug electrical outlets are designed for
equipment when not in use and accessory power plugs only, such The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
do not plug in equipment that as cell phone charge cords.
if the equipment is not fully seated
exceeds the maximum 15 ampere
into the outlet.
rating.
Power Outlet 110 Volt If equipment is connected using
Alternating Current more than 150 watts or a system
Certain power accessory plugs may fault is detected, a protection circuit
If equipped with this power outlet, it
not be compatible with the shuts off the power supply and the
can be used to plug in electrical
accessory power outlet and could indicator light turns off. To reset the
equipment that uses a maximum
overload vehicle or adapter fuses. circuit, unplug the item and plug it
limit of 150 watts.
If a problem is experienced, see back in or turn the ignition off and
your dealer. For vehicles with a center console, then back to ON/RUN. The power
the 110 volt power outlet is on the restarts when equipment using
When adding electrical equipment,
rear of the center console. 150 watts or less is plugged into the
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with For vehicles with bench seats, the outlet and a system fault is not
the equipment. See Add-On 110 volt power outlet is on the detected.
Electrical Equipment on page 9-89. center stack below the climate
controls.
The 110 volt power outlet is on the
rear of the center console.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-11

The power outlet is not designed for Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there
the following, and may not work could be a problem with a vehicle
properly if they are plugged in: Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
. Equipment with high initial peak Indicators problem with the vehicle.
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights
and electric power tools. signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges
. Other equipment requiring an to cause an expensive repair or
extremely stable power supply, shows there may be a problem,
replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what
such as warning lights and gauges could
microcomputer-controlled to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
prevent injury. costly and even dangerous.
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps. Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
. Medical equipment. function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster)

. Info App. This is where the no active phone call, view recent
selected Driver Information calls, scroll through contacts, select
There is an interactive display area Center (DIC) displays can be from the favorites, or change the
in the center of the instrument viewed. See “Driver Information phone source. If there is an active
cluster. Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in call, mute the phone or switch to
the Index. handset operation.
. Audio Navigation
. Phone
Press V to select the Navigation
. Navigation
app, then press p to enter the
. Settings Navigation menu. If there is no
Audio active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
Press V to select the Audio app, prompts on/off. If there is an active
then press p to enter the Audio route, you can cancel the route.
menu. In the Audio menu browse for Settings
music, select from the favorites,
Use the right steering wheel control or change the audio source. In the Press V to select the Settings app.
to open and scroll through the main application view, use w or x Use w or x to scroll through items
different items and displays. to change the station or go to the in the Settings menu.
Press o to access the cluster next or previous track.
Units: Press p while Units is
applications. Use w or x to scroll Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
through the list of available Choose English or metric units by
Press V to select the Phone app,
applications. Not all applications will pressing V while the desired item is
be available on all vehicles. then press p to enter the Phone highlighted. A checkmark will be
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is displayed next to the selected item.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Info Pages: Press p while Info Speedometer Tachometer

Pages is displayed to enter the Info The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the engine
Pages menu and select the items to vehicle's speed in either kilometers speed in revolutions per
be displayed in the Info app. See per hour (km/h) or miles per minute (rpm).
“Driver Information Center (DIC) hour (mph).
(Uplevel)” in the Index.
{ Caution
Speed Warning: The Speed Odometer
Warning display allows the driver to If the engine is operated with the
set a speed that they do not want to The odometer shows how far the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles. high end of the tachometer, the
press p when Speed Warning is vehicle could be damaged, and
displayed, or press V on the main Trip Odometer the damage would not be covered
view to set the speed value. Press by the vehicle warranty. Do not
w or x to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer shows how far operate the engine with the rpm’s
V to set the speed. Once the speed the vehicle has been driven since in the warning area.
is set, this feature can be turned off the trip odometer was last reset.
by pressing V while viewing this The trip odometer is accessed and
page. If the selected speed limit is reset through the Driver Information
exceeded, a pop-up warning is Center (DIC). See Driver
displayed with a chime. Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) on page 5-30 or Driver
Software Information: Press p Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
while Software Information is on page 5-32.
highlighted to display open source
software information.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-16 Instruments and Controls

. The gauge moves a little while
Fuel Gauge When the ignition is on, the fuel
turning a corner or speeding up.
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank. . The gauge takes a few seconds
There is an arrow near the fuel to stabilize after the ignition is
gauge pointing to the side of the turned on, and goes back to
vehicle the fuel door is on. empty when the ignition is
turned off.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
Engine Oil Pressure
should be refueled soon. Gauge
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Metric
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than Metric
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.

English
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (17,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-17

A reading outside the normal

operating range can be caused by a Caution (Continued)
dangerously low oil level or some
other problem causing low oil Check the oil level as soon as
pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as possible. Add oil if required, but if
soon as possible. See “OIL the oil level is within the operating
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE” range and the oil pressure is still
under Engine Oil Messages on low, have the vehicle serviced.
page 5-38 and Engine Oil on Always follow the maintenance
page 10-7. schedule for changing engine oil.

{ Caution
English
Lack of proper engine oil
The engine oil pressure gauge maintenance can damage the
shows the engine oil pressure engine. Driving with the engine
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds oil low can also damage the
per square inch) when the engine is
engine. The repairs would not be
running.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Oil pressure can vary with engine (Continued)
speed, outside temperature and
oil viscosity.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (18,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant Voltmeter Gauge

Temperature Gauge

English
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine When the ignition is on, this gauge
Metric
coolant. indicates the battery voltage.
While driving under normal When the engine is running, this
operating conditions, if the needle gauge shows the condition of the
moves into the red warning area, charging system. The gauge can
the engine is too hot. Pull off the transition from a higher to lower or a
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off lower to higher reading. This is
the engine as soon as possible. normal. If the vehicle is operating
outside the normal operating range,
the charging system light comes on.
See Charging System Light on
page 5-21 for more information.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (19,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-19

The voltmeter gauge may also read Readings outside the normal This cycle may continue several
lower when in fuel economy mode. operating range indicate a possible times if the driver remains or
This is normal. problem in the electrical system. becomes unbuckled while the
Readings outside the normal Have the vehicle serviced as soon vehicle is moving.
operating range can also occur as possible. If the driver safety belt is buckled,
when a large number of electrical neither the light nor the chime
accessories are operating in the Safety Belt Reminders comes on.
vehicle and the engine is left idling Driver Safety Belt Reminder
for an extended period. This Passenger Safety Belt
condition is normal since the
Light Reminder Light
charging system is not able to There is a driver safety belt There may be a passenger safety
provide full power at engine idle. As reminder light on the instrument belt reminder light near the
engine speeds are increased, this cluster. passenger airbag status indicator.
condition should correct itself as See Passenger Sensing System on
higher engine speeds allow the page 3-37.
charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a
short time with the readings outside
the normal operating range. If the
vehicle must be driven, turn off all When the vehicle is started, this
accessories, such as the radio and light flashes and a chime may come
air conditioner. on to remind the driver to fasten For vehicles equipped with the
their safety belt. Then the light stays passenger safety belt reminder light,
on solid until the belt is buckled. when the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind passengers to fasten their
safety belt.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (20,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-20 Instruments and Controls

Then the light stays on solid until the wiring, and the crash sensing
the belt is buckled. This cycle and diagnostic module. For more Warning (Continued)
continues several times if the information on the airbag system,
passenger remains or becomes see Airbag System on page 3-30. without a crash. To help avoid
unbuckled while the vehicle is injury, have the vehicle serviced
moving. right away.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the If there is a problem with the airbag
light comes on. system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
The front passenger safety belt See Airbag System Messages on
reminder light and chime may turn page 5-43.
The airbag readiness light comes on
on if an object is put on the seat
for several seconds when the
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
vehicle is started. If the light does Passenger Airbag Status
not come on then, have it fixed Indicator
electronic device. To turn off the
immediately.
reminder light and/or chime, remove The vehicle has a passenger
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt. { Warning sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-37 for
If the airbag readiness light stays important safety information. The
Airbag Readiness Light on after the vehicle is started or passenger airbag status indicator is
This light shows if there is an comes on while driving, it means in the overhead console.
electrical problem with the airbag the airbag system might not be
system. The system check includes working properly. The airbags in
the airbag sensor(s), passenger the vehicle might not inflate in a
sensing system (if equipped), the crash, or they could even inflate
pretensioners, the airbag modules,
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (21,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-21

If the word ON or the on symbol is

lit on the passenger airbag status Warning (Continued)
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is Light on page 5-20 for more
allowed to inflate. information, including important
safety information.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
United States lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing Charging System Light
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
Canada and Mexico problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
When the vehicle is started, the your dealer for service. The charging system light comes on
passenger airbag status indicator briefly when the ignition is turned
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds { Warning on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
as a system check. Then, after If the airbag readiness light ever It should go out when the engine is
several more seconds, the status comes on and stays on, it means started.
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
that something may be wrong If the light stays on, or comes on
or the on or off symbol, to let you
with the airbag system. To help while driving, there may be a
know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others, problem with the electrical charging
have the vehicle serviced system. Have it checked by your
right away. See Airbag Readiness dealer. Driving while this light is on
(Continued) could drain the battery.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (22,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-22 Instruments and Controls

When this light comes on, or is

flashing, the Driver Information Caution (Continued)
Center (DIC) also displays a
message. the vehicle fuel economy might
not be as good, and the engine
See Battery Voltage and Charging might not run as smoothly. This
Messages on page 5-35. could lead to costly repairs that
If the malfunction indicator lamp
If a short distance must be driven might not be covered by the
comes on while the engine is
with the light on, be sure to turn off vehicle warranty.
running, this indicates that the
all accessories, such as the radio
OBD II system has detected a
and air conditioner.
problem and diagnosis and service
Malfunction
might be required. { Caution
Malfunctions often are indicated by
Indicator Lamp the system before any problem is Modifications made to the engine,
A computer system called OBD II apparent. Being aware of the light transmission, exhaust, intake,
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second can prevent more serious damage or fuel system of the vehicle or
Generation) monitors the operation to the vehicle. This system also the replacement of the original
of the vehicle to ensure emissions assists the service technician in tires with other than those of the
are at acceptable levels, helping to correctly diagnosing any same Tire Performance Criteria
maintain a clean environment. The malfunction. (TPC) can affect the vehicle's
malfunction indicator lamp comes emission controls and can
on when the vehicle is placed in
ON/RUN, as a check to show it is
{ Caution cause this light to come on.
Modifications to these systems
working. If it does not, have the If the vehicle is continually driven could lead to costly repairs not
vehicle serviced by your dealer. See with this light on, the emission covered by the vehicle warranty.
Ignition Positions (Key Access) on controls might not work as well, (Continued)
page 9-20 or Ignition Positions
(Continued)
(Keyless Access) on page 9-22.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (23,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-23

If the light continues to flash, find a

. Check that good quality fuel is
Caution (Continued) safe place to stop and park the used. Poor fuel quality causes
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at the engine not to run as
This could also result in a failure least 10 seconds, and restart the efficiently as designed and may
to pass a required Emission engine. If the light is still flashing, cause stalling after start-up,
Inspection/Maintenance test. See follow the previous steps and see stalling when the vehicle is
Accessories and Modifications on your dealer for service as soon as changed into gear, misfiring,
page 10-3. possible. hesitation on acceleration,
or stumbling on acceleration.
Light On Steady: An emission These conditions might go away
This light comes on during a control system malfunction has once the engine is warmed up.
malfunction in one of two ways: been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions
Light Flashing: A misfire condition required. occurs, change the fuel brand used.
has been detected. A misfire It may require at least one full tank
increases vehicle emissions and The following may correct an of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
could damage the emission control emission control system
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis malfunction: See Fuel on page 9-69.
and service might be required. . Check that the fuel cap is fully If none of the above have made the
To prevent more serious damage to installed. See Filling the Tank on light turn off, your dealer can check
the vehicle: page 9-71. The diagnostic the vehicle. The dealer has the
system can determine if the proper test equipment and
. Reduce vehicle speed. fuel cap has been left off or diagnostic tools to fix any
. Avoid hard accelerations. improperly installed. A loose or mechanical or electrical problems
missing fuel cap allows fuel to that might have developed.
. Avoid steep uphill grades.
evaporate into the atmosphere.
. If towing a trailer, reduce the A few driving trips with the cap
amount of cargo being hauled as properly installed should turn the
soon as it is possible. light off.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (24,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Emissions Inspection and the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Brake System Warning
Maintenance Programs while the engine is off. See your
dealer for assistance in verifying
Light
Depending on where you live, your proper operation of the The vehicle brake system consists
vehicle may be required to malfunction indicator lamp. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
participate in an emission control circuit is not working, the remaining
system inspection and maintenance . The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines circuit can still work to stop the
program. For the inspection, the vehicle. For normal braking
emission system test equipment will that critical emission control
systems have not been performance, both circuits need to
likely connect to the vehicle's Data be working.
Link Connector (DLC). completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not If the warning light comes on, there
ready for inspection. This can is a brake problem. Have the brake
happen if the 12-volt battery has system inspected right away.
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
The DLC is under the instrument several days of routine driving.
panel to the left of the steering If this has been done and the Metric English
wheel. See your dealer if assistance vehicle still does not pass the
is needed. inspection for lack of OBD II This light should come on briefly
The vehicle may not pass system readiness, your dealer when the engine is started. If it does
inspection if: can prepare the vehicle for not come on then, have it fixed so it
inspection. will be ready to warn if there is a
. The malfunction indicator lamp is problem.
on with the engine running, or if
the light does not come on when
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (25,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-25

When the ignition is on, the brake If the light comes on while driving,
system warning light also comes on Warning (Continued) stop as soon as it is safely possible
when the parking brake is set. The and turn off the vehicle. Then start
light stays on if the parking brake crash. If the light is still on after the engine again to reset the
does not fully release. If it stays on the vehicle has been pulled off system. If the ABS light stays on,
after the parking brake is fully the road and carefully stopped, or comes on again while driving, the
released, it means the vehicle has a have the vehicle towed for vehicle needs service. A chime may
brake problem. service. also sound when the light comes on
If the light comes on while driving, steady.
pull off the road and stop carefully. Antilock Brake System If the ABS light is the only light on,
The pedal might be harder to push, the vehicle has regular brakes, but
or the pedal can go closer to the (ABS) Warning Light the antilock brakes are not
floor. It may take longer to stop. functioning.
If the light is still on, have the If both the ABS and the brake
vehicle towed for service. See system warning light are on, the
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-83. vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
{ Warning with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
The brake system might not be This light comes on briefly when the
working properly if the brake engine is started. See Brake System Warning Light on
system warning light is on. page 5-24 and Brake System
If the light does not come on, have it Messages on page 5-36.
Driving with the brake system fixed so it will be ready to warn if
warning light on can lead to a there is a problem.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (26,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Tow/Haul Mode Light If it does not come on, have the Traction Off Light
vehicle serviced.
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.
This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul This light comes on briefly while
Mode feature, this light comes on See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) starting the engine. If it does not,
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been on page 9-67. have the vehicle serviced by your
activated. dealer. If the system is working
Vehicle Ahead Indicator normally, the indicator light then
See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-36.
turns off.
Lane Departure Warning The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
(LDW) Light has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is
detected ahead and amber when turned off.
you are following a vehicle ahead If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
If equipped, this light comes on much too closely. limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
briefly while starting the vehicle. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) See Traction Control/Electronic
System on page 9-61. Stability Control on page 9-44.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (27,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-27

StabiliTrak® OFF Light Traction Control System If the indicator/warning light is on

and flashing, the TCS and/or the
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-44.

Tire Pressure Light

This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly when the
have the vehicle serviced by your engine is started.
dealer.
If the light does not come on, have
This light comes on when the the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. If the system is working normally,
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the indicator light turns off.
Control System (TCS) is also off. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the light is on and not flashing, the Monitor System (TPMS), this light
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak comes on briefly when the engine is
the system does not assist in system have been disabled. A DIC started. It provides information
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the message may display. Check the about tire pressures and the TPMS.
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems DIC messages to determine which
and the warning light turns off. feature(s) is no longer functioning
See Traction Control/Electronic and whether the vehicle requires
Stability Control on page 9-44. service.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (28,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-28 Instruments and Controls

When the Light Is On Steady Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages on
page 5-44. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the This light is near the fuel gauge and The security light should come on
pressure value shown on the Tire comes on briefly when the ignition is briefly as the engine is started. If it
and Loading Information label. See turned on as a check to show it is does not come on, have the vehicle
Tire Pressure on page 10-53. working. serviced by your dealer. If the
It also comes on when the fuel tank system is working normally, the
When the Light Flashes First and indicator light turns off.
Then Is On Steady is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not, If the light stays on and the engine
If the light flashes for about a minute have the vehicle serviced. does not start, there could be a
and then stays on, there may be a problem with the theft-deterrent
problem with the TPMS. If the system. See Immobilizer Operation
problem is not corrected, the light (Keyless Access) on page 2-28 or
will come on at every ignition cycle. Immobilizer Operation (Key Access)
See Tire Pressure Monitor on page 2-27.
Operation on page 10-56.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (29,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-29

High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the fog The cruise control light is white
lamps are turned off. See Fog when the cruise control is on and
Lamps on page 6-5 for more ready, and turns green when the
information. cruise control is set and active.
See Cruise Control on page 9-47.
Lamps On Reminder
Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when the

high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-2.
This light comes on when the
Front Fog Lamp Light exterior lamps are in use. See This light is white when the Adaptive
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1. Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
on and ready, and turns green when
Cruise Control Light the ACC is set and active. See
Adaptive Cruise Control on
page 9-50.

For vehicles with fog lamps, this

light comes on when the fog lamps
are on.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (30,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-30 Instruments and Controls

. Hourmeter recent driving history and the
Information Displays amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
. Unit
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Driver Information Center Digital Speedometer
(DIC) (Base Level) Average Fuel Economy
The speedometer shows how fast
the vehicle is moving in either The Average Fuel Economy display
The DIC displays are shown in the
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles shows the approximate average
center of the instrument cluster. The
per hour (mph). The speedometer liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
displays show the status of many
cannot be reset. or miles per gallon (mpg).
vehicle systems. The trip odometer
This number reflects only the
reset stem in the instrument cluster Trip approximate average fuel economy
is used to access the DIC menu
Turn the trip odometer reset stem that the vehicle has right now, and
items.
until TRIP displays. The current will change as driving conditions
DIC Menu Items distance traveled, in either change. This number is based on
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the number of L/100 km (mpg)
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to recorded since the last time this
scroll through the following menu the last reset for the trip odometer is
shown. The trip odometer can be menu item was reset. Reset this
items: display by pressing the trip
reset to zero by pressing and
. Digital Speedometer holding the trip odometer reset stem odometer reset stem.
. Trip while the trip odometer is displayed. Tire Pressure
. Fuel Range Fuel Range Turn the trip odometer reset stem
. Average Fuel Economy This display shows the approximate until a vehicle with the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven pressures of all four tires displays.
. Tire Pressure without refueling. The fuel range Tire pressure is displayed in either
. Remaining Oil Life estimate is based on an average of kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
the vehicle's fuel economy over square inch (psi).
. Transmission Fluid Temperature
. Trailer Brake
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (31,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-31

See Tire Pressure Monitor System the oil has just been changed. bar graph. Dashes may appear in
on page 10-55 and Tire Pressure It cannot be reset accurately until the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a
Monitor Operation on page 10-56. the next oil change. To reset the trailer is not connected.
engine oil life system, see Engine
Remaining Oil Life Oil Life System on page 10-10. Hourmeter
Turn the trip odometer reset stem This display shows the total number
until REMAINING OIL LIFE Transmission Fluid Temperature of hours the engine has run.
displays. An estimate of the oil's The temperature of the automatic
remaining useful life is shown. transmission fluid displays in either Unit
REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees This will change the displays on the
99% of the current oil life remains. Fahrenheit (°F). instrument cluster and DIC to either
When the remaining oil life is low, metric or English (US)
Trailer Brake measurements. To change the units,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display. On vehicles with the Integrated press the trip odometer reset stem
See Engine Oil Messages on Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, when UNITS is displayed to enter
page 5-38. The oil should be turn the trip odometer reset stem the Unit menu. Turn the trip
changed as soon as possible. See until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER odometer reset stem to switch
Engine Oil on page 10-7. In addition OUTPUT displays. between English and metric. Press
to the engine oil life system TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer the trip odometer reset stem when
monitoring the oil life, additional Gain setting. This setting can be the desired setting is displayed.
maintenance is recommended in the adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either Compass
Maintenance Schedule. See a trailer connected or disconnected.
Maintenance Schedule on The vehicle may have a compass in
TRAILER OUTPUT shows the the Driver Information Center (DIC).
page 11-3. power output to the trailer anytime a See Compass on page 5-7.
The Oil Life display must be reset trailer with electric brakes is
after each oil change. It will not connected. Output is displayed as a
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
display at any time other than when
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (32,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Driver Information Center o or p : Press to move between 6. Press V while an item is

(DIC) (Uplevel) the interactive display zones in the highlighted to select or deselect
cluster. that item. When an item is
The DIC displays are shown in the selected, a checkmark will
center of the instrument cluster in V (Set/Reset): Press to open a
menu or select a menu item. Press appear next to it.
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
on page 5-12. The displays show and hold to reset values on certain DIC Info Pages
the status of many vehicle systems. screens.
The following is the list of all
The controls for the DIC are on the DIC Info Page Options possible DIC info page displays.
right steering wheel control. Some may not be available for your
The info pages on the DIC can be
turned on or off through the particular vehicle. Some items may
Settings menu. not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Settings
1. Press o to access the cluster app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
applications. earlier in this section.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the Speed: Shows the vehicle speed in
Settings application. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph).
3. Press V to enter the Trip A or Trip B: Shows the
Settings menu. current distance traveled, in either
4. Scroll to Info Pages and kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
press p. the trip odometer was last reset.
This also shows the approximate
w or x : Press to move up or 5. Press w or x to move through average liters per 100 kilometers
down in a list. In the main view, you the list of possible information (L/100 km) or miles per
can press up and down to move displays. gallon (mpg). This number is
between different info app pages. calculated based on the number of
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (33,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-33

L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the When the remaining oil life is low, Tire Pressure: Shows the
last time this menu item was reset. the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON approximate pressures of all four
This number reflects only the message will appear on the display. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
approximate average fuel economy See Engine Oil Messages on either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
that the vehicle has right now, and page 5-38. The oil should be per square inch (psi). If the pressure
will change as driving conditions changed as soon as possible. See is low, the value for that tire is
change. Engine Oil on page 10-7. In addition shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
to the engine oil life system Monitor System on page 10-55 and
Press and hold V while this display monitoring the oil life, additional Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
is active to reset the trip odometer maintenance is recommended in page 10-56.
and the average fuel economy. Trip the Maintenance Schedule. See
A and Trip B can also be reset by Fuel Economy: The center
Maintenance Schedule on displays the approximate
pressing p and choosing reset. page 11-3. instantaneous fuel economy as a
Fuel Range: Shows the The Oil Life display must be reset number and bar graph. Displayed
approximate distance the vehicle after each oil change. It will not above the bar graph is a running
can be driven without refueling. reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil average of fuel economy for the
LOW will be displayed when the Life display at any time other than most recently traveled selected
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel when the oil has just been changed. distance. Displayed below the bar
range estimate is based on an It cannot be reset accurately until graph is the best average fuel
average of the vehicle's fuel the next oil change. To reset the economy that has been achieved for
economy over recent driving history engine oil life system, press and the selected distance. The selected
and the amount of fuel remaining in hold V for several seconds while distance is displayed at the top of
the fuel tank. the Oil Life display is active. See the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Next
Engine Oil Life System on to the odometer, the Active Fuel
Oil Life: Shows an estimate of
page 10-10. Management displays the number of
the oil's remaining useful life.
cylinders the vehicle is running on.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the See Active Fuel Management® on
page 9-30.
current oil life remains.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (34,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Press p to select the distance or the timer to zero, press and hold V OUTPUT shows the power output to
while this display is active, or press the trailer anytime a trailer with
reset best value. Use w and x to
p and select reset. electric brakes is connected. Output
choose the distance and press V. is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes
Press w and x to select “Reset Speed Limit (If Equipped): Shows may appear in the OUTPUT display
sign information, which comes from if a trailer is not connected.
Best Score.” Press V to reset the a roadway database in the onboard
best average fuel economy. After navigation. Off Road: Displays vehicle pitch
reset, the best value displays “-,-” and roll information, road wheel
until the selected distance has Engine Hours: Shows the total angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
been traveled. number of hours the engine has run. status.
The display provides information on Transmission Fluid Blank Page: Shows no
how current driving behavior affects Temperature: Shows the information.
the running average and how well temperature of the automatic
recent driving compares to the best transmission fluid in either degrees
that has been achieved for the Celsius (°C) or degrees
selected distance. Fahrenheit (°F).
Timer: This display can be used as Trailer Brake (If Equipped): On
vehicles with the Integrated Trailer
a timer. To start the timer, press V Brake Control (ITBC) system, the
while this display is active. The trailer brake display appears in
display will show the amount of time the DIC.
that has passed since the timer was
last reset. To stop the timer, press V TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
gain setting. This setting can be
briefly while this display is active
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
and the timer is running. To reset
a trailer connected or disconnected.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (35,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY

Charging Messages CHARGING SYSTEM
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or On some vehicles, this message
BATTERY LOW START displays if there is a problem with
some action that may be needed to VEHICLE
correct a condition. Multiple the battery charging system. Under
messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is certain conditions, the charging
another. severely discharged, this message system light may also turn on in the
will display and four chimes will instrument cluster. See Charging
The messages that do not require System Light on page 5-21. Driving
sound. Start the vehicle
immediate action can be with this problem could drain the
immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by battery. Turn off all unnecessary
started and the battery continues to
pressing V or the trip odometer discharge, the climate controls, accessories. Have the electrical
reset stem on the base cluster. heated seats, and audio systems system checked as soon as
will shut off and the vehicle may possible. See your dealer.
The messages that require
immediate action cannot be cleared require a jump start. These systems
TRANSPORT MODE ON
until that action is performed. will function again after the vehicle
is started. This message is displayed when the
All messages should be taken vehicle is in transport mode. Some
seriously and clearing the message BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in
does not correct the problem. This message displays when the this mode, including Remote
The following are the possible battery voltage drops below Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
messages and some information expected levels and features are and the vehicle alarm system. Take
about them. disabled. Turn off all unnecessary the vehicle to your dealer for service
accessory features. to turn transport mode off.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (36,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-36 Instruments and Controls

Brake System Messages When this message displays, power Cruise Control Messages
is no longer available to the trailer
BRAKE FLUID LOW brakes. ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET
This message is displayed when the As soon as it is safe to do so, TO XXX
brake fluid level is low. See Brake carefully pull your vehicle over to This message displays when the
Fluid on page 10-23. the side of the road and turn the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
ignition off. Check the wiring speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST connection to the trailer and turn the Control on page 9-50.
This message may be displayed ignition back on. If this message still
when there is a problem with the displays, either your vehicle or the ADAPTIVE CRUISE
brake boost assist system. When trailer needs service. See your TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
this message is displayed, the brake dealer. This message displays when
boost assist motor might be heard See “Integrated Trailer Brake attempting to activate Adaptive
operating and you might notice Control System” under Towing Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is Equipment on page 9-82 for more temporarily unavailable. The ACC
normal under these conditions. information. system does not need service.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service. This can occur under the following
Compass Messages conditions:
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Dashes may be displayed if the . Cruise is turned on when the
SYSTEM vehicle temporarily loses vehicle is stopped.
On vehicles with the Integrated communication with the Global . The radar cannot see objects
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, Positioning System (GPS).
well. See the next message.
this message displays and a chime
may sound when there is a problem
with the ITBC system.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (37,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-37

FRONT RADAR BLOCKED – SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE obstructions, and close the door
SEE OWNERS MANUAL CONTROL again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.
This message can display when: If this message displays, take the
. The radar is not clean. Keep the vehicle to your dealer to repair the HOOD OPEN
radar sensors free of mud, dirt, system. Adaptive Cruise Control
This message displays and a chime
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the (ACC), Forward Collision Alert
may sound if the hood is not fully
entire front and/or rear of the (FCA), and/or the Active Emergency
closed. Stop and turn off the
vehicle. For cleaning Braking System may not work. Do
vehicle, check the hood for
instructions, see Exterior Care not use these systems until the
obstructions, and close the hood
on page 10-88. vehicle has been repaired.
again. Check to see if the message
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE still appears on the DIC.
with the radar object detection or EXITING REAR ACCESS OPEN
camera performance. This message may display if This message will display when the
CRUISE SET TO XXX Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is liftgate is open. Close the liftgate
engaged holding the vehicle at a completely.
This message displays when the stop, and the driver attempts to exit
cruise control speed is set. See the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
Cruise Control on page 9-47. P (Park) before exiting.
Engine Cooling System
NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS
Messages
PEDAL APPLIED Door Ajar Messages A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH
This message displays when DOOR OPEN ENGINE TEMP
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is This message displays and a chime This message displays when the
active and the driver is pressing the may sound if a door is not fully engine coolant becomes hotter than
gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC closed. Stop and turn off the the normal operating temperature.
will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise vehicle, check the door for See Engine Coolant Temperature
Control on page 9-50. Gauge on page 5-18. To avoid
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (38,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-38 Instruments and Controls

added strain on a hot engine, the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
air conditioning compressor ENGINE On some vehicles, this message
automatically turns off. When the
This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level
coolant temperature returns to
may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level
normal, the air conditioning
system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended
compressor turns back on. You can
temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this
continue to drive your vehicle.
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the
If this message continues to appear, is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service.
have the system repaired by your damage. This message clears when See Engine Oil on page 10-7.
dealer as soon as possible to avoid the engine has cooled to a safe
damage to the engine. operating temperature.
ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE
ENGINE
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE Engine Oil Messages This message displays when the
engine oil becomes hotter than the
This message displays when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON normal operating temperature. Stop
engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the and allow the vehicle to idle until it
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. cools down. See Engine Coolant
idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be Temperature Gauge on page 5-18.
Coolant Temperature Gauge on sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
page 5-18. OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
OIL SOON message. See Engine
Oil Life System on page 10-10 for
ENGINE
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the This message displays if low oil
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode message. See Engine Oil on pressure levels occur. Stop the
on page 9-36. page 10-7 and Maintenance vehicle as soon as safely possible
Schedule on page 11-3. and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (39,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-39

possible and have the vehicle Anytime this message stays on, the atmosphere. A few driving trips with
serviced by your dealer. See Engine vehicle should be taken to your the cap properly installed should
Oil on page 10-7. dealer for service as soon as turn this light and message off.
possible.
Engine Power Messages Key and Lock Messages
Fuel System Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED NO REMOTE DETECTED
This message displays and a chime
FUEL LEVEL LOW This message displays when the
may sound when the cooling system This message displays and a chime transmitter battery may be weak.
temperature gets too hot and the may sound if the fuel level is low. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
engine further enters the engine Refuel as soon as possible. See Transmitter Battery” under Remote
coolant protection mode. See Fuel Gauge on page 5-16 and Fuel Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Engine Overheating on page 10-19 on page 9-69. Operation (Key Access) on
for more information. page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry
TIGHTEN GAS CAP (RKE) System Operation (Keyless
This message also displays when
the vehicle's engine power is This message may display along Access) on page 2-8.
reduced. Reduced engine power with the malfunction indicator lamp
on the instrument cluster if the
NO REMOTE KEY WAS
can affect the vehicle's ability to DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
accelerate. If this message is on, vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened
properly. See Malfunction Indicator TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
but there is no reduction in
performance, proceed to your Lamp on page 5-22. Reinstall the START YOUR VEHICLE
destination. The performance may fuel cap fully. See Filling the Tank This message displays when trying
be reduced the next time the vehicle on page 9-71. The diagnostic to start the vehicle if an RKE
is driven. The vehicle may be driven system can determine if the fuel cap transmitter is not detected. The
at a reduced speed while this has been left off or improperly transmitter battery may be weak.
message is on, but acceleration installed. A loose or missing fuel
and speed may be reduced. cap allows fuel to evaporate into the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (40,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-40 Instruments and Controls

See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low REPLACE BATTERY IN AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
Transmitter Battery” under Remote REMOTE KEY REDUCED
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) on This message displays when the This message displays when the
page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry battery in the RKE transmitter needs Active Emergency Braking System
(RKE) System Operation (Keyless to be replaced. has been set to the Alert setting.
Access) on page 2-8. This setting disables most automatic
Lamp Messages braking functions of the Auto
NO REMOTE DETECTED Collision Preparation feature. Some
PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART TURN SIGNAL ON last-second automatic braking
This message displays and a chime capability is still provided with the
This message displays when Alert setting, but braking is less
attempting to turn off the vehicle sounds if a turn signal is left on for
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn likely to occur. See Active
and the RKE transmitter is no longer Emergency Braking System on
detected. Restarting is allowed signal lever to the off position.
page 9-63.
without the RKE transmitter for
five minutes. Press the brake pedal Object Detection System AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP
to restart the vehicle. Messages UNAVAILABLE
NUMBER OF KEYS AUTOMATIC COLLISION This message displays when the
PROGRAMMED PREP OFF Active Emergency Braking System
has been unavailable for some time.
This message displays when This message displays when the The Active Emergency Braking
programming new keys to the Active Emergency Braking System System does not need service.
vehicle. has been turned off. See Active
Emergency Braking System on This can occur under the following
REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE conditions:
page 9-63.
This message displays when . The radar is not clean. Keep the
leaving the vehicle with the RKE radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
transmitter still inside. snow, ice, and slush.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (41,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Clean the entire front and/or rear Collision Alert (FCA), and the Active SERVICE AUTOMATIC
of the vehicle. For cleaning Emergency Braking System may not COLLISION PREP
instructions, see Exterior Care work or may not work as well.
on page 10-88. If this message displays, take the
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING vehicle to your dealer to repair the
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering UNAVAILABLE system.
with the radar object detection or
camera performance. This message displays when Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
attempting to activate the Lane Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and
This message may also be Departure Warning (LDW) system Active Emergency Braking System
displayed if there is a problem with when it is temporarily unavailable. may not work. Do not use these
the StabiliTrak system. The LDW system does not need systems until the vehicle has been
FORWARD COLLISION service. repaired.
ALERT OFF This message could be due to the SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
This message displays when the camera being blocked. Cleaning the
If this message remains on after
Forward Collision Alert has been outside of the windshield behind the
continued driving, the vehicle needs
turned off. rearview mirror may correct the
service. Do not use the Lane
issue.
Departure Warning (LDW) and
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
PARK ASSIST OFF
CLEAN WINDSHIELD features. Take the vehicle to
This message displays when the your dealer.
This message displays when the
Parking Assist system has been
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
turned off or when there is a SERVICE PARK ASSIST
outside of the windshield behind the
temporary condition causing the
rearview mirror may correct the This message displays if there is a
system to be disabled.
issue. The Lane Departure Warning problem with the Parking Assist
system will not operate. Adaptive system. Do not use this system to
Cruise Control (ACC), Forward help you park. See your dealer for
service.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (42,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-42 Instruments and Controls

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF activate during heavy rain or due to The vehicle is safe to drive;
road spray. The vehicle does not however, you do not have the
This message indicates that the
need service. For cleaning, see benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
driver has turned the Lane Change
"Washing the Vehicle" under your speed and drive accordingly.
Alert and Side Blind Zone Alert
Exterior Care on page 10-88.
(SBZA) systems off. SERVICE SUSPENSION
SERVICE SIDE DETECTION Ride Control System SYSTEM
SYSTEM Messages If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride
Control suspension system, this
If this message remains on after
SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM message displays when the
continued driving, the vehicle needs
If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride suspension system is not operating
service. Lane Change Alert, Side
Control™ suspension system or properly. Have the vehicle serviced
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear
Automatic Level Control, this by your dealer.
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) features
will not work. Take the vehicle to message displays when the leveling SERVICE TRACTION
your dealer. system is not operating properly. CONTROL
Have the vehicle serviced by your
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM dealer. This message displays when there
UNAVAILABLE is a problem with the Traction
SERVICE STABILITRAK Control System (TCS). When this
This message indicates that Lane
If this message displays, it means message displays, the system will
Change Alert, Side Blind Zone Alert
there may be a problem with the not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
(SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
StabiliTrak system. If you see this driving accordingly. See your dealer
(RCTA) are disabled either because
message, try to reset the system. for service. See Traction Control/
the sensor is blocked and cannot
Stop; turn off the engine for at least Electronic Stability Control on
detect vehicles in the blind zone,
15 seconds; then start the engine page 9-44.
or the vehicle is passing through an
open area, such as the desert, again. If this message still comes
where there is insufficient data for on, it means there is a problem. You
operation. This message may also should see your dealer for service.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (43,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-43

STABILITRAK INITIALIZING STABILITRAK OFF

. If an engine or vehicle-related
problem has been detected and
This message may come on if the This message displays when the the vehicle needs service.
StabiliTrak system has not fully StabiliTrak system has been turned See your dealer.
initialized because of road off. Adjust your driving accordingly.
conditions or the incorrect tire size. To limit wheel spin and realize
. If the transfer case is in
When the StabiliTrak system is fully the full benefits of the stability Four-Wheel Drive Low.
initialized, the message will turn off. enhancement system, you should The message turns off as soon as
See Traction Control/Electronic normally leave StabiliTrak on. See the conditions that caused the
Stability Control on page 9-44. If this Traction Control/Electronic Stability message to be displayed are no
message continues to be displayed Control on page 9-44. longer present.
for multiple ignition cycles and on STABILITRAK OFF may also
different road surfaces, see your display when the stability control Airbag System Messages
dealer for service. has been automatically disabled.
Several conditions can cause this
SERVICE AIRBAG
TRACTION CONTROL OFF
message to appear: This message displays if there is a
This message displays when the problem with the airbag system.
traction control has been turned off.
. If the system is overheating,
which could occur if StabiliTrak Take the vehicle to your dealer for
See Traction Control/Electronic service.
Stability Control on page 9-44. activates continuously for an
extended period of time.
TRACTION CONTROL ON Security Messages
. If the brake system warning light
This message displays when the is on. See Brake System SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
traction control is active. See Warning Light on page 5-24. SYSTEM
Traction Control/Electronic Stability . If the stability system takes This message displays when there
Control on page 9-44.
longer than usual to complete its is a problem with the theft-deterrent
diagnostic checks due to driving system. The vehicle may or may not
conditions. restart, so you may want to take the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (44,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-44 Instruments and Controls

vehicle to your dealer before turning SERVICE POWER STEERING TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
off the engine. See Immobilizer
This message displays when there If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Operation (Keyless Access) on
is a problem with electric power Monitor System (TPMS), this
page 2-28 or Immobilizer Operation
steering. Take the vehicle to your message displays when the system
(Key Access) on page 2-27.
dealer for service. See Steering on is relearning the tire positions on
page 9-4. your vehicle. The tire positions must
Steering System be relearned after rotating the tires
Messages Tire Messages or after replacing a tire or sensor.
See Tire Inspection on page 10-60,
STEERING ASSIST IS SERVICE TIRE MONITOR Tire Rotation on page 10-60, Tire
REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE SYSTEM Pressure Monitor System on
This message may display if a If equipped with the Tire Pressure page 10-55, and Tire Pressure on
problem occurs with the electric Monitor System (TPMS), this page 10-53.
power steering system. If this message displays if a part on the TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
message appears, steering effort system is not working properly. The
may be slightly higher than normal.
AIR TO TIRE
tire pressure light also flashes and
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use then remains on during the same If equipped with the Tire Pressure
caution while in reduced assist ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this
mode. If this message is persistent Light on page 5-27. Several message displays when the
or appears repeatedly, take the conditions may cause this message pressure in one or more of the
vehicle to your dealer for service. to appear. See Tire Pressure vehicle's tires is low. This message
See Steering on page 9-4. Monitor Operation on page 10-56. also displays with a vehicle picture
If the warning comes on and stays to indicate the location of the low
on, there may be a problem with the tire. The low tire pressure warning
TPMS. See your dealer. light will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5-27. You
can receive more than one tire
pressure message at a time.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (45,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-45

If a tire pressure message appears the message turns off and the GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE
on the DIC, stop as soon as you four-wheel-drive system returns to
This message displays when grade
can. Have the tire pressures normal operation.
braking has been activated while
checked and set to those shown on
4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS driving on downhill grades. This
the Tire and Loading Information
message will only appear the first
label. See Tires on page 10-46, This message will display while the time the feature is activated in an
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14, four-wheel-drive system is shifting. ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode
and Tire Pressure on page 10-53.
FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO on page 9-36, Automatic
The DIC also shows the tire
NEUTRAL Transmission on page 9-31, and
pressure values. See Driver
Cruise Control on page 9-47.
Information Center (DIC) (Base
If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
Level) on page 5-30 or Driver GRADE BRAKING OFF
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) requested, and the vehicle speed is
on page 5-32. correct, but the transmission is not This message displays when grade
in N (Neutral), this message will braking has been disabled with the
display until the transmission is Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
Transmission Messages shifted to N (Neutral). the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
4WD OFF on page 9-36, Automatic
FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX Transmission on page 9-31, and
If equipped with four-wheel drive, Cruise Control on page 9-47.
this message displays when the If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is
four-wheel-drive system is requested, but the vehicle speed is GRADE BRAKING ON
temporarily disabled due to an too high, this message will display
until the correct vehicle speed is This message displays when grade
overheated condition. The vehicle braking has been enabled with the
will run in two-wheel drive when this reached.
Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of
message is present. Once the the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode
four-wheel-drive system cools down, on page 9-36, Automatic
Transmission on page 9-31, and
Cruise Control on page 9-47.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (46,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-46 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE 4WD TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO cool. This message clears and the
NEUTRAL chime stops when the fluid
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
temperature reaches a safe level.
this message may display if a If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
problem occurs with the When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
requested, and the vehicle speed is
four-wheel-drive system. If this to prevent damage to the engine or
correct, but the transmission is not
message appears, stop as soon as transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
in N (Neutral), this message will
possible and turn off the vehicle. on page 9-36.
display until the transmission is
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ shifted to N (Neutral).
OFF position for at least
VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
one minute, then restart the vehicle TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW This message will display if the
and check for the message on the TO XXX vehicle is driven in 4 n for about
DIC display. If the message is still 10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).
displayed or appears again when If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is
you begin driving, the requested, but the vehicle speed is
four-wheel-drive system needs too high, this message will display
Vehicle Reminder
service. See your dealer. until the correct vehicle speed is Messages
reached.
SHIFT DENIED CHECK TRAILER WIRING
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE On vehicles with the Integrated
This message displays when the
shift lever is in M (Manual Mode)
ENGINE Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system,
and a transmission range has been This message displays and a chime this message may display and a
selected that is unavailable at the may sound if the transmission fluid chime may sound when one of the
current vehicle speed. in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with following conditions exists:
the transmission fluid temperature . A trailer with electric brakes
high can cause damage to the becomes disconnected from
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it the vehicle.
idle to allow the transmission to
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (47,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-47

‐ If the disconnect occurs while See “Integrated Trailer Brake on page 5-32 and “Integrated Trailer
the vehicle is stopped, this Control System” under Towing Brake Control System” under
message clears itself after a Equipment on page 9-82. Towing Equipment on page 9-82.
short time.
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE Washer Fluid Messages
‐ If the disconnect occurs while WITH CARE
the vehicle is moving, this WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
message stays on until the This message displays when ice
ignition is turned off. conditions are possible. FLUID
. There is a short in the wiring to TRAILER CONNECTED This message displays when the
the electric trailer brakes. windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
On vehicles with the Integrated the windshield washer fluid reservoir
When this message displays, power Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, as soon as possible. See Engine
is no longer available to the trailer this message displays briefly when Compartment Overview on
brakes. a trailer with electric or electric over page 10-6 for the location of the
As soon as it is safe to do so, hydraulic brakes is first connected windshield washer fluid reservoir.
carefully pull the vehicle over to the to the vehicle. Also, see Washer Fluid on
side of the road and turn the ignition This message clears itself after page 10-21 for more information.
off. Check the wiring connection to several seconds. This message also
the trailer and turn the ignition back clears if you acknowledge it. After
on. This message clears if the trailer this message clears, the TRAILER
is reconnected. This message also GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear
clears if you acknowledge it. If this in the DIC.
message still displays, either the See Driver Information Center (DIC)
vehicle or the trailer needs service. (Base Level) on page 5-30 or Driver
See your dealer. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (48,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-48 Instruments and Controls

. Display
Vehicle 2. Press to select the desired
feature setting. . Rear Camera
Personalization
3. Press o BACK on the faceplate . Return to Factory Settings
Use the audio system controls to
or the 0 screen button to return . Software Information
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features. to the previous menu or exit. Detailed information for each menu
The following are all possible Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to follows.
access the Settings menu, then
personalization features. Depending Time and Date
on the vehicle, some may not be select SETTINGS from the Home
available. Page on the infotainment system Manually set the time and date. See
display. Clock on page 5-8.
Base Radio Audio System
Controls Personalization Menus Language (Language)
MENU: Press the center of the The following list of menu items may Select Language, then select from
knob to enter menus and select be available: the available language(s).
menu items. Turn the knob to scroll . Time and Date The selected language will display
through the menus. . Language (Language) on the system, and voice
o BACK: Press to return to the . Valet Mode
recognition will reflect the selected
previous menu or exit. language.
. Teen Driver
Uplevel Radio Audio System Valet Mode (If Equipped)
Controls
. Radio
This will lock the infotainment
1. Press the desired feature to
. Vehicle system and steering wheel controls.
display a list of available . Bluetooth It may also limit top speed, power,
options. and access to vehicle storage
. Voice locations (if equipped).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (49,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-49

To enable valet mode: Manage Settings Change PIN

1. Enter a four-digit code on the Press and the following may This allows the Personal
keypad. display: Identification Number (PIN) to be
2. Press Enter to go to the . Audio Volume Limit changed. See Teen Driver on
confirmation screen. page 7-32.
. Teen Driver Speed Limiter
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Key Registration
. Teen Driver Speed Warning
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or This allows the key to be registered.
unlock the system. Press Back to go Audio Volume Limit See “Register or Unregister a Key”
back to the previous menu. This allows a maximum radio in Teen Driver on page 7-32.
volume to be set. Clear All Teen Keys/PIN
Teen Driver (If Equipped)
Select Off or On. This allows all Teen Driver keys and
Press and the following may
display: Teen Driver Speed Limiter the PIN to be cleared.
. View Report Card If equipped, this allows the Select Continue or Cancel.
maximum speed limit of the vehicle Radio
. Manage Settings to be set.
. Change PIN Press to display the Radio menu
Select Off or On. and the following may display:
. Key Registration
Teen Driver Speed Warning . Manage Favorites
. Clear All Teen Keys/PIN
This allows a warning to be set . Number of Favorites Shown
View Report Card when a certain speed is exceeded.
. Audible Touch Feedback
This allows the driver’s driving Select Off or On.
habits to be viewed. See Teen
. Auto Volume
Driver on page 7-32. . Maximum Startup Volume
. Audio Cue Volume
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (50,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-50 Instruments and Controls

Manage Favorites Maximum Startup Volume

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
This allows favorites to be edited. This feature sets the maximum Climate and Air Quality
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio startup volume. If the vehicle is Select the Climate and Air Quality
Setup” under Home Page on started and the volume is greater menu and the following may display:
page 7-5 or “Manage Favorites” in than this level, the volume is
. Auto Fan Max Speed
“Settings” under “Radio” in the adjusted to this level. To set the
infotainment manual. maximum startup volume, turn the . Auto Compartment Zone Temp
MENU knob or press + or − to
Number of Favorites Shown increase or decrease.
. Auto Defog
Press to set the number of favorites Auto Fan Max Speed
to display. Audio Cue Volume
This feature sets the volume of This feature will set the maximum
Select the desired number or select auto fan speed.
Auto and the infotainment system audio files played at system startup
will automatically adjust the number and shutdown. Select Low, Medium, or High.
of favorites shown. Select On, then press + or − to Auto Compartment Zone Temp
increase or decrease the volume.
Audible Touch Feedback This feature allows for selection of
This allows Audible Touch Vehicle the compartment zone temperature
Feedback to be turned on or off. Select and the following may setting when the vehicle is
display: restarted.
Select Off or On.
. Climate and Air Quality Select Single Zone, Dual Zone,
Auto Volume or Last Setting.
This feature adjusts the volume
. Collision/Detection Systems
Auto Defog
based on vehicle speed and . Comfort and Convenience
ambient noise. When set to on, the front defog will
. Lighting automatically come on when the
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, . Power Door Locks vehicle is started.
Medium, Medium-High, or High.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (51,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-51

Select Off or On. Preparation feature. With the Alert & Side Blind Zone Alert
Brake setting, both Forward This allows the feature to be turned
Collision/Detection Systems Collision Alert as well as the on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert
Select the Collision/Detection Automatic Braking capability of the (SBZA) on page 9-65.
Systems menu and the following Auto Collision Preparation feature
may display: are available. The Alert setting Select Off or On.
disables most automatic braking Rear Cross Traffic Alert
. Alert Type
functions of the Auto Collision
. Auto Collision Preparation Preparation feature. Some This allows the feature to be turned
last-second automatic braking on or off. See Assistance Systems
. Parking Assist
capability is still provided with the for Parking or Backing on
. Side Blind Zone Alert Alert setting, but it is much less page 9-58.
. Rear Cross Traffic Alert likely to be triggered by most driving Select On or Off.
conditions. Off disables all Forward
Alert Type Collision Alert and Automatic Comfort and Convenience
This feature will set crash alerts to Braking capabilities of the Auto Select the Comfort and
beeps or seat vibrations. This Collision Preparation feature. Convenience menu and the
setting affects all crash alerts Select Off, Alert & Brake, or Alert. following may display:
including Forward Collision, Lane See ”Auto Collision Preparation” in
Departure Warning, and Parking
. Auto Memory Recall
Object Detection System Messages
Assist alerts. on page 5-40. . Easy Exit Options
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Parking Assist
. Chime Volume
Auto Collision Preparation If equipped, this allows the feature
. Reverse Tilt Mirror
This feature will turn on or off the to be turned on or off. See . Auto Mirror Folding
Forward Collision Alert feature as Assistance Systems for Parking or . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
well as the Automatic Braking Backing on page 9-58.
capability of the Auto Collision Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (52,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-52 Instruments and Controls

Auto Memory Recall Auto Mirror Folding Exit Lighting

This allows the feature to be turned When on, the outside rearview This allows the selection of how
on or off. See Memory Seats on mirrors will automatically fold or long the exterior lamps stay on
page 3-7. unfold when the Remote Keyless when leaving the vehicle when it is
Select On, Off. Entry (RKE) lock or unlock button is dark outside.
pressed and held. Select Off, 30 Seconds,
Easy Exit Options Select Off or On. 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Memory Seats on Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Power Door Locks
page 3-7. When on, the rear wiper will Select Power Door Locks and the
Select On or Off. automatically activate when the following displays:
vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).
Chime Volume
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Select Off or On.
This allows the selection of the
. Auto Door Unlock
chime volume level. Lighting . Delayed Door Lock
Press + or − to adjust the volume. Select the Lighting menu and the Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
following may display:
Reverse Tilt Mirror When on, this feature will keep the
. Vehicle Locator Lights driver door from locking when the
When on, the driver and/or
passenger mirrors will tilt downward
. Exit Lighting door is open and the key is in the
when the vehicle is shifted to ignition. If Off is selected, the
Vehicle Locator Lights Delayed Door Lock menu will be
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of
This feature will flash the exterior available.
the ground near the rear wheels.
lights when K on the Remote Select On or Off.
Select Off, On - Driver and Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
Passenger, On - Driver, or pressed to locate the vehicle.
On - Passenger.
Select On or Off.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (53,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-53

Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
This allows selection of which of the When on, the exterior lamps will If equipped and turned on, this
doors will automatically unlock when flash when unlocking the vehicle feature will turn the heated seats on
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). with the RKE transmitter. when using remote start on
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights. cold days.
Select Off or On.
Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of Passive Door Unlock
locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the This allows the selection of what
delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. doors will unlock when using the
switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights button on the driver door to unlock
Select On or Off. Only, or Horn Only. the vehicle.
Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors Passive Door Lock
Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
and the following may display: will unlock when pressing K on the This allows passive locking to be
RKE transmitter. turned on or off and selects
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback
feedback. See Remote Keyless
. Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
Door Only. Access) on page 2-5 or Remote
. Remote Door Unlock
Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats Keyless Entry (RKE) System
. Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats Operation (Keyless Access) on
If equipped and turned on, this page 2-8.
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
feature will turn the cooled seats on
. Passive Door Unlock when using remote start on Select Off, On with Horn
. warm days. Chirp, or On.
Passive Door Lock
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Select Off or On.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (54,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-54 Instruments and Controls

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Device Management Prompt Length

This feature sounds an alert when Select to connect to a different This feature adjusts the voice
the RKE transmitter is left in the phone source, disconnect a phone, prompt length.
vehicle. or delete a phone. Select Short or Long.
Select Off or On. Ringtones Audio Feedback Speed
Bluetooth Press to change the ring tone for This feature adjusts the audio
the specific phone. The phone does feedback speed.
Select and the following may
not need to be connected to change
display: Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
the ring tones.
. Pair New Device
Voice Mail Numbers Display
. Device Management
This feature displays the voice mail Select and the following may
. Ringtones number for all connected phones. display:
. Voice Mail Numbers To change the voice mail number, . Calibrate Touchscreen
select EDIT or press the EDIT
Pair New Device button. Type a new number, then . Turn Display Off
Select to pair a new device. See select SAVE or press the SAVE Calibrate Touchscreen
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” button.
under Bluetooth (Overview) on Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
Voice then follow the prompts.
page 7-20 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base Select and the following may Turn Display Off
Radio) on page 7-22 or Bluetooth display:
Select to turn the display off. Press
(Voice Recognition - Base Radio) on . Prompt Length anywhere on the display area or any
page 7-26 or “Pairing” in
. Audio Feedback Speed faceplate button to turn the
“Infotainment Controls” under
display on.
Bluetooth in the infotainment
manual.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (55,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-55

Rear Camera Restore Vehicle Settings Universal Remote

Select and the following may This allows selection of restoring
display: vehicle settings.
System
Select Restore or Cancel. See Radio Frequency Statement on
. Guidance Lines
page 13-12.
. Rear Park Assist Symbols Clear All Private Data
Guidance Lines This allows selection to clear all Universal Remote System
Select to turn Off or On. See
private information from the vehicle. Programming
Assistance Systems for Parking or Select Delete or Cancel.
Backing on page 9-58.
Restore Radio Settings
Rear Park Assist Symbols This allows selection to restore
Select to turn Off or On. See radio settings.
Assistance Systems for Parking or Select Restore or Cancel.
Backing on page 9-58.
Software Information If equipped, these buttons are in the
Return to Factory Settings
Select to view the infotainment overhead console.
Select and the following may system current software information.
display: This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
. Restore Vehicle Settings activate devices such as garage
. Clear All Private Data door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
. Restore Radio Settings instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (56,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-56 Instruments and Controls

Do not use the Universal Remote Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and
system with any garage door opener has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held
that does not have the stop and accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of the
reverse feature. This includes any radio-frequency signal. three Universal Remote system
garage door opener model buttons to be used to operate
manufactured before April 1, 1982. Programming the Universal the garage door. Do not release
Remote System either button until the indicator
Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal For questions or help programming light goes from a slow to a rapid
Remote system. It may help to have the Universal Remote system, flashing light. Then release both
another person assist with the call 1-800-355-3515 or see buttons.
programming process. www.homelink.com. Some garage door openers may
Keep the original hand-held Programming involves require substitution of Step 2
transmitter for use in other vehicles time-sensitive actions, and may time with the procedure under “Radio
as well as for future programming. out causing the procedure to be Signals for Canada and Some
Erase the programming when repeated. Gate Operators” later in this
vehicle ownership is terminated. section.
To program up to three devices:
See “Erasing Universal Remote 3. Press and hold the newly
System Buttons” later in this 1. Hold the end of the hand-held programmed Universal Remote
section. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to system button for five seconds
3 in) away from the Universal while watching the indicator light
To program a garage door opener, Remote system buttons with the
park outside directly in line with and and garage door activation.
indicator light in view. The
facing the garage door opener hand-held transmitter was . If the indicator light stays on
receiver. Clear all people and supplied by the manufacturer of continuously or the garage
objects near the garage door. the garage door opener receiver. door moves when the
button is pressed, then
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (57,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Instruments and Controls 5-57

programming is complete. does not flash, press and hold

There is no need to the same button a second time
complete Steps 4–6. for two seconds, then release it.
. If the indicator light does Again, if the door does not move
not come on or the garage or the garage door lamp does
door does not move, a not flash, press and hold the
second button press may same button a third time for
be required. For a second two seconds, then release it.
time, press and hold the The Universal Remote system
Learn or Smart Button
newly programmed button should now activate the
for five seconds. If the light 4. After completing Steps 1–3, garage door.
stays on or the garage door locate the Learn or Smart button
Repeat the process for
moves, programming is inside the garage on the garage
programming the two remaining
complete. door opener receiver. The name
buttons.
and color of the button may vary
. If the indicator light blinks
by manufacturer. Radio Signals for Canada and
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light 5. Press and release the Learn or Some Gate Operators
and the garage door does Smart button. Step 6 must be For questions or programming help,
not move, continue with completed within 30 seconds of call 1-800-355-3515 or see
programming Steps 4–6. pressing this button. www.homelink.com.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and Canadian radio-frequency laws and
hold the newly programmed some U.S. gate operators require
Universal Remote system button transmitter signals to time out or quit
for two seconds and then after several seconds of
release it. If the garage door transmission.
does not move or the lamp on
the garage door opener receiver
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (58,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

5-58 Instruments and Controls

This may not be long enough for the Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote system to pick up Universal Remote System
the signal during programming.
Operation
Button
If the programming did not work, Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
replace Step 2 under “Programming System buttons:
the Universal Remote System” with Press and hold the appropriate
the following: 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
Press and hold the Universal at least one-half second. The button.
Remote system button while indicator light will come on while the
pressing and releasing the signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
hand-held transmitter button every flash after 20 seconds. Without
two seconds until the signal has Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
been successfully accepted by the System Buttons with Step 1 under “Programming
Universal Remote system. The Erase all programmed buttons when the Universal Remote System.”
Universal Remote system indicator vehicle ownership is terminated.
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under To erase:
“Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold the two outside
System” to complete. buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should take
about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Lighting 6-1

Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-8
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
There are four positions:
O (Off): Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

6-2 Lighting

For vehicles first sold in Canada, When the headlamps are turned on Headlamp High/
the off position will only work when while the vehicle is on, the
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). headlamps turn off automatically
Low-Beam Changer
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically 10 minutes after the ignition is $ (Headlamp High/Low-Beam
turns on the headlamps, parking turned off. When the headlamps are Changer): Push the turn signal
lamps, taillamps, instrument panel turned on while the vehicle is off, lever toward the instrument panel to
lights, roof marker lamps (if the headlamps will stay on for change the headlamps from low to
equipped), and license plate lamps. 10 minutes before turning off to high beam.
prevent the battery from being
When the vehicle is turned off and Pull the turn signal lever toward you
drained. Turn the headlamp control
the headlamps are in AUTO, the and release it to return to low-beam
off and then back to the headlamp
headlamps turn off. When the key is headlamps.
on position to make the headlamps
removed, the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
automatically come on for a set
time. The time of the delay can be To keep the lamps on for more than
changed using the DIC. See Driver 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
Information Center (DIC) (Base the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
Level) on page 5-30 or Driver position.
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
on page 5-32. Exterior Lamps Off When the high-beam headlamps are
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Reminder on, this indicator light on the
parking lamps including all lamps, instrument cluster will also be on.
A reminder chime sounds when the
except the headlamps. headlamps or parking lamps are
2 (Headlamps): Turns on the manually turned on, the ignition is
headlamps with the parking lamps off, and a door is open. To disable
and instrument panel lights. the chime, turn the lamps off.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Lighting 6-3

Flash-to-Pass The DRL system comes on when Automatic Headlamp

the following conditions are met:
This feature lets you use the System
high-beam headlamps to signal a
. The ignition is on.
When the exterior lamp control is
driver in front of you that you want . The exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and it is dark enough
to pass. It works even if the in AUTO. outside, the headlamps come on
headlamps are in the automatic automatically.
. The transmission is not in
position.
P (Park).
To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The light sensor determines it is
toward you, then release it.
daytime.
If the headlamps are in the
When the DRL system is on, only
automatic position or on low beam,
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
on. They will stay on as long as you
lights, and other lamps will not
hold the lever toward you. The
be on.
high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on. When it begins to get dark, the
Release the lever to return to automatic headlamp system There is a light sensor on top of the
normal operation. switches from DRL to the instrument panel. Do not cover the
headlamps. sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior needed.
Lamps (DRL) lamp control to the off position and
then release. For vehicles first sold The system may also turn on the
DRL can make it easier for others to in Canada, off will only work when headlamps when driving through a
see the front of the vehicle during the vehicle is in P (Park). parking garage or tunnel.
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold
in Canada.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

6-4 Lighting

If the vehicle is started in a dark in AUTO, the headlamps, parking | (Hazard Warning Flashers):
garage, the automatic headlamp lamps, and other exterior lamps Press this button to make the front
system comes on immediately. If it come on. The transition time for the and rear turn signal lamps flash on
is light outside when the vehicle lamps coming on varies based on and off. Press again to turn the
leaves the garage, there is a slight wiper speed. When the wipers are flashers off.
delay before the automatic not operating, these lamps turn off.
headlamp system changes to the When the hazard warning flashers
Move the exterior lamp control to O are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
DRL. During that delay, the
or ; to disable this feature. not work.
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change
is in the full bright position. See Signals
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-6.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to O or the
ignition is off. An arrow on the instrument cluster
Lights On with Wipers flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine Move the turn signal lever all the
on, and the exterior lamp control is way up or down to signal a turn.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Lighting 6-5

Raise or lower the lever for less the Driver Information Center (DIC). # (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the
than one second until the arrow To turn the chime and message off, fog lamps on or off. A light will come
starts to flash to signal a lane move the turn signal lever to the on in the instrument cluster.
change. This causes the turn off position.
signals to automatically flash three When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
times. It will flash six times if Tow/ Fog Lamps turn on.
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than When the headlamps are changed
one second will cause the turn to high beam, the fog lamps also go
signals to flash until the lever is off. When the high-beam headlamps
released. are turned off, the fog lamps will
The lever returns to its starting come on again.
position whenever it is released. Some localities have laws that
If after signaling a turn or a lane require the headlamps to be on with
change the arrows flash rapidly or the fog lamps.
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses on page 10-36. If equipped with fog lamps, the
button is on the exterior lamp
Turn Signal On Chime control, to the left of the steering
If the turn signal is left on for more column.
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
sounds at each flash of the turn position for the fog lamps to
signal. The message TURN come on.
SIGNAL ON will also appear in
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

6-6 Lighting

Interior Lighting Dome Lamps Reading Lamps

Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

There are dome lamps in the There are reading lamps in the
overhead console and the headliner, overhead console and the headliner,
if equipped. if equipped. To operate, the ignition
To change the dome lamp settings, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY
This feature controls the brightness or ON/RUN position, or using
of the instrument panel lights and is press the following:
Retained Accessory Power (RAP).
next to the exterior lamp control. OFF: Turns the lamps off, even
D (Instrument Panel when a door is open.
Illumination): Move the DOOR: The lamps come on
thumbwheel up or down to brighten automatically when a door is
or dim the lights. opened.
ON: Turns all dome lamps on.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Lighting 6-7

Lighting Features Exit Lighting

The headlamps, taillamps, parking
Entry Lighting lamps, back-up lamps, license plate
The vehicle has an illuminated entry lamps, and interior lamps come on
feature. when the key is removed from the
ignition. The exterior lamps and
When a door is opened, the dome interior lamps remain on after the
lamps and puddle lamps come on if door is closed for a set amount of
the dome lamp control is in the time, then automatically turn off.
Press m or n next to each reading DOOR position. If the dome lamp
lamp to turn it on or off. control is in the OFF position, the If equipped with Keyless Access,
lamps do not come on. the exterior lamps automatically turn
on when a door is opened after the
The headlamps, parking lamps, ignition is turned off. The interior
taillamps, and back-up lamps turn lights turn on when the engine is
on briefly at night, or in areas with turned off.
limited lighting, when K is pressed The exterior lamps turn off
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) immediately by turning the exterior
transmitter. After about 30 seconds lamp control off.
the exterior lamps turn off. Entry
lighting can be disabled manually by This feature can be changed.
changing the ignition out of the OFF See Vehicle Personalization on
position, or by pressing the RKE page 5-48.
transmitter Q button.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-48.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

6-8 Lighting

Battery Load This is because the generator Normally, these actions occur in
(alternator) may not be spinning fast steps or levels, without being
Management enough at idle to produce all the noticeable. In rare cases at the
The vehicle has Electric Power power that is needed for very high highest levels of corrective action,
Management (EPM), which electrical loads. this action may be noticeable to the
estimates the battery's temperature A high electrical load occurs when driver. If so, a DIC message might
and state of charge. It then adjusts several of the following are on, such be displayed and it is recommended
the voltage for best performance as: headlamps, high beams, fog that the driver reduce the electrical
and extended life of the battery. lamps, rear window defogger, loads as much as possible. See
climate control fan at high speed, Battery Voltage and Charging
When the battery's state of charge
heated seats, engine cooling fans, Messages on page 5-35.
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up. trailer loads, and loads plugged into
When the state of charge is high, accessory power outlets. Battery Power Protection
the voltage is lowered slightly to EPM works to prevent excessive This feature shuts off the dome and
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter discharge of the battery. It does this reading lamps if they are left on for
gauge or the voltage display on the by balancing the generator's output more than 10 minutes when the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and the vehicle's electrical needs. ignition is off. This will keep the
if equipped, may show the voltage It can increase engine idle speed to battery from running down.
moving up or down. This is normal. generate more power, whenever
If there is a problem, an alert will needed. It can temporarily reduce
be displayed. the power demands of some
The battery can be discharged at accessories.
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-1

Infotainment Navigation
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Introduction
System Phone Infotainment
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-20 Base radio information is included in
Bluetooth (Infotainment this manual. See the infotainment
Introduction Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . 7-22
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 manual for information on other
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - available infotainment systems.
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2 Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Settings become familiar with these features.
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Radio Trademarks and License { Warning
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Agreements
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Taking your eyes off the road for
Trademarks and License
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 too long or too often while using
Rear Side Window any infotainment feature can
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 cause a crash. You or others
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
Audio Players infotainment tasks while driving.
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Limit your glances at the vehicle
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
SD Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 displays and focus your attention
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-2 Infotainment System

. Set up phone numbers in
The infotainment system has built-in
advance so they can be called
Theft-Deterrent Feature
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some easily by pressing a single TheftLock® is designed to
functions when driving. These button or by using a single voice discourage theft of the vehicle's
functions may gray out when they command if equipped with radio by learning a portion of the
are unavailable. Many infotainment Bluetooth phone capability. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
features are also available through The radio does not operate if it is
See Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
the instrument cluster and steering stolen or moved to a different
wheel controls. To play the infotainment system with vehicle.
the ignition off, see Retained
Before driving: Accessory Power (RAP) on Overview
. Become familiar with the page 9-27.
operation, faceplate buttons, and Infotainment System Overview
screen buttons. The infotainment system is
. Set up the audio by presetting controlled by using the buttons on
favorite stations, setting the the faceplate and steering wheel
tone, and adjusting the controls, if equipped. See Steering
speakers. Wheel Controls on page 5-3.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-3

Radio with CD
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-4 Infotainment System

. When on, press to mute the
system. Press again to
unmute.
. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
5. MEDIA
. Press to change the audio
source between CD, USB,
SD card, and AUX.
6. RADIO
. Press to change the audio
Radio with TONE source between AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.
1. q (Favorite Pages) 3. r (Favorite Pages)
. Press to scroll down . Press to scroll up through
through the favorite pages the favorite pages for each
for each source. source.
2. Favorites/Soft Keys 4. O (Power/Volume)
. Press to select favorite . Press to turn the audio on.
stations.
. Press and hold to turn it off.
. Press and hold to save
favorite stations.
. Press to select a screen
button when displayed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-5

. Turn to scroll through
7. g or l (Seek) 8. X (Eject) (If Equipped) or a list.
. CD (If Equipped): Press TONE (If Equipped)
. Turn to manually select
g to seek the beginning of . Press X to eject the CD (if a station.
the current or previous equipped).
track. If the track has
played for less than
. Press TONE to open the Home Page
five seconds, it seeks the Tone Settings menu (if
equipped). Home Page Features
previous track. If longer
than five seconds, the The infotainment system displays a
9. { (Home Page) Home Page that makes it easy to
current track will start from
the beginning. Press l to
. Press to go to the Home access all of the applications. Turn
Page from any point in the the MENU knob to highlight feature
seek the next track.
system. See “Home Page” icons. Press the MENU knob to
. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If following. access the feature’s options.
Equipped): Press g or l Various functions are disabled when
to seek to the previous or
10. o BACK
the vehicle is moving.
next strong station. . Press to return to the
previous screen in AUDIO: Select the AUDIO screen
. CD (If Equipped): Press icon to display the active source
a menu.
and hold g to quickly page. The sources available are
reverse through a track. 11. CD Slot (If Equipped) AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped),
Release the button to return 12. MENU CD, USB/iPod, AUX, and SD card
to playing speed. Press and reader. See AM-FM Radio on
. Press to access the menu page 7-8, Satellite Radio on
hold l to fast forward for the current audio
through a track. Release page 7-10, CD Player on page 7-12,
source. and Auxiliary Jack on page 7-18.
the button to return to
playing speed.
. Press to select the
highlighted menu option.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-6 Infotainment System

PHONE: Select the PHONE screen Language (Current Language): Radio: See “Radio Setup” later in
icon to display the Phone main This will set the display language in this section.
page. See “Bluetooth Overview” in the radio and instrument cluster. Vehicle: See Vehicle
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7-20 Select to display a list of languages. Personalization on page 5-48.
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Select BACK to go back to the
Base Radio) on page 7-22 or previous menu. Display: Press the MENU knob to
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base turn the display on or off.
Valet Mode:
Radio) on page 7-26. Return to Factory Settings: See
Using the circular numeric keypad, “Return to Factory Settings” later in
NAV (Navigation, If Equipped): enter a four-digit code:
Select the NAV screen icon to this section.
display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Software Information: Press the
Navigation. See “OnStar Overview” a number. MENU knob to select Save Vehicle
in OnStar, if equipped. 2. Press the MENU knob to select Info to USB. Press the MENU knob
SETTINGS: Select the SETTINGS it. Do this for each one of the again to start downloading the
screen icon to display the Settings four digits. Select Enter to go to vehicle information to the USB.
main page. See “Setting Radio the confirmation screen.
Radio Setup
Preferences” following. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Select LOCK to lock the system. From the RADIO/BAND screen icon,
Setting Radio Preferences the following may be displayed:
This will also lock access to the
Select the SETTINGS screen icon storage behind the radio, Manage Favorites:
to display the Settings menu and if equipped. See Instrument
the following may display:
. Turn the MENU knob and press
Panel Storage on page 4-1. to select a favorite.
Time: See Clock on page 5-8. 4. Enter the four-digit code to . To delete a favorite, press
unlock the system. the button just below the
DELETE screen button.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-7

. To move a favorite, press Maximum Startup Volume: This Return to Factory Settings
the MOVE screen button. feature sets the maximum startup
Turn the MENU knob to Select and the following may
volume. If the vehicle is started and display:
select a new location, then the volume is greater than this level,
press the DROP screen the volume is adjusted to this level. Restore Vehicle Settings: This
button to select the new To set the maximum startup volume, option will restore factory vehicle
location. Turn the MENU knob to increase or personalization settings. Select
decrease startup volume. Cancel or Confirm.
. Select o BACK to go back to
the previous menu. Rear Camera Clear All Private Data: This option
clears all private information from
Number of Favorites Shown: From the Rear Camera screen the vehicle. Select Cancel or
To set the number of favorites for button, the following may display: Confirm.
display, select Auto to automatically
Guidance Lines (If Equipped): Restore Radio Settings: This
adjust the number of Favorites
This feature will display guidance option will restore factory radio
pages shown as Favorites are
lines on the screen when in settings. Select Cancel or Continue.
added and removed. Another way to
R (Reverse). Select Off or On.
adjust is to select a number from 5– English and Metric Unit
25 to show that selection of See Assistance Systems for Parking
favorites. or Backing on page 9-58. Conversion
Audible Touch Feedback: Select Rear Cross Traffic Alert (If To change the display units between
to turn feedback off or on. Equipped): This feature will display English and metric units, see Driver
an alert icon when cross traffic is Information Center (DIC) (Base
Auto Volume (If Equipped): This Level) on page 5-30 or Driver
detected.
feature adjusts the volume based on Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
vehicle speed. The options are Off, Select Off or On. on page 5-32.
Low, Medium-Low, Medium, See Assistance Systems for Parking
Medium-High, or High. Select the or Backing on page 9-58.
desired volume.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-8 Infotainment System

Software Updates Radio Press the RADIO faceplate button

to display the active radio source.
See the website for more Press the MENU knob and the
information. AM-FM Radio following radio settings may display:
Website Information Playing the Radio Tone Settings:
In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com While on the audio main page, . Bass, Midrange, and Treble:
In Canada, see press the RADIO or MEDIA button Turn the MENU knob and
www.chevrolet.gm.ca repeatedly through the available highlight. Press the MENU knob
sources (AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if to select. Turn the MENU knob
In Mexico, see equipped), CD, USB, SD, and AUX). to adjust.
www.chevrolet.com.mx
The steering wheel controls can . Balance: Turn the MENU knob
also be used to adjust the volume. to highlight. Press the MENU
See Steering Wheel Controls on knob to select. Turn the MENU
page 5-3. knob left for more sound from
the left speakers or right for
AM, FM, SiriusXM (If Equipped)
more sound from the right
To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if speakers. The middle position
equipped), press the RADIO button balances the sound between the
to toggle to the desired broadcast left and right speakers.
source. . Fade: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to the left for more sound from
the front speakers and to the
right for more sound from the
rear speakers.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-9

The middle position balances Station List: Select to display a list Channel List: Select to display a
the sound between the front and of AM or FM stations. Press o list of SiriusXM stations. Turn the
rear speakers. BACK to go to the previous menu. MENU knob to highlight and press
. DSP: If equipped with a Bose the MENU knob to select. Press o
Auto Volume: If equipped, this
Surround® sound system, it will feature adjusts the volume based on BACK to go to the previous menu.
have three DSP modes the vehicle speed. Select the level Also see the radio settings common
including: between off, low, medium-low, for all sources earlier in this section.
‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to medium, medium-high, and high.
Finding a Station
provide the best sound for all Press o BACK to go to the
seating positions. previous menu. Seeking a Station
‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to EQ (Equalizer) Settings: In certain Press g or l to search for the
provide the best sound for the configurations the available choices previous or next strongest station.
driver. are Manual and Talk.
Tuning a Station
‐ Centerpoint: Creates a Options for SiriusXM Only
surround sound from nearly Turn the MENU knob to manually
any audio source. XM View: XM view allows the find a station.
channel list to be viewed by channel
. EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU name, artist playing on channel, Storing Radio Station Presets
knob to highlight. Turn the or song playing on channel. Turn
MENU knob to scroll through the Up to 25 preset stations from all
the MENU knob to highlight and bands can be stored in the favorite
options. Press the MENU knob press the MENU knob to select. lists in any order. Up to five stations
to select. Press the o BACK Press o BACK to go to the can be stored in each favorite page
button to go to the previous menu. and the number of favorites can
previous menu. be set.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-10 Infotainment System

AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Satellite Radio Browsing SiriusXM Channels

Equipped): While on the active
®
SiriusXM Satellite Radio To browse the SiriusXM channels:
source main page, such as AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and Service 1. Press the MENU knob.
hold a favorites/soft-key button on 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
the faceplate. XM Channel List.
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
Mixed-Audio Favorites satellite radio subscription can 3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
receive SiriusXM programming. the desired XM Channels.
Media and Broadcast favorites can
be stored. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
To display the favorites page, press
based in the 48 contiguous United Radio Reception
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
q or r button on the radio SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
Frequency interference and static
faceplate. can occur during normal radio
variety of programming and
reception if items such as phone
From the Settings menu press the commercial-free music, coast to
chargers, vehicle convenience
MENU knob to select Manage coast, and in digital-quality sound.
accessories, and external electronic
Favorites. The Manage Favorites A service fee is required to receive
devices are plugged into the
feature has the option of moving or the SiriusXM service. See
accessory power outlet. If there is
deleting a favorite. See “Manage www.siriusxmradio.com or call
interference or static, unplug the
Favorites” under Overview on 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.); or see
item from the accessory power
page 7-2. www.xmradio.ca or call
outlet.
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
When SiriusXM is active, the FM
channel name and number, FM signals only reach about 16 to
category name, song title, and artist 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
display on the screen. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-11

especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage If a cellular telephone antenna
hills, causing the sound to fade in needs to be attached to the glass,
Cell phone usage, such as making
and out. make sure that the grid lines for the
or receiving phone calls, charging,
AM-FM antenna are not damaged.
AM or just having the phone on may
There is enough space between the
cause static interference in the
The range for most AM stations is grid lines to attach a cellular
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
greater than for FM, especially at telephone antenna without
if this happens.
night. The longer range can cause interfering with radio reception.
station frequencies to interfere with
Rear Side Window
each other. Static can also occur
when things like storms and power Antenna
{ Caution
lines interfere with radio reception. The AM-FM antenna is in the Using a razor blade or sharp
When this happens, try reducing the passenger right rear side window. object to clear the inside of the
treble on the radio. Make sure the inside surfaces of the rear side windows may affect
rear side windows are not scratched radio reception or damage the
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
and that the lines on the glass are rear side window antenna.
Service
not damaged. If the inside surfaces Repairs would not be covered by
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite are damaged, they could interfere the warranty. Do not clear the
Radio Service provides digital radio with radio reception. inside of the rear side windows
reception. Tall buildings or hills can with sharp objects.
interfere with satellite radio signals, For proper radio reception, the
causing the sound to fade in and antenna connector must be properly
out. In addition, traveling or standing attached to the post on the glass.
under heavy foliage, bridges, The connector attachment to the
garages, or tunnels may cause loss glass is exposed. Tampering with or
of the SiriusXM signal for a period disconnecting the connector will
of time. interfere with radio reception.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-12 Infotainment System

{ Caution Audio Players There can be increased skipping,

difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting.
Do not apply aftermarket glass CD Player If these problems occur, check the
tinting with metallic film. The disc for damage or try a known
The CD player can be used for CD
metallic film in some tinting and MP3 audio. good disc.
materials will interfere with or
distort the incoming radio With the vehicle on, insert a disc To avoid damage to the CD player:
reception. Any damage caused to into the slot, label side up. Press the . Do not use scratched or
the backglass antenna due to MEDIA button to select CD as a damaged discs.
metallic tinting materials will not source.
. Do not apply labels to discs. The
be covered by the vehicle The system is capable of labels could get caught in the
warranty. playing most: player.
. Audio CDs . Insert only one disc at a time.
Multi-Band Antenna . CD-R . Keep the loading slot free of
The roof antenna is for OnStar®, . CD-RW foreign materials, liquids, and
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio, and GPS . MP3 or unprotected WMA
debris.
(Global Positioning System). Keep formats . Use a marking pen to label the
clear of obstructions for clear top of the disc.
reception. If the vehicle has a When playing any compatible
sunroof, and it is open, reception recordable disc, the sound quality Loading and Ejecting Discs
can also be affected. can be reduced due to disc quality,
To load a disc:
the method of recording, the quality
of the music that has been 1. Turn the vehicle on.
recorded, or the way the disc has 2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
been handled. side up. The player pulls it in the
rest of the way. If the disc is
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-13

damaged or improperly loaded,

. Press and hold to fast reverse CD Menu
there is an error and the disc through a track. Release the
button to return to playing While on the CD main page, press
ejects. the MENU knob to display the CD
speed. Elapsed time displays.
Playing an Audio CD menu and the following may display:
u (Seek Next/Fast Forward):
Press the MEDIA button on the While on the CD main page: Browse: Select to display the files
faceplate until CD is selected. or songs on the CD.
. Press to seek to the next track.
On the CD main page, either a track Tone Settings: Select to adjust
. Press and hold to fast forward Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
number displays at the beginning of
through a track. Release the Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
each track, or Song, Artist, and
button to return to playing “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
Album information displays when
speed. Elapsed time displays. on page 7-8.
available.
Use the following screen controls to
j /r (Pause/Play): While on the CD Auto Volume: If equipped, this
main page, press to pause. Press feature adjusts the volume based on
play the disc:
again to resume. the vehicle speed. Select the level
t (Seek Previous/Fast Reverse): Z (Shuffle): Press Z to play the between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
While on the CD main page: Medium, Medium-High, and High.
songs in random order. Press again
. Press to seek to the beginning of to turn off. Press BACK to go to the
the current or previous track. previous menu.
If a Blu-ray Disc® or DVD disc is
If the track has been playing for DSP: If equipped, this feature
loaded into the disc player and the
less than five seconds, it seeks adjusts the pre-defined settings.
CD screen button is selected, a
to the previous track. If longer See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio on
message comes on the screen to
than five seconds, the current page 7-8.
use the Video application. The
track starts from the beginning.
Video application is only available EQ (Equalizer): If equipped, this
on vehicles with Rear Seat feature adjusts the equalizer
Entertainment (RSE). settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in
AM-FM Radio on page 7-8.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-14 Infotainment System

Error Messages If Disc Player Error displays, it could

. Maximum number of folders:
be for one of the following reasons: eight folders with 255 files
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc per folder.
comes out, it could be for one of the . The player temperature is
following reasons: too high.
. Maximum of 1,000 files on
.
a disc.
. The disc has an invalid or There are load or eject errors.
unknown format.
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.
If the CD is not playing correctly for
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc any other reason, try a known Root Directory
again when the temperature good CD. The root directory is treated as a
returns to normal. If any error continues, contact your folder. All files contained directly
. The road is very rough. Try the dealer. under the root directory are
disc again when the road is accessed prior to any root directory
smoother.
Playing an MP3 CD folders.
. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, To play an MP3 CD, follow the same Empty Folders
or upside down. instructions as “Playing an Audio
CD” previously in this section. If a root directory or folder is empty
. The air is very humid. Try the or contains only folders, the player
disc again later. The following guidelines must be advances to the next folder in the
met when creating an MP3 disc, file structure that contains a
. There was a problem while otherwise the CD might not play: compressed audio file. The empty
burning the disc. . Sampling rate: 16 kHz, folder(s) are not displayed or
. The label is caught in the 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, numbered.
CD player. 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
No Folder
. Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
When the CD only contains
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
compressed audio files without any
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
folders, all files are under the
and 320 kbps.
root folder.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-15

USB Port While the USB source is active, use Auto Volume: If equipped, see
the corresponding faceplate buttons “Playing an Audio CD” previously in
Playing from a USB to operate USB function: this section.
A USB mass storage device or . t (Seek Previous/Fast DSP: If equipped, this feature
Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) Reverse) adjusts the pre-defined settings.
device can be connected to the See “DSP Settings” in AM-FM Radio
USB port. . u (Seek Next/Fast Forward) on page 7-8.
The USB ports are in the center . j /r (Play/Pause) EQ (Equalizer) Settings:
stack or inside the front seat If equipped, this feature adjusts the
armrest. . Z (Shuffle) equalizer settings. See “EQ
(Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives For information on how to use the
Radio on page 7-8.
screen icons, see “Playing an Audio
. The USB MP3 players and USB
drives connected must comply
CD” previously in this section. Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/
with the USB Mass Storage USB Menu iPhone®
Class specification (USB MSC). This feature supports the following
Press the MENU knob to display the
. Hard disk drives are not USB menu and the following may devices:
supported. display: . iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and
To play a USB device: Browse: Select to display the files 4th generation)
. Connect the USB. and folders on the USB device. . iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
Tone Settings: Select to adjust generation).
. Press the MEDIA button on the
faceplate until the connected Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, . iPod classic® (6th generation)
device is shown. Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
. iPod touch® (1st and 2nd
on page 7-8. generation)
. iPad
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-16 Infotainment System

. iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS, The music information displays on Tone Settings: Select to adjust
iPhone 4 the radio’s display and begins Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
There may be problems with playing through the vehicle’s Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
operation and function in the audio system. “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
following situations: The device battery recharges on page 7-8.
. When connecting a device with automatically while the vehicle is on. Auto Volume: If equipped, see
a more recent version of the When the vehicle is off while a “Playing an Audio CD” previously in
firmware installed than is device is connected using the USB this section.
supported by the infotainment cable, the device battery stops DSP: If equipped, this feature
system. charging and the device will adjusts the pre-defined settings.
automatically turn off. See “DSP Settings” in AM-FM Radio
. When connecting a device on
which firmware from other If the device is an unsupported on page 7-8.
providers is installed. model, it can still be listened to in EQ (Equalizer) Settings:
the vehicle by connecting to the If equipped, this feature adjusts the
To connect and control a device: auxiliary input jack using a standard equalizer settings. See “EQ
1. Connect one end of the standard 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. (Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM
USB cable to the device's dock Radio on page 7-8.
Menu
connector.
Press the MENU knob to display the Browse Device Media
2. Connect the other end to a USB
device Menu and the following may Use the following to browse:
port in the center console. See
display:
Center Console Storage on Playlists:
page 4-2. Browse: Select to display the files
or songs on the device. See 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
3. Press the MEDIA button to and press to view the playlists
“Browse Device Media” later in
select the source. stored on the device.
this section.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (17,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-17

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Albums: 5. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select a playlist 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select the song
name to view a list of all songs and press to view the albums from the list to begin playback.
in the playlist. stored on the device. Songs:
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select the song and press to select an album and press to view a list of all
from the list to begin playback. name to view a list of all songs songs stored on the device.
Artists: on the album. 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight 3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select the song
and press to view the artists and press to select the song from the list to begin playback.
stored on the device. from the list to begin playback.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Genres: SD Card Reader
and press to select an artist 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight This vehicle may have an SD card
name to view a list of all albums and press to view the genres reader in the center stack or inside
by the artist. stored on the device. the front seat armrest. See Center
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Console Storage on page 4-2.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select an album and press to select a genre 1. Plug the SD card into the reader.
name to view a list of all songs name to view a list of artists of
on the album. 2. Press the MEDIA button to
that genre. select the SD device.
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight 3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select the song If an SD card has already been
and press to select to view connected, but a different source is
from the list to begin playback. albums by that artist. currently active, press the MEDIA
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight screen button repeatedly to cycle
and press to select an album to
view songs.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (18,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-18 Infotainment System

through all of the available audio Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Auto Volume: If equipped, see
source screens, until the SD card from the auxiliary device to the “Playing an Audio CD” previously in
screen is shown. auxiliary input jack. this section.
Playing Music from the SD Card If an auxiliary device has already DSP: If equipped, this feature
been connected, but a different adjusts the pre-defined settings.
An SD card is played the same way source is currently active, press the See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio on
a USB device is played. See USB MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly page 7-8.
Port on page 7-15. to scroll through all of the available EQ (Equalizer): If equipped, this
audio source screens, until the AUX feature adjusts the pre-defined
Auxiliary Jack source screen is shown. equalizer settings. See “EQ
The AUX jack is in the center stack Playing from the AUX Jack (Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio on
or inside the front seat armrest. See page 7-8.
Center Console Storage on An auxiliary device is played
page 4-2. through the audio system and
controlled through the device itself.
Possible auxiliary audio sources
include: AUX Menu
. Laptop computer Press the MENU knob to display the
. AUX menu and the following may
Audio music player
display:
This jack is not an audio output.
Tone Settings: Select to adjust
Do not plug headphones into the
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
devices should be set up while the
“Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
vehicle is in P (Park).
on page 7-8.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (19,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-19

. Route Preview
Navigation Press the button below the MUTE
screen button to mute the . Repeat
® navigation directions. The previous
OnStar System audio selection will play. The MUTE When the system is downloading a
® screen button will change to route, the only option available is
An OnStar subscriber has the
UNMUTE. Press the button below Cancel Route. Once the route is
ability to connect to the OnStar
UNMUTE to enable the navigation downloaded, the additional list items
system (if equipped) and ask an
directions again. display.
OnStar Advisor to download a
destination into the vehicle. OnStar OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation My Destination
will send address information and If My Destination is selected, a
location coordinates of the Press the MENU knob to go to the
Turn-by-Turn menu. special version of the Maneuver
destination into the vehicle. View displays. The Destination
To access from the Home Page, Address is shown in the Street
turn the MENU knob to highlight the Name field and the total distance to
OnStar icon. Press the MENU knob the destination is shown in the
to access. Distance to Maneuver View. Press
the button below the DONE screen
button to return to the
Maneuver View.

The following options are available:

. Update Route: only shows if the
vehicle is off the route
. Cancel Route
. My Destination
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (20,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-20 Infotainment System

Route Preview
. Press the button below the
PREV screen button to display Phone
the previous maneuver
information, including distance Bluetooth (Overview)
between it and the previous Instructions for using the cell phone
maneuver. may differ between infotainment
While on the current maneuver, systems. The base radio and base
the PREV screen button is radio with connectivity instructions
hidden. If on the last maneuver, are included in this manual. See the
the NEXT screen button is infotainment manual for instructions
hidden. on the uplevel radios.
. If Route Preview is selected, a
special version of the Maneuver
. Press the button below the Bluetooth-capable systems can
View displays. DONE screen button to return to interact with many cell phones,
the Maneuver View. allowing:
. Press the button below the
NEXT screen button to display Repeat . Placement and receipt of calls in
the next maneuver information, a hands-free mode.
Press the button below the REPEAT
including distance between it screen button to go back to the . Sharing of the cell phone’s
and the previous maneuver. Maneuver View. The audible address book or contact list with
maneuver prompt is repeated. the vehicle.
Canceling a Turn-by-Turn Route To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the
Press the button below the Cancel vehicle parked:
Route screen button on the
. Become familiar with the
Turn-by-Turn menu. A screen
displays to confirm the cancellation. features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (21,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-21

duplicate or rarely used entries. Bluetooth Controls

If possible, program speed dial Warning (Continued)
Use the buttons on the instrument
or other shortcuts.
Taking your eyes off the road too panel, faceplate, and the steering
. Review the controls and long or too often could cause a wheel to operate the Bluetooth
operation of the infotainment crash resulting in injury or death. system.
system. Focus your attention on driving. Steering Wheel Controls
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with g (Press to Talk): Press to answer
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system incoming calls, confirm system
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
this section. information, and start voice
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to recognition.
. If the cell phone has voice make and receive phone calls. The
dialing capability, learn to use infotainment system and voice i (End Call): Press to end a call,
that feature to access the recognition are used to control the reject a call, or cancel an operation.
address book or contact list. See system. The system can be used Press to mute or unmute the
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this while in ON/RUN or ACC/ infotainment system.
section. ACCESSORY. The range of the Infotainment System Controls
. See “Storing and Deleting Phone Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all For information about how to
Numbers” in this section. navigate the menu system using the
functions and not all phones work
with the Bluetooth system. See infotainment controls, see Overview
{ Warning www.gm.com/bluetooth for more on page 7-2.
information about compatible MENU: Turn to scroll through a list.
When using a cell phone, it can phones. Press to select the highlighted list
be distracting to look too long or
option.
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment system. { (Home Page): Press to go to the
Home Page. See Home Page on
(Continued)
page 7-5.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (22,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-22 Infotainment System

PHONE: Select to enter the phone Audio System Switching to Handset or

main menu. See Bluetooth Hands-Free Mode
When using the Bluetooth system,
(Overview) on page 7-20 or
sound comes through the vehicle's To switch between handset mode
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
front audio system speakers and and hands-free mode, use the
Base Radio) on page 7-22 or
overrides the audio system. Use the OnStar command, “transfer call.”
Bluetooth (Voice Recognition - Base
Radio) on page 7-26.
O knob during a call to change the
volume level. The system maintains Pairing
Voice Recognition a minimum volume level. A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
The voice recognition system uses Bluetooth Audio Quality
commands to control the system system and then connected to the
Turn off the Echo and Noise vehicle before it can be used. See
and dial phone numbers.
cancellation feature on your phone, your cell phone manufacturer's user
Noise: The system may not if supported, for the best hands-free guide for Bluetooth functions before
recognize voice commands if there performance. pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
is too much background noise, such phone is not connected, calls can
See www.gm.com/bluetooth.
as noise from open windows or loud be made using OnStar Hands-Free
talking inside the vehicle. Calling, if available. See OnStar
Bluetooth (Infotainment Overview on page 14-1, if equipped.
When to Speak: A tone sounds to
indicate that the system is ready for Controls - Base Radio)
Pairing Information
a voice command. Wait for the tone For information about how to
and then speak. navigate the menu system using the
. Up to five cell phones can be
infotainment controls, see Overview paired to the Bluetooth system.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice. on page 7-2. . The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
. Pairing only needs to be
completed once per phone,
unless the pairing information on
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (23,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-23

the cell phone changes or the 2. Turn the MENU knob and press 6. If the phone prompts to accept
cell phone is deleted from the to select Manage Phones. connection or allow phone book
system. 3. Press the button just below the download, select Always Accept
. Only one paired cell phone can PAIR screen button. A four-digit and Allow. The phone book may
be connected to the Bluetooth Personal Identification Number not be available if not accepted.
system at a time. (PIN) appears on the display. 7. Repeat steps 1–6 to pair
. If multiple paired cell phones are The PIN is used in Step 5. additional phones or devices.
within range of the system, the 4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected
system connects to the first cell phone to be paired to the Phones
available paired cell phone in the vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for 1. To list all paired devices, from
order that they were newly
the Home Page turn the MENU
paired to the system. To connect information on this process.
knob, then press to select the
to a different paired phone, see 5. Locate the device named “Your PHONE screen button.
“Connecting to a Different Vehicle” in the list on the cell
Phone” later in this section. 2. Turn the MENU knob and press
phone. Follow the instructions
to select Manage Phones.
Pairing a Phone or Device on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. If a six Deleting a Paired Phone
1. From the Home Page, turn the digit code is shown on the phone
MENU knob to access the 1. From the Home Page, turn the
and the vehicle screen, confirm
PHONE screen button, then MENU knob, then press to
the codes are the same. The
press the MENU knob to select select the PHONE screen
system recognizes the new
the PHONE screen button. If a button.
connected phone after the
device has been previously pairing process is complete. 2. Turn the MENU knob and press
paired, the main Phone menu to select Manage Phones.
will be shown. If no devices
have been paired, Step 2 can be 3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
skipped. the phone to be deleted.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (24,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-24 Infotainment System

4. Press the button below the Phone Menu to make calls. See your cell phone
DELETE screen button to delete manufacturer’s user guide or
Once a phone is connected and
the highlighted device. contact your wireless provider to
selected, the following may display:
5. A confirmation screen is find out if this feature is supported
Recent Calls: Turn the MENU by your phone.
displayed. Press the button just
knob to highlight Recent Calls and
below the DELETE screen If the phone prompts to allow phone
press to select.
button to confirm deletion. book download during the pairing
Contacts: Turn the MENU knob to process, select Always Accept and
Connecting to a Different Phone highlight Contacts and press to Allow. The phone book may not be
1. From the Home Page, turn the select. available if not accepted.
MENU knob, then press to Keypad: Turn the MENU knob to When a cell phone supports the
select the PHONE screen highlight Keypad and press to phone book feature, the Contacts
button. select. and Recent Calls menus are
2. Turn the MENU knob and press Active Call: Turn the MENU knob automatically available.
to select Manage Phones. to highlight Active Call and press to The Contacts menu allows you to
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight select and display the active call access the phone book stored in the
the phone to be connected. screen. cell phone to make a call.
4. Press the button just below the Manage Phones: Turn the MENU The Recent Calls menu allows you
CONNECT screen button to knob to highlight Manage Phones to access the phone numbers from
connect to the highlighted and press to select. the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
device. and Missed Calls menus on the cell
Making a Call Using Contacts phone to make a call.
and Recent Calls
For cell phones that support the
Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
the Bluetooth system can use the
contacts stored on your cell phone
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (25,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-25

To make a call using the 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the number. To call, press the
Contacts menu: Recent Calls and press to button just below the CALL
1. From the Home Page, turn the select. screen button.
MENU knob, then press to If necessary, select between Accepting or Declining a Call
select the PHONE screen Missed, Recent, and Sent calls
button. by pressing the button below the When an incoming call is received,
appropriate screen button. the infotainment system mutes and
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Contacts and press to select. 3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the contact or the phone Accepting a Call
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the letter group and press to number. To accept a call, do one of the
select. 4. Press the MENU knob to call the following:
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight contact. . Press the button just below the
the contact and press to select. Making a Call Using the ANSWER screen button.
5. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Keypad . Press g on the steering wheel
the desired number, then press To make a call: controls.
the MENU knob to call the
contact. 1. From the Home Page, turn the Declining a Call
MENU knob, then press to To decline a call, do one of the
To make a call using the Recent select the PHONE screen
Calls menu: following:
button.
1. From the Home Page, turn the
. Press the button just below the
2. Turn the MENU knob and press IGNORE screen button.
MENU knob, then press to to select Keypad.
select the PHONE screen . Press i on the steering wheel
button. 3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the first digit and press to select. controls.
Continue this process through . Do nothing.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (26,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-26 Infotainment System

Call Waiting Ending a Call From the PHONE main menu, turn
the MENU knob to highlight Active
Call waiting must be supported on To end a call, do one of the
Call and press to select.
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by following:
the wireless service carrier to work. . Press the button just below the Bluetooth (Voice
Accepting a Call Waiting Call END screen button.
Recognition - Base
To accept a call waiting call, do one . Press i on the steering wheel Radio)
of the following: controls.
. Press the button just below the Using Voice Recognition
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
SWITCH screen button. To use voice recognition, press g
(DTMF) Tones
. Press g on the steering wheel on the steering wheel. Use the
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can commands below for the various
controls. send numbers during a call. This is voice features. For additional
Declining a Call Waiting Call used when calling a menu-driven information, say “Help” while you
phone system. are in a voice recognition menu.
To decline a call waiting call, do one
of the following: 1. When a call is active, press the
button just below the KEYPAD Pairing
. Press the button just below the screen button. Pairing a Phone
IGNORE screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight 1. Press g. The system responds
. Press i on the steering wheel the first digit and press to select.
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
controls. If not initially in the phone
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
. Do nothing. application, from the Home Page,
turn the MENU knob, then press to 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
select the PHONE screen button. with instructions and a four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (27,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-27

4. Start the pairing process on the 6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair 4. Say the name of the phone to
cell phone that you want to pair. additional phones. delete.
For help with this process, see
your cell phone manufacturer's Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone
user guide. Phones To connect to a different cell phone,
5. Locate the device named “Your The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all available cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. This may need
after that phone name. to be repeated depending on how
PIN provided in Step 3. The
many cell phones have been
system may respond with a six 1. Press g. The system responds connected.
digit code to be confirmed on the “Ready,” followed by a tone.
cell phone (instead of entering a 1. Press g. The system responds
four digit code), check that the 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
same digits are shown on the 3. Say “List.”
cell phone and say "Yes" to 2. Say “Bluetooth.”
confirm. Select Confirm on the Deleting a Paired Phone
3. Say “Change phone.”
cell phone as well. After the PIN If the phone name to delete is .
is successfully entered, the If another cell phone is
unknown, see “Listing All Paired found, the response will be
system prompts you to provide a and Connected Phones.”
name for the paired cell phone. “<Phone name> is now
This name will be used to 1. Press g. The system responds connected.”
indicate which phones are “Ready,” followed by a tone. This can be repeated to
paired and connected to the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” connect any of the up to
vehicle. The system responds five paired phones.
with “<Phone name> has been 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete.
. If another cell phone is not
successfully paired” after the found, the original phone
pairing process is complete. remains connected.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (28,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-28 Infotainment System

Storing and Deleting Phone 3. Say the entire phone number or Using the “Delete” Command
Numbers a group of digits all at once with
no pauses, then follow the 1. Press g. The system responds
The following commands are used directions given by the system to “Ready,” followed by a tone.
to delete and store phone numbers. save a name tag for this number. 2. Say “Delete.”
Store: This command will store a
Using the “Digit Store” Command 3. Say the name tag you want to
phone number, or a group of
If an unwanted number is delete.
numbers as a name tag.
recognized by the system, say Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Digit Store: This command allows
“Correction” at any time to clear the Command
a phone number to be stored as a
last number.
name tag by entering the digits one This command deletes all stored
at a time. To hear all of the digits recognized name tags in the Hands-Free
by the system, say “Verify” at Calling Directory and the
Delete: This command is used to
any time. Destinations Directory.
delete individual name tags.
Delete All Name Tags: This 1. Press g. The system responds To delete all name tags:
command deletes all stored name “Ready,” followed by a tone.
1. Press g. The system responds
tags in the Hands-Free Calling 2. Say “Digit Store.” “Ready,” followed by a tone.
Directory and the Destinations
Directory. 3. Say each digit, one at a time. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
After each digit is entered, the
Using the “Store” Command system repeats back the digit it Listing Stored Numbers
heard followed by a tone. After The list command will list all the
1. Press g. The system responds the last digit has been entered,
“Ready,” followed by a tone. stored numbers and name tags.
say “Store,” and then follow the
2. Say “Store.” directions given by the system to Using the “List” Command
save a name tag for this number. 1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (29,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-29

2. Say “Directory.” Once connected, the person called After each digit is entered, the
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” will be heard through the audio system repeats back the digit it
speakers. heard followed by a tone.
4. Say “List.”
Calling 911 Emergency (U.S. and If an unwanted number is
Making a Call Canada) recognized by the system, say
“Correction” at any time to clear the
Calls can be made using the 1. Press g. The system responds last number.
following commands. “Ready,” followed by a tone.
To hear all of the numbers
Dial or Call: The dial or call 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” recognized by the system, say
command can be used
3. Say “911.” “Verify” at any time.
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag. 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 1. Press g. The system responds
Digit Dial: This command allows a “Ready,” followed by a tone.
Calling 066 Emergency (Mexico)
phone number to be dialed by 2. Say “Digit Dial.”
entering the digits one at a time. 1. Press g. The system responds
“Ready,” followed by a tone. 3. Say each digit, one at a time.
Re-dial: This command is used to After each digit is entered, the
dial the last number used on the cell 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” system repeats back the digit it
phone. heard followed by a tone. After
3. Say “066.”
Using the “Dial” or “Call” the last digit has been entered,
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” say “Dial.”
Command
Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called
1. Press g. The system responds will be heard through the audio
“Ready,” followed by a tone. The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by speakers.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” entering the digits one at a time.
3. Say the entire number without
pausing or say the name tag.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (30,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-30 Infotainment System

Using the “Re-dial” Command . Press g to answer an incoming 4. Once the call is connected,
1. Press g. The system responds
call when another call is active. press g to link all callers
The original call is placed together.
“Ready,” followed by a tone. on hold.
2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” The Ending a Call
system dials the last number
. Press g again to return to the
called from the connected cell original call. Press i to end a call.
phone. . To ignore the incoming call, no Transferring a Call
Once connected, the person called action is required.
Audio can be transferred between
will be heard through the audio . Press i to disconnect the the Bluetooth system and the cell
speakers. current call and switch to the call phone.
Receiving a Call on hold. The cell phone must be paired and
Three-Way Calling connected with the Bluetooth
When an incoming call is received,
system before a call can be
the audio system mutes and a ring Three-way calling must be transferred. The connection process
tone is heard in the vehicle. supported on the cell phone and can take up to two minutes after the
. Press g to answer the call. enabled by the wireless service ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
carrier.
. Press i to ignore a call. To Transfer Audio from the
1. While on a call, press g. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
Call Waiting 2. Say “Three-way call.” During a call with the audio in the
Call waiting must be supported on 3. Use the “Dial” or “Call” command vehicle:
the cell phone and enabled by the to dial the number of the third
wireless service carrier. 1. Press g.
party to be called.
2. Say “Transfer Call.”
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (31,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-31

To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth The cell phone's normal prompt Clearing the System
System from a Cell Phone messages will go through their cycle
Unless information is deleted out of
During a call with the audio on the according to the phone's operating
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
instructions.
cell phone, press g. The audio will be retained indefinitely.
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio Dual Tone Multi-Frequency This includes all phone pairing
does not transfer to the vehicle, use (DTMF) Tones information. For information on how
the audio transfer feature on the cell to delete this information, see
The Bluetooth system can send “Deleting a Paired Phone.”
phone. See your cell phone
numbers and the numbers stored as
manufacturer's user guide for more
name tags during a call. You can
information.
use this feature when calling a
Voice Pass-Thru menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
Voice pass-thru allows access to the stored for use.
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone Sending a Number or Name Tag
manufacturer's user guide to see if During a Call
the cell phone supports this feature.
1. Press g. The system responds
To access contacts stored in the cell “Ready,” followed by a tone.
phone:
2. Say “Dial.”
1. Press g. The system responds 3. Say the number or name tag
“Ready,” followed by a tone. to send.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
<phone name>.”
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (32,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-32 Infotainment System

. Access or delete Report Card For Ignition Keyed System:
Settings data or Teen Driver settings. . If the key is not registered,
Teen Driver Register or Unregister a Key select Register and follow the
Any of the vehicle keys can be instructions. A message displays
If equipped, Teen Driver allows keys to confirm successful
to be programmed with registered as a Teen Driver key.
Label the key to tell it apart from the registration.
customizable vehicle settings.
It limits some vehicle features and other keys. A maximum of eight . If the key is already registered,
prevents some systems, such as keys can be registered. There is the option to unregister displays.
Park Assist, if equipped, from being one Report Card per vehicle. If Unregister is selected, the key
turned off. It also displays a report After creating the PIN, to register or is no longer registered and a
card of the driving behavior when a unregister the key(s): confirmation displays.
Teen Driver key is used. 1. Have the vehicle running. For Pushbutton Start System:
To activate or change the settings, 2. For automatic transmissions, the Once Key Registration is selected,
select Teen Driver from the Settings vehicle must be in P (Park). For the system detects whether there is
menu. See Vehicle Personalization a transmitter key in the transmitter
manual transmissions, the
on page 5-48. If no keys are vehicle must be stopped with the pocket, which is in the center
activated, the Teen Driver feature parking brake set. console storage area or on the side
will not record any Report of the steering wheel column. See
Card data. 3. Select Teen Driver from the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Settings menu. System Operation (Key Access) on
A Personal Identification Number
(PIN) must be created using the 4. Enter the PIN. page 2-5 or Remote Keyless Entry
keypad. The PIN is required to: (RKE) System Operation (Keyless
5. Select Key Registration. Access) on page 2-8.
. Register Keys. The system will display instructions
. Change settings. for registering or unregistering
a key.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (33,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-33

. If no transmitter key is detected, start up, the vehicle will recognize
. Other vehicle features, such as
a message displays indicating to the non-Teen Driver transmitter key Park Assist, if equipped, cannot
place the transmitter key in the to start the vehicle. The Teen Driver be turned off when the Teen
transmitter pocket. settings will not be active. Driver setting is in use.
. If the transmitter key is in the Manage Settings Delete Report Card Data
transmitter pocket, it will identify
whether the transmitter key is The PIN can be used to change The Report Card continues to save
registered or unregistered. these settings: data for all trips until the data is
deleted using the PIN.
. If the transmitter key is not Audio Volume Limit: Allows a
registered, a message maximum radio volume to be set. To delete Report Card data:
displays requesting Teen Driver Speed Warning:
. Select Reset from the Report
confirmation to register. Allows a warning to be set when a Card screen.
Select Register and follow selected speed is exceeded. . Select Clear All Teen Keys/PIN
the instructions. A message from the Teen Driver menu.
displays to confirm Teen Driver Speed Limiter:
successful registration. If equipped, this allows the Forgotten PIN
maximum speed limit of the vehicle
. If the transmitter key is to be set. See your dealer to reset the PIN.
already registered, the
option to unregister The following cannot be changed:
displays. If Unregister is . The radio will mute when the
selected, the transmitter driver safety belt is not fastened,
key is no longer registered and in some vehicles, when the
and a confirmation displays. safety belt of a front outboard
In vehicles with a Pushbutton start passenger is not fastened.
system, if a Teen Driver transmitter
key and a non-Teen Driver
transmitter key are both present at
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (34,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-34 Infotainment System

Trademarks and Explicit Language Notice: Channels

with frequent explicit language are
License Agreements indicated with an “XL” preceding the
channel name. Channel blocking is
FCC Information available for SiriusXM Satellite
See Radio Frequency Statement on Radio receivers by notifying
page 13-12. SiriusXM:
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and . USA Customers — Visit
other fees may apply. Subscription www.siriusxm.com or call
fee is consumer only. All fees and 1-866-635-2349.
programming subject to change. . Canadian Customers — Visit
Subscriptions subject to Customer www.xmradio.ca or call
Agreement available at 1-877-209-0079.
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM®
“Made for iPod” and “Made for service only available in the It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
iPhone” mean that an electronic 48 contiguous United States and disassemble, reverse engineer,
accessory has been designed to Canada. hack, manipulate, or otherwise
connect specifically to iPod or make available any technology or
In Canada: Some deterioration of software incorporated in receivers
iPhone and has been certified by service may occur in extreme
the developer to meet Apple compatible with the SiriusXM®
northern latitudes. This is beyond Satellite Radio System or that
performance standards. the control of SiriusXM® Satellite support the SiriusXM website, the
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of Radio. Online Service or any of its content.
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (35,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Infotainment System 7-35

Furthermore, the AMBER voice Bluetooth

compression software included in
The Bluetooth word mark and logos
this product is protected by
are owned by the Bluetooth SIG,
intellectual property rights including
Inc. and andy use of such marks by
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
General Motors is under license.
secrets of Digital Voice
Other trademarks and trade names
Systems, Inc.
are those of their respective owners.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as
SiriusXM Canada).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (36,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

7-36 Infotainment System

2 NOTES
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control 2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
Systems
4. Fan Control
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Control Dual Automatic Climate 5. Defrost
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Control System 6. Passenger Temperature Control
Rear Climate Control
With this system the heating, 7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
cooling, and ventilation in the
vehicle can be controlled. Some 8. Air Recirculation
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 climate control settings can be 9. Rear Climate Control Power
changed. See “Climate and Air Button
Maintenance Quality” under Vehicle
Passenger Compartment Air 10. Rear AUTO (Automatic
Personalization on page 5-48. Operation)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 11. Front Climate Control Power
Button
12. Rear Fan Control
13. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control
14. Rear Temperature Control
15. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout)
16. Rear Window Defogger
17. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
1. Driver Temperature Control
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

8-2 Climate Controls

Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to Press AUTO to return to automatic
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation operation.
Automatic Operation may be automatically selected in Driver and Passenger
The system automatically controls warm weather. Temperature Control: The
the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come temperature can be adjusted
conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled. separately for the driver and
order to heat or cool the vehicle to passenger.
the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select Turn the knob clockwise or
When the indicator light is on, the outside air. counterclockwise to increase or
system is in full automatic operation. decrease the driver or passenger
If the air delivery mode or fan Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the temperature setting.
setting is manually adjusted, the
auto indicator turns off and the windshield. This sensor regulates SYNC (Synchronized
selected settings are displayed. air temperature based on sun load. Temperature): Press to link the
See “Sensors” later in this section. passenger and rear climate
To place the system in temperature settings to the driver
automatic mode: Manual Operation setting. The SYNC indicator light will
1. Press AUTO. O (On/Off): Press to turn the turn on. When the passenger or rear
climate control system on or off. climate settings are adjusted, the
2. Set the driver and passenger
Outside air still enters the vehicle, SYNC indicator light turns off.
temperature.
and is directed to the floor. This
Air Delivery Mode Control: Press
To find your comfort setting, start direction can be changed by
with 22°C (72°F) and allow the pressing the air delivery mode.
Y, \, [ , or - to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator
system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise light comes on in the selected mode
or counterclockwise to increase or button.
needed for best comfort.
decrease the fan speed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Climate Controls 8-3

Changing the mode cancels the and the air conditioning compressor inside the vehicle. When high
automatic operation and the system will run, unless the outside humidity is detected, the climate
goes into manual mode. Press temperature is close to freezing. control system may adjust to
AUTO to return to automatic Do not drive the vehicle until all outside air supply and turn on the
operation. windows are clear. air conditioner. If the climate control
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the system does not detect possible
See Air Vents on page 8-6. window fogging, it returns to normal
instrument panel outlets.
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
\ (Bi-Level): Air is divided turn the air conditioning system on on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
between the instrument panel and or off. An indicator light comes on to under Vehicle Personalization on
floor outlets. show that the air conditioning is page 5-48.
[ (Floor): Air is directed to the enabled. If the fan is turned off, the Rear Window Defogger
floor outlets, with some to the air conditioner will not run. The A/C
windshield, side window outlets, and light will stay on even if the outside The rear window defogger uses a
second row floor outlets. temperatures are below freezing. warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
- (Defog): This mode clears the @ (Recirculation): Press to turn
windows of fog or moisture. Air is on recirculation. An indicator light K (Rear Window Defogger):
directed to the windshield, floor comes on. Air is recirculated to Press to turn the rear window
outlets, and side window vents. quickly cool the inside of the defogger on or off. An indicator light
vehicle. It can also be used to help on the button comes on to show that
0 (Defrost): Press to clear the reduce outside air and odors that the rear window defogger is on.
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the enter the vehicle. The air The rear window defogger only
windshield and the side window conditioning compressor also comes works when the ignition is in ON/
vents. The system automatically on when this mode is activated. RUN. The defogger turns off if the
forces outside air into the vehicle Auto Defog: The climate control ignition is turned to ACC/
system may have a sensor to ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
automatically detect high humidity
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

8-4 Climate Controls

except rear temperature are Remote Start Climate Control

{ Caution manually adjusted, this cancels full Operation
automatic operation. If equipped with the remote start
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear Fan Control: Press up or down to feature, the climate control system
window can damage the rear increase or decrease the rear will come on when the vehicle is
window defogger. Repairs would passenger area fan speed. started remotely, depending on the
not be covered by the vehicle Air Delivery Mode Control: Press outside temperature. The rear
warranty. Do not clear the inside to change the direction of the rear window defogger and heated seats,
passenger airflow. Repeatedly press if equipped, may also come on. See
rear window with sharp objects.
the switch until the desired mode Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-15
appears on the display. Multiple and Heated and Cooled Front Seats
Heated Mirror: If equipped with presses will cycle through the on page 3-9.
heated outside rearview mirrors, the delivery selections.
mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost Sensors
from the surface of the mirror when Temperature Control: Press up or
the rear window defog button is down to increase or decrease the
pressed. See Heated Mirrors on airflow temperature into the rear
page 2-30. passenger area.
Rear Climate Controls RCTRL (Rear Climate Control
Lockout): Press to lock or unlock
O (On/Off): Press to turn the rear control of the rear climate control
climate control system on or off. system from the rear seat
AUTO: Press AUTO to control the passengers. When locked, the rear
rear passenger temperature, air climate control can only be adjusted
The solar sensor monitors the solar
delivery, and fan speed. AUTO from the front seat.
heat. Do not cover the solar sensor
appears in the display when or the system will not work properly.
automatic operation is active. If any
of the climate control settings
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Climate Controls 8-5

There is also an exterior Automatic Operation

temperature sensor behind the front
AUTO: Press AUTO to control the
grille. This sensor reads the outside
inside temperature, air delivery, and
air temperature and helps maintain
fan speed. A is indicated in the
the temperature inside the vehicle.
display when automatic operation is
Any cover on the front of the
active. If any of the climate control
vehicle, including a snowplow, could
settings are manually adjusted, this
cause a false reading in the
cancels full automatic operation.
displayed temperature.
The display only indicates climate
The climate control system uses the
control functions when the system is
information from these sensors to
in rear independent mode.
maintain comfort settings by
adjusting the outlet temperature, fan 1. Fan Control Manual Operation
speed, and air delivery mode. The 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
system may also supply cooler air to 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise
the side of the vehicle facing the 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode or counterclockwise to increase or
sun. The recirculation mode will also Control) decrease the fan speed. Turn
be used as needed to maintain cool completely counterclockwise to turn
4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
outlet temperatures. the fan/power off.
5. Heated Rear Seats
TEMP (Temperature Control):
Rear Climate Control If the dual automatic climate control Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
System system rear climate control lockout to increase or decrease the airflow
feature is locked, the rear climate temperature into the passenger
The rear climate control system is control settings can only be area. If the SYNC button is pressed
located on the rear of the center adjusted from the front seat. on the front climate controls, the
console storage. The rear climate rear climate temperature is linked to
settings can be adjusted with this the driver temperature setting.
system.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

8-6 Climate Controls

MODE (Air Delivery Mode Air Vents Operation Tips

Control): Press to change the . Clear away any ice, snow,
direction of the airflow in the vehicle. Adjustable air vents are in the
or leaves from the air inlets at
Repeatedly press the button until center and on the side of the
the base of the windshield that
the desired mode appears on the instrument panel.
could block the flow of air into
display. Multiple presses will cycle the vehicle.
through the delivery selections.
. When you enter a vehicle in cold
M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If weather, press the fan up button
Equipped): Press M or L to heat to the maximum fan level before
the left or right outboard seat driving. This helps clear the
cushion. See Heated Rear Seats on intake ducts of snow and
page 3-11. moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the inside of
the window.
. Keep the air path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
1. Slider Knob vehicle more effectively.
2. Thumbwheel . Use of non-GM approved hood
Move the slider knobs (1) to change deflectors can adversely affect
the direction of the airflow. the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the adding equipment to the outside
air vents to open or close off the of the vehicle.
airflow.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Climate Controls 8-7

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule on 1. Open the glove box completely.
page 11-3. To find out what type of 3. Remove the six screws and
filter to use, see Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door remove the access plate.
Replacement Parts on page 11-15. dampener string from the glove
box door assembly. A pen or
pencil may be inserted through
the end of the dampener string
to prevent the string from
slipping inside the door
assembly.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

8-8 Climate Controls

Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
4. Release the two tabs holding the
service door. Open the service During service, all refrigerants
door and remove the old filter. should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
5. Install the new air filter. directly to the atmosphere is harmful
6. Close the service door and to the environment and may also
secure the tabs. create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the or other health-based concerns.
glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving and Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-24
9-26
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Operating Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . .
9-44
9-46
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Driving Information Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-29 Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-47
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Cruise Control
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-30
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . 9-50
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Driver Assistance Systems
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Running the Vehicle While Driver Assistance
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Assistance Systems for
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . 9-10 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-31 Assistance Systems for
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Drive Systems Active Emergency Braking
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
Starting and Operating Side Blind Zone
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-19 Brakes
Antilock Brake Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
Adjustable Throttle and Brake Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . 9-65
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42 Lane Departure
Ignition Positions (Key Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Ignition Positions (Keyless Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-43
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuel
. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69
California Fuel distractions.
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70 Distracted Driving . Become familiar with vehicle
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-70 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-70 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Filling a Portable Fuel activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-73 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving.
Trailer Towing
regarding driver distraction. Become
General Towing . Wait until the vehicle is parked
familiar with the local laws in
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-74 to retrieve items that have fallen
your area.
Driving Characteristics and to the floor.
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-74 To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-77 keep your eyes on the road, hands
to children.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-82 on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
Trailer Sway . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-88 carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations.
Conversions and Add-Ons Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations
Add-On Electrical place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-89 phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-3

. Allow enough following distance
Control of a Vehicle
{ Warning between you and the driver in
front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating
Taking your eyes off the road too are important factors in helping to
. Focus on the task of driving.
long or too often could cause a control a vehicle while driving.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving. Drunk Driving Braking
Death and injury associated with
Braking action involves perception
Refer to the infotainment section for drinking and driving is a global
time and reaction time. Deciding to
more information on using that tragedy.
push the brake pedal is perception
system and the navigation system, time. Actually doing it is
if equipped, including pairing and { Warning reaction time.
using a cell phone.
Drinking and then driving is very Average driver reaction time is
dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second.
Defensive Driving In that time, a vehicle moving at
perceptions, attentiveness, and
Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
expect the unexpected.” The first a small amount of alcohol. You (66 ft), which could be a lot of
step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious — or even distance in an emergency.
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on fatal — collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
page 3-20. drinking. include:
. Assume that other road users Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and you and the vehicle in front
a driver who has been drinking.
other drivers) are going to be of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking.
and be ready. who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-4 Driving and Operating

If the engine ever stops while the If the steering assist is used for an Steering in Emergencies
vehicle is being driven, brake extended period of time, power . There are some situations when
normally but do not pump the assist may be reduced.
steering around a problem may
brakes. Doing so could make the If the steering wheel is turned until it be more effective than braking.
pedal harder to push down. If the reaches the end of its travel, and is
engine stops, there will be some . Holding both sides of the
held in that position for an extended
power brake assist but it will be steering wheel allows you to turn
period of time, power steering assist
used when the brake is applied. 180 degrees without removing
may be reduced.
Once the power assist is used up, it a hand.
can take longer to stop and the Normal use of the power steering . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
brake pedal will be harder to push. assist should return when the
allows steering while braking.
system cools down.
Steering See specific vehicle steering Off-Road Recovery
messages under Steering System
Electric Power Steering Messages on page 5-44. See your
This vehicle has electric power dealer if there is a problem.
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance Curve Tips
is not required. . Take curves at a reasonable
If power steering assist is lost due speed.
to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Reduce speed before entering a
can be steered, but may require curve.
increased effort. . Maintain a reasonable steady
See your dealer if there is a speed through the curve.
problem. . Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-5

The vehicle's right wheels can drop

. Steering or Cornering Skid — material on the road. Learn to
off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a recognize warning clues — such
shoulder while driving. Follow curve causes tires to slip and as enough water, ice, or packed
these tips: lose cornering force. snow on the road to make a
1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Acceleration Skid — too much mirrored surface — and slow
then, if there is nothing in the throttle causes the driving down when you have any doubt.
way, steer the vehicle so that it wheels to spin. . Try to avoid sudden steering,
straddles the edge of the Defensive drivers avoid most skids acceleration, or braking,
pavement. by taking reasonable care suited to including reducing vehicle speed
2. Turn the steering wheel about existing conditions, and by not by shifting to a lower gear. Any
one-eighth of a turn, until the overdriving those conditions. sudden changes could cause
right front tire contacts the But skids are always possible. the tires to slide.
pavement edge. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help
3. Turn the steering wheel to go these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid.
straight down the roadway. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
Off-Road Driving
Loss of Control way you want the vehicle to go. Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
The vehicle may straighten out. used for off-road driving. Vehicles
Skidding Be ready for a second skid if it without four-wheel drive and
There are three types of skids that occurs. vehicles not equipped with All
correspond to the vehicle's three . Slow down and adjust your Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
control systems: driving according to weather tires must not be driven off-road
. conditions. Stopping distance except on a level, solid surface. For
Braking Skid — wheels are not
can be longer and vehicle more contact information about the
rolling.
control can be affected when original equipment tires, see the
traction is reduced by water, Limited Warranty and Owner
snow, ice, gravel, or other Assistance Information manual.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-6 Driving and Operating

One of the best ways for successful To gain more ground clearance if
off-road driving is to control the needed, it may be necessary to Warning (Continued)
speed. remove the front fascia lower air
dam. However, driving without the passengers can be struck by
flying objects. Secure the
{ Warning air dam reduces fuel economy.
cargo properly.
When driving off-road, bouncing { Caution . Keep cargo in the cargo area
as far forward and as low as
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of Operating the vehicle for possible. The heaviest things
position. This could cause you to extended periods without the front should be on the floor,
lose control and crash. You and fascia lower air dam installed can forward of the rear axle.
your passengers should always cause improper air flow to the . Heavy loads on the roof raise
wear safety belts. engine. Re-attach the front fascia the vehicle's center of gravity,
air dam after off-road driving. making it more likely to roll
over. You can be seriously or
Before Driving Off-Road fatally injured if the vehicle
Loading the Vehicle for rolls over. Put heavy loads
. Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed. Off-Road Driving inside the cargo area, not on
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, the roof.
and check inflation pressure in
{ Warning
all tires, including the spare, . Unsecured cargo on the load For more information about loading
if equipped. floor can be tossed about the vehicle, see If the Vehicle Is
. Read all the information about when driving over rough Stuck on page 9-13 and Tires on
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this terrain. You or your page 10-46.
manual. (Continued)
. Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-7

Environmental Concerns
. Always use established trails,
Warning (Continued) { Warning
roads, and areas that have been cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high
set aside for public off-road injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause an accident.
recreational driving and obey all steep hills. There could be a drop-off,
posted regulations. embankment, cliff, or even
. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, Before driving on a hill, assess the another vehicle. You could be
trees, or grasses or disturb steepness, traction, and seriously injured or killed. As you
wildlife. obstructions. If the terrain ahead near the top of a hill, slow down
. Do not park over things that cannot be seen, get out of the and stay alert.
burn. See Parking over Things vehicle and walk the hill before
That Burn on page 9-30. driving further. . Never go downhill forward or
When driving on hills: backward with either the
Driving on Hills transmission or transfer case in
Driving safely on hills requires good
. Use a low gear and keep a firm N (Neutral). The brakes could
judgment and an understanding of grip on the steering wheel. overheat and you could lose
what the vehicle can and cannot do. . Maintain a slow speed. control.
. When possible, drive straight up
{ Warning or down the hill. { Warning
Many hills are simply too steep
. Slow down when approaching If the vehicle has the two‐speed
for any vehicle. Driving up hills the top of the hill. automatic transfer case, shifting
can cause the vehicle to stall. . Use headlamps even during the the transfer case to N (Neutral)
Driving down hills can cause loss day to make the vehicle more can cause your vehicle to roll
of control. Driving across hills can visible. even if the transmission is in
(Continued) (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-8 Driving and Operating

. If you cannot make it up the
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) hill, back straight down
the hill.
P (Park). This is because the cause loss of control and you or . Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) position on the others could be injured or killed.
N (Neutral) using only the
transfer case overrides the Apply the brakes lightly when
brake.
transmission. You or someone descending a hill and use a low
else could be injured. If leaving gear to keep vehicle speed under The vehicle can roll
the vehicle, set the parking brake control. backward quickly and you
and shift the transmission to could lose control.
P (Park). Shift the transfer case to If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
. If driving downhill when the
any position but N (Neutral). vehicle stalls, shift to a
1. Apply the brakes to stop the lower gear, release the
vehicle, and then apply the parking brake, and drive
. When driving down a hill, keep parking brake. straight down the hill.
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because 2. Shift into P (Park) and then 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted
the engine will work with the restart the engine. after stalling, set the parking
brakes to slow the vehicle and . If driving uphill when the brake, shift into P (Park), and
help keep the vehicle under vehicle stalls, shift to turn the vehicle off.
control. R (Reverse), release the 3.1. Leave the vehicle and
parking brake, and back seek help.
{ Warning straight down.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
. Never try to turn the vehicle vehicle would take if it
Heavy braking when going down
around. If the hill is steep rolled downhill.
a hill can cause your brakes to enough to stall the vehicle,
overheat and fade. This could it is steep enough to cause
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle
(Continued) it to roll over. across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-9

up or down might be too steep to Traction is reduced on hard packed

drive across. Driving across an { Warning snow and ice and it is easy to lose
incline puts more weight on the control. Reduce vehicle speed when
downhill wheels, which could Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow
cause a downhill slide or a downhill side when stopped and ice.
rollover. across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
. Surface conditions can be a be crushed or killed. Always get
{ Warning
problem. Loose gravel, muddy out on the uphill side of the
spots, or even wet grass can Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
vehicle and stay well clear of the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
cause the tires to slip sideways,
rollover path. conditions vary greatly and the
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something vehicle could fall through the ice;
that will trip it — a rock, a rut, Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, you and your passengers could
etc. — and roll over. or Ice drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
. Hidden obstacles can make the Use a low gear when driving in
steepness of the incline more mud — the deeper the mud, the
severe. If a rock is driven across lower the gear. Keep the vehicle Driving in Water
with the uphill wheels, or if the moving to avoid getting stuck.
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt Traction changes when driving on { Warning
even more. sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires Driving through rushing water can
. If an incline must be driven tend to sink into the sand. This be dangerous. Deep water can
across, and the vehicle starts to affects steering, accelerating, and sweep your vehicle downstream
slide, turn downhill. This should braking. Drive at a reduced speed and you and your passengers
help straighten out the vehicle and avoid sharp turns or abrupt could drown. If it is only shallow
and prevent the side slipping. maneuvers. water, it can still wash away the
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-10 Driving and Operating

After Off-Road Driving

Warning (Continued)
Remove any brush or debris that
{ Warning
ground from under your tires. has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes.
Traction could be lost, and the chassis, or under the hood. These They might not work as well in a
vehicle could roll over. Do not accumulations can be a fire hazard. quick stop and could cause
drive through rushing water. After operation in mud or sand, pulling to one side. You could
have the brake linings cleaned and lose control of the vehicle.
checked. These substances can After driving through a large
cause glazing and uneven braking.
{ Caution Check the body structure, steering,
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
Do not drive through standing suspension, wheels, tires, and
pedal until the brakes work
water if it is deep enough to cover exhaust system for damage and
normally.
check the fuel lines and cooling
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates
pipe. Deep water can damage the
More frequent maintenance service strong forces. Driving through
axle and other vehicle parts.
is required. See the Maintenance flowing water could cause the
Schedule on page 11-3. vehicle to be carried away. If this
If the standing water is not too deep, happens, you and other vehicle
drive slowly through it. At faster occupants could drown. Do not
speeds, water splashes and the
Driving on Wet Roads
ignore police warnings and be
vehicle can stall. When going Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive
through water, the brakes get wet vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water.
and it may take longer to stop. See ability to stop and accelerate.
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this Always drive slower in these types
section. of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-11

Hydroplaning
. Turn off cruise control.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
{ Warning
Hill and Mountain Roads
can build up under the vehicle's Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
tires so they actually ride on the Driving on steep hills or through or with the ignition off is
water. This can happen if the road is mountains is different than driving dangerous. This can cause
wet enough and you are going fast on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for overheating of the brakes and
enough. When the vehicle is driving in these conditions include: loss of steering. Always have the
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Keep the vehicle serviced and in engine running and the vehicle
contact with the road. good shape. in gear.
There is no hard and fast rule about . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
hydroplaning. The best advice is to tires, cooling system, and . Stay in your own lane. Do not
slow down when the road is wet. transmission. swing wide or cut across the
Other Rainy Weather Tips . Shift to a lower gear when going center of the road. Drive at
down steep or long hills. speeds that let you stay in your
Besides slowing down, other wet own lane.
weather driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
{ Warning . Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
. Pass with caution. Using the brakes to slow the (stalled car, accident).
vehicle on a long downhill slope . Pay attention to special road
. Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. can cause brake overheating, can signs (falling rocks area, winding
reduce brake performance, and roads, long grades, passing or
. Keep the windshield washer fluid could result in a loss of braking. no-passing zones) and take
reservoir filled. Shift the transmission to a lower appropriate action.
. Have good tires with proper gear to let the engine assist the
tread depth. See Tires on brakes on a steep downhill slope.
page 10-46.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-12 Driving and Operating

. Tie a red cloth to an outside
Winter Driving apply the brakes sooner than when
mirror.
on dry pavement. See Antilock
Driving on Snow or Ice Brake System (ABS) on page 9-41.
Drive carefully when there is snow Allow greater following distance on { Warning
or ice between the tires and the any slippery road and watch for Snow can trap engine exhaust
road, creating less traction or grip. slippery spots. Icy patches can
under the vehicle. This may
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C occur on otherwise clear roads in
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to cause exhaust gases to get
shaded areas. The surface of a
fall, resulting in even less traction. curve or an overpass can remain icy inside. Engine exhaust contains
Avoid driving on wet ice or in when the surrounding roads are carbon monoxide (CO) which
freezing rain until roads can be clear. Avoid sudden steering cannot be seen or smelled. It can
treated with salt or sand. maneuvers and braking while cause unconsciousness and even
on ice. death.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so Turn off cruise control on slippery If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
traction is not lost. Accelerating too surfaces. . Clear away snow from around
quickly causes the wheels to spin the base of your vehicle,
and makes the surface under the Blizzard Conditions
especially any that is blocking
tires slick, so there is even less Being stuck in snow can be a the exhaust pipe.
traction. serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
. Check again from time to
Traction Control should be turned time to be sure snow does
on. See Traction Control/Electronic If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside not collect there.
Stability Control on page 9-44.
Assistance Program on page 13-5. . Open a window about 5 cm
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) To get help and keep everyone in (2 in) on the side of the
improves vehicle stability during the vehicle safe: vehicle that is away from the
hard stops on slippery roads, but wind to bring in fresh air.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-13

If it takes some time for help to

Warning (Continued) arrive, now and then when you run { Warning
the engine, push the accelerator
. Fully open the air outlets on pedal slightly so the engine runs If the vehicle's tires spin at high
or under the instrument faster than the idle speed. This speed, they can explode, and you
panel. keeps the battery charged to restart or others could be injured. The
. Adjust the climate control the vehicle and to signal for help vehicle can overheat, causing an
system to a setting that with the headlamps. Do this as little engine compartment fire or other
circulates the air inside the as possible to save fuel. damage. Spin the wheels as little
vehicle and set the fan speed as possible and avoid going
to the highest setting. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck above 56 km/h (35 mph).
“Climate Control Systems.”
Slowly and cautiously spin the
For more information about wheels to free the vehicle when For information about using tire
carbon monoxide, see Engine stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Exhaust on page 9-30. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Chains on page 10-67.
Out” later in this section.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
To save fuel, run the engine for only The Traction Control System (TCS) It Out
short periods as needed to warm can often help to free a stuck
the vehicle and then shut the engine vehicle. See Traction Control/ Turn the steering wheel left and
off and close the window most of Electronic Stability Control on right to clear the area around the
the way to save heat. Repeat this page 9-44. If TCS cannot free the front wheels. For four-wheel-drive
until help arrives but only when you vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive
feel really uncomfortable from the Get it Out” following. High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back
cold. Moving about to keep warm and forth between R (Reverse) and
also helps. a forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-14 Driving and Operating

gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in Vehicle Load Limits

the forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could It is very important to know how
free the vehicle. If that does not get much weight your vehicle can
the vehicle out after a few tries, it carry. This weight is called the
might need to be towed out. See vehicle capacity weight and
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-83. includes the weight of all
Recovery hooks can be used, occupants, cargo, and all
if equipped. nonfactory-installed options.
Recovery Hooks Two labels on your vehicle show
how much weight it was
{ Warning designed to carry, the Tire and

Never pull on recovery hooks

{ Caution Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
from the side. The hooks could Do not drive through standing
break and you and others could
be injured. When using recovery
water if it is deep enough to cover { Warning
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
hooks, always pull the vehicle pipe. Deep water can damage the Do not load the vehicle any
from the front. axle and other vehicle parts. heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
If the vehicle has recovery hooks at (GVWR), or either the
the front of the vehicle, use them if maximum front or rear Gross
the vehicle is stuck off-road and Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
needs to be pulled some place to This can cause systems to
continue driving. break and change the way the
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-15

(B-pillar). With the driver door the front and rear axles. See
Warning (Continued) open, you will find the label “Certification/Tire Label” later in
vehicle handles. This could attached below the door lock this section.
cause loss of control and a post (striker). The tire and
“Steps for Determining Correct
crash. Overloading can also loading information label shows
Load Limit–
shorten the life of the vehicle. the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum 1. Locate the statement "The
vehicle capacity weight (2) in combined weight of
Tire and Loading Information kilograms and pounds. occupants and cargo should
Label never exceed XXX kg or
The Tire and Loading
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
Information label also shows the
placard.
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended 2. Determine the combined
cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and
For more information on tires passengers that will be riding
and inflation see Tires on in your vehicle.
page 10-46 and Tire Pressure 3. Subtract the combined
on page 10-53. weight of the driver and
There is also important loading passengers from XXX kg or
information on the vehicle XXX lbs.
Label Example Certification/Tire label. It tells 4. The resulting figure equals
you the Gross Vehicle Weight the available amount of cargo
A vehicle specific Tire and Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Loading Information label is and luggage load capacity.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for For example, if the "XXX"
attached to the center pillar
amount equals 1400 lbs. and
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-16 Driving and Operating

there will be five 150 lb

passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity Example 1 Example 2
calculated in Step 4.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg
a trailer, load from your trailer (1,000 lbs) (1,000 lbs)
will be transferred to your 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
vehicle. Consult this manual 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg
to determine how this (300 lbs) (750 lbs)
reduces the available cargo 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight =
Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs)
and luggage load capacity of
(700 lbs)
your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing on page 9-77 for
important information on towing a
trailer, towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (17,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-17

weight of the driver, passengers, The GVWR includes the weight

and cargo should never exceed of the vehicle, all occupants,
your vehicle's capacity weight. fuel, and cargo.
Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also
tells you the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on your front and rear
axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle.
Example 3 Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg load equally on both sides of the
(1,000 lbs) centerline.
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ Never exceed the GVWR for
91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg A vehicle specific Certification/ your vehicle, or the GAWR for
(1,000 lbs) Tire label is attached to the either the front or rear axle.
3. Available Cargo Weight = center pillar (B-pillar). The label
0 kg (0 lbs) The Certification/Tire label also
shows the size of your vehicle's
contains information about your
Refer to your vehicle's tire and original tires and the inflation
Front Axle Reserve Capacity.
loading information label for pressures needed to obtain the
specific information about your gross weight capacity of your And, if you do have a heavy
vehicle's capacity weight and vehicle. This is called Gross load, you should spread it out.
seating positions. The combined Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (18,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-18 Driving and Operating

The label will help you decide

{ Warning how much cargo and installed { Warning
Do not load the vehicle any equipment your truck can carry. Things you put inside the
heavier than the Gross Using heavier suspension vehicle can strike and injure
Vehicle Weight Rating components to get added people in a sudden stop or
(GVWR), or either the durability might not change your turn, or in a crash.
maximum front or rear Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer . Put things in the cargo
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). to help you load your vehicle the area of the vehicle. Try to
This can cause systems to right way. spread the weight evenly.
break and change the way the If you put things inside your
vehicle handles. This could . Never stack heavier
vehicle — like suitcases, tools, things, like suitcases,
cause loss of control and a packages, or anything
crash. Overloading can also inside the vehicle so that
else — they go as fast as the some of them are above
shorten the life of the vehicle. vehicle goes. If you have to stop the tops of the seats.
or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, they will keep going. . Do not leave an
{ Caution unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
Overloading the vehicle may (Continued)
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (19,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-19

Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
. When you carry something . Avoid making hard stops for
inside the vehicle, secure New Vehicle Break-In the first 322 km (200 mi) or
it whenever you can. so. During this time the new
. Do not leave a seat folded { Caution brake linings are not yet
down unless you need to. broken in. Hard stops with
The vehicle does not need an new linings can mean
elaborate break-in. But it will premature wear and earlier
There is also important loading perform better in the long run if replacement. Follow this
information for off-road driving in you follow these guidelines: breaking-in guideline every
this manual. See “Loading Your . Keep the vehicle speed at time you get new brake
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for linings.
under Off-Road Driving on the first 805 km (500 mi). . Do not tow a trailer during
page 9-5. . Do not drive at any one break-in. See Trailer Towing
constant speed, fast or slow, on page 9-77 for the trailer
for the first 805 km (500 mi). towing capabilities of the
Do not make full-throttle vehicle and more information.
starts. Avoid downshifting to Following break-in, engine speed
brake or slow the vehicle. and load can be gradually
(Continued) increased.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (20,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-20 Driving and Operating

Adjustable Throttle and Press the switch to the left to move Ignition Positions (Key
the pedals closer to your body.
Brake Pedal Press the switch to the right to move
Access)
If equipped, the position of the the pedals away.
throttle and brake pedals can be Before you start driving, fully press
changed. the brake pedal to confirm the
No adjustment to the pedals can be adjustment is right for you. While
made when the vehicle is in driving, make only small
R (Reverse) or while using cruise adjustments.
control. The vehicle may have a memory
function, which lets pedal settings
be saved and recalled. See Memory
Seats on page 3-7.

Vehicles with Key Access have an

ignition switch with four different
positions.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY and the regular brake
pedal must be applied.
The switch used to adjust the
pedals is to the left of the steering
wheel.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (21,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-21

1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an

OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, emergency: { Warning
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ 1. Brake using a firm and steady
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained Turning off the vehicle while
pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain brakes repeatedly. This may
active. See Retained Accessory assist in the brake and steering
deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags.
Power (RAP) on page 9-27. increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the
This position locks the ignition and 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency.
steering wheel. It also locks the This can be done while the
transmission on automatic vehicle is moving. After shifting
transmission vehicles. The key can If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
be removed in LOCK/OFF. and must be shut off while driving,
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
turn the ignition to ACC/
The steering can bind with the safe location.
ACCESSORY.
wheels turned off center. If this 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
happens, move the steering wheel
from right to left while turning the
to P (Park), and turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with
{ Caution
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this an automatic transmission, the
does not work, then the vehicle Using a tool to force the key to
shift lever must be in P (Park) to turn in the ignition could cause
needs service. turn the ignition switch to the damage to the switch or break the
Do not turn the engine off when the LOCK/OFF position. key. Use the correct key, make
vehicle is moving. This will cause a 4. Set the parking brake. See sure it is all the way in, and turn it
loss of power assist in the brake Parking Brake on page 9-42. only with your hand. If the key
and steering systems and disable
cannot be turned by hand, see
the airbags.
your dealer.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (22,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-22 Driving and Operating

2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This 4 (START): This is the position that Vehicles with Keyless Access have
position lets things like the radio starts the engine. When the engine pushbutton starting.
and the windshield wipers operate starts, release the key. The ignition Pressing the button cycles it through
while the engine is off. It also switch returns to ON/RUN for three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this driving. ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
position if the vehicle must be A warning tone will sound when the Engine/OFF.
pushed or towed. driver door is opened and the The transmitter must be in the
3 (ON/RUN): This position can be ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or vehicle for the system to operate.
used to operate the electrical LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the If the pushbutton start is not
accessories and to display some ignition. working, the vehicle may be near a
instrument cluster warning and strong radio antenna signal causing
indicator lights. This position can Ignition Positions interference to the Keyless Access
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
(Keyless Access) system. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
operation of the malfunction Access) on page 2-5 or Remote
indicator lamp as may be required Keyless Entry (RKE) System
for emission inspection purposes. Operation (Keyless Access) on
The switch stays in this position page 2-8.
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
position on automatic transmission must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
vehicles. ON/RUN and the brake pedal must
be applied.
If the key is left in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
with the engine off, the battery could OFF (No Indicator Lights): When
be drained. The vehicle may not the vehicle is stopped, press the
start if the battery is allowed to drain ENGINE START/STOP button once
for an extended period of time. to turn the engine off.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (23,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-23

If the vehicle is in P (Park), the turned off center. If this happens, 4. Set the parking brake. See
ignition will turn off, and Retained the vehicle may not start. Move the Parking Brake on page 9-42.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain steering wheel from left to right
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-27.
while attempting to start the vehicle.
If this does not work, the vehicle
{ Warning
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the needs service. Turning off the vehicle while
ignition will return to ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an moving may cause loss of power
ACCESSORY and display the emergency: assist in the brake and steering
message SHIFT TO PARK in the systems and disable the airbags.
1. Brake using a firm and steady While driving, only shut the
Driver Information Center (DIC). pressure. Do not pump the
See Transmission Messages on vehicle off in an emergency.
brakes repeatedly. This may
page 5-45. When the vehicle is deplete power assist, requiring
shifted into P (Park), the ignition increased brake pedal force. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
system will switch to OFF. and must be shut off while driving,
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
Do not turn the engine off when the This can be done while the press and hold the ENGINE START/
vehicle is moving. This will cause a vehicle is moving. After shifting STOP button for longer than
loss of power assist in the brake to N (Neutral), firmly apply the two seconds, or press twice in
and steering systems and disable brakes and steer the vehicle to a five seconds.
the airbags. safe location. ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
The vehicle may have an electric 3. Come to a complete stop, shift Indicator Light): This mode allows
steering column lock. The lock is to P (Park), and turn the ignition some electrical accessories to be
activated when the vehicle is to OFF. On vehicles with an used when the engine is off.
switched to OFF and either front automatic transmission, the shift With the ignition off, pressing the
door is opened. A sound may be lever must be in P (Park) to turn button one time without the brake
heard as the lock actuates or the ignition switch to the OFF pedal applied will place the ignition
releases. The steering column lock position. system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
may not release with the wheels
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (24,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-24 Driving and Operating

The ignition will switch from ACC/ The instruments and audio systems
ACCESSORY to OFF after will operate as they do in ON/RUN, { Caution
five minutes to prevent battery but the vehicle will not be able to be
rundown. driven. The engine will not start in If you add electrical parts or
Service Only Mode. Press the accessories, you could change
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator the way the engine operates. Any
Light): This mode is for driving and button again to turn the vehicle off.
resulting damage would not be
starting. With the ignition off, and covered by the vehicle warranty.
the brake pedal applied, pressing Starting the Engine
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
the button once will place the Move the shift lever to P (Park) or on page 9-89.
ignition system in ON/RUN/START. N (Neutral). The engine will not start
Once engine cranking begins, in any other position. To restart the
release the button. Engine cranking engine when the vehicle is already Starting Procedure (Key
will continue until the engine starts. moving, use N (Neutral) only. Access)
See Starting the Engine on
page 9-24. The ignition will then 1. With your foot off the accelerator
remain in ON/RUN. { Caution pedal, turn the ignition key to
START. When the engine starts,
Service Only Mode Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the let go of the key. The idle speed
vehicle is moving. If you do, you will go down as the engine gets
This power mode is available for could damage the transmission.
service and diagnostics, and to warm. Do not race the engine
Shift to P (Park) only when the immediately after starting it.
verify the proper operation of the
vehicle is stopped. Operate the engine and
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection transmission gently to allow the
purposes. With the vehicle off, and oil to warm up and lubricate all
the brake pedal not applied, moving parts.
pressing and holding the button for
more than five seconds will place
the vehicle in Service Only Mode.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (25,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-25

When the low fuel warning lamp 2. If the engine does not start Starting Procedure (Keyless
is on and the FUEL LEVEL LOW after five to 10 seconds, Access)
message is displayed in the especially in very cold weather
Driver Information Center (DIC), (below −18°C or 0°F), it could be 1. With the Keyless Access
hold the ignition switch in the flooded with too much gasoline. system, the RKE transmitter
START position to continue Try pushing the accelerator must be in the vehicle. Press the
engine cranking. pedal all the way to the floor and ENGINE START/STOP button
holding it there while holding the with the brake pedal applied.
When the engine begins
{ Caution key in START for up to
15 seconds. Wait at least cranking, let go of the button.
Cranking the engine for long 15 seconds between each try, to The idle speed will go down as
periods of time, by returning the allow the cranking motor to cool the engine gets warm. Do not
ignition to the START position down. When the engine starts, race the engine immediately
immediately after cranking has let go of the key and accelerator. after starting it.
ended, can overheat and damage If the vehicle starts briefly but
If the RKE transmitter is not in
the cranking motor, and drain the then stops again, do the same
the vehicle, if there is
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds thing. This clears the extra
interference, or the RKE battery
gasoline from the engine. Do not
between each try, to let the is low, the Driver Information
race the engine immediately
cranking motor cool down. Center (DIC) will display a
after starting it. Operate the
message. See Key and Lock
engine and transmission gently
Messages on page 5-39.
until the oil warms up and
lubricates all moving parts.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (26,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-26 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle starts briefly but To Use the Engine Coolant

{ Caution then stops again, do the same Heater
thing. This clears the extra
Cranking the engine for long gasoline from the engine. Do not 1. Turn off the engine.
periods of time, by returning the race the engine immediately 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
ignition to the START position after starting it. Operate the electrical cord. The cord is by
immediately after cranking has engine and transmission gently the left front fender, next to the
ended, can overheat and damage until the oil warms up and engine compartment fuse block.
the cranking motor, and drain the lubricates all moving parts.
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do not
between each try, to let the Engine Heater use it. See your dealer for a
cranking motor cool down.
The engine coolant heater can replacement. Inspect the cord for
provide easier starting and better damage yearly.
2. If the engine does not start after fuel economy during engine 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
five to 10 seconds, especially in warm-up in cold weather conditions grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
very cold weather (below −18°C at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles
or 0°F), it could be flooded with with an engine heater should be
too much gasoline. Try pushing plugged in at least four hours before { Warning
the accelerator pedal all the way starting. There may be an internal Improper use of the heater cord
to the floor and holding it there thermostat in the plug end of the
as you press the ENGINE or an extension cord can damage
cord, which will prevent engine
START/STOP button, for up to a the cord and may result in
coolant heater operation at
maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at overheating and fire.
temperatures above −18°C (0°F).
least 15 seconds between each . Plug the cord into a
try, to allow the cranking motor three-prong electrical utility
to cool down. When the engine receptacle that is protected
starts, let go of the button, and (Continued)
the accelerator.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (27,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-27

The length of time the heater should

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
by a ground fault detection vehicle. Possible heater cord area where you will be parking the
function. An ungrounded and thermostat damage could vehicle for the best advice on this.
outlet could cause an electric occur.
shock. . While in use, do not let the Retained Accessory
. Use a weatherproof, heater cord touch vehicle
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated parts or sharp edges. Never
Power (RAP)
extension cord if needed. close the hood on the The following vehicle accessories
Failure to use the heater cord. can be used for up to 10 minutes
recommended extension cord . after the engine is turned off:
Before starting the vehicle,
in good operating condition, unplug the cord, reattach the . Audio System
or using a damaged heater or cover to the plug, and . Power Windows
extension cord, could make it securely fasten the cord.
overheat and cause a fire, Keep the cord away from any . OnStar System (if equipped)
property damage, electric moving parts.
shock, and injury.
. Sunroof (if equipped)
. Do not operate the vehicle
. Accessory Power Outlets. The
4. Before starting the engine, be console and center seat outlets
with the heater cord
sure to unplug and store the are RAP powered.
permanently attached to the
cord as it was before to keep it
(Continued) away from moving engine parts. These features work when the key
If you do not, it could be is in ON/RUN or ACC/
damaged. ACCESSORY. Once the key is
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
the windows and sunroof continue
to work up to 10 minutes until any
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (28,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-28 Driving and Operating

door is opened. The radio continues Leaving the Vehicle with the
to work for up to 10 minutes or until Warning (Continued) Engine Running
the driver door is opened.
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
Shifting Into Park trailer, see Driving Characteristics { Warning
and Towing Tips on page 9-74.
It can be dangerous to leave the
{ Warning 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
It can be dangerous to get out of set the parking brake. if the shift lever is not fully in
the vehicle if the shift lever is not See Parking Brake on P (Park) with the parking brake
fully in P (Park) with the parking page 9-42. firmly set.
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
2. Move the shift lever into the If you have four-wheel drive and
roll. If you have left the engine
P (Park) position by pulling the the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
running, the vehicle can move
shift lever toward you and the vehicle will be free to roll,
suddenly. You or others could be moving it up as far as it will go. even if the shift lever is in
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
3. Be sure the transfer case is in a P (Park). So be sure the transfer
not move, even when you are on
drive gear — not in N (Neutral). case is in a drive gear — not in
fairly level ground, use the steps
N (Neutral).
that follow. If the vehicle has a 4. Turn the ignition key to
four-wheel drive transfer case LOCK/OFF. And, if you leave the vehicle with
with a N (Neutral) position, and the engine running, it could
5. Remove the key and take it with
the transfer case is in N (Neutral), you. If you can leave the vehicle overheat and even catch fire. You
the vehicle will be free to roll, with the ignition key in your or others could be injured. Do not
even if the shift lever is in hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). leave the vehicle with the engine
P (Park). Be sure the transfer running unless you have to.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (29,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-29

If you have to leave the vehicle with When you are ready to drive, move The shift lock release is always
the engine running, be sure the the shift lever out of P (Park) before functional except in the case of an
vehicle is in P (Park) and the you release the parking brake. uncharged or low voltage (less than
parking brake is firmly set before If torque lock does occur, you may 9 volt) battery.
you leave it. After you move the shift need to have another vehicle push If the vehicle has an uncharged
lever into P (Park), hold the regular yours a little uphill to take some of battery or a battery with low voltage,
brake pedal down. Then, see if you the pressure from the parking pawl try charging or jump starting the
can move the shift lever away from in the transmission. You will then be battery. See Jump Starting on
P (Park) without first pulling it toward able to pull the shift lever out of page 10-79.
you. If you can, it means that the P (Park).
shift lever was not fully locked into To shift out of P (Park):
P (Park). 1. Apply the brake pedal.
Shifting out of Park
Torque Lock This vehicle is equipped with an 2. Move the shift lever to the
If you are parking on a hill and you electronic shift lock release system. desired position.
do not shift the transmission into The shift lock release is If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park) properly, the weight of the designed to: P (Park):
vehicle may put too much force on . Prevent ignition key removal 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
the parking pawl in the unless the shift lever is in lever.
transmission. You may find it difficult P (Park).
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). 2. While holding down the brake
This is called torque lock. To . Prevent movement of the shift pedal, press the shift lever all
prevent torque lock, set the parking lever out of P (Park), unless the the way into P (Park).
brake and then shift into P (Park) ignition is in ON/RUN and the
3. Move the shift lever to the
properly before you leave the driver regular brake pedal is applied.
desired position.
seat. To find out how, see Shifting
Into Park on page 9-28. If you are still having a problem
shifting, then have the vehicle
serviced soon.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (30,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-30 Driving and Operating

Parking over Things When less power is required, such Engine Exhaust
as cruising at a constant vehicle
That Burn speed, the system will operate in
the half cylinder mode, allowing the { Warning
{ Warning vehicle to achieve better fuel
Engine exhaust contains carbon
economy. When greater power
Things that can burn could touch demands are required, such as monoxide (CO) which cannot be
hot exhaust parts under the accelerating from a stop, passing, seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
vehicle and ignite. Do not park or merging onto a freeway, the can cause unconsciousness and
over papers, leaves, dry grass, system will maintain full-cylinder even death.
or other things that can burn. operation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
If the vehicle has an Active Fuel . The vehicle idles in areas
Active Fuel Management® Management indicator, see Driver with poor ventilation (parking
Information Center (DIC) (Base garages, tunnels, deep snow
Vehicles with V8 engines may have Level) on page 5-30 or Driver
Active Fuel Management. This that may block underbody
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) airflow or tail pipes).
system allows the engine to operate on page 5-32 for more information
on either all or half of its cylinders, . The exhaust smells or
on using this display.
depending on the driving conditions. sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (31,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-31

Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic
in the vehicle body from
engine running. shift lever position indicator within
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is
be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-28 There are several different positions
if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9-30.
coming into the vehicle: for the shift lever.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics
completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9-74.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a See “Range Selection Mode” under
building that has no fresh air Manual Mode on page 9-34.
ventilation. P (Park): This position locks the
rear wheels. It is the best position to
use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily. When parked on a hill,
especially when the vehicle has a
heavy load, you might notice an
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (32,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-32 Driving and Operating

increase in the effort to shift out of R (Reverse): Use this gear to

P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under back up. { Warning
Shifting Into Park on page 9-28.
Shifting into a drive gear while the
{ Caution engine is running at high speed is
{ Warning Shifting to R (Reverse) while the dangerous. Unless your foot is
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle is moving forward could firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully damage the transmission. The vehicle could move very rapidly.
in P (Park) with the parking brake repairs would not be covered by You could lose control and hit
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the vehicle warranty. Shift to people or objects. Do not shift
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle into a drive gear while the engine
Do not leave the vehicle when the is running at high speed.
engine is running. If you have left is stopped.
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others To rock the vehicle back and forth to
could be injured. To be sure the get out of snow, ice, or sand without { Caution
vehicle will not move, even when damaging the transmission, see If
you are on fairly level ground, the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-13. Shifting out of P (Park) or
always set the parking brake and N (Neutral) with the engine
N (Neutral): In this position, the running at high speed may
move the shift lever to P (Park). engine does not connect with the
See Shifting Into Park on damage the transmission. The
wheels. To restart when you are
page 9-28 and Driving repairs would not be covered by
already moving, use N (Neutral)
Characteristics and Towing Tips the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the
on page 9-74. vehicle is being towed. engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (33,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-33

D (Drive): This position is for The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with
normal driving. It provides the best feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when the
fuel economy. If you need more shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this
power for passing, and you are: conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process,
. Going less than about 55 km/h upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the
(35 mph), push the accelerator stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best
pedal about halfway down. determine, before making an settings.
upshift, if the engine is able to When temperatures are very cold,
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
more, push the accelerator all the transmission's gear shifting
things such as vehicle speed, could be delayed providing more
the way down. throttle position, and vehicle load. stable shifts until the engine warms
By doing this, the vehicle shifts If the shift stabilization feature up. Shifts could be more noticeable
down to the next gear and has determines that a current vehicle with a cold transmission. This
more power. speed cannot be maintained, the difference in shifting is normal.
transmission does not upshift and
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode instead holds the current gear. M (Manual Mode): This position
when towing a trailer, carrying a In some cases, this could appear to allows selection of a range of gears
heavy load, driving on steep hills, be a delayed shift, however the appropriate for current driving
or driving off-road. Shift the transmission is operating normally. conditions. If equipped, see “Range
transmission to a lower gear Selection Mode” under Manual
selection if the transmission shifts The transmission uses adaptive Mode on page 9-34.
too often. shift controls. The adaptive shift
control process continually
Downshifting the transmission in compares key shift parameters to { Caution
slippery road conditions could result pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
in skidding. See “Skidding” under Spinning the tires or holding the
in the transmission’s computer. The
Loss of Control on page 9-5. transmission constantly makes vehicle in one place on a hill
adjustments to improve vehicle using only the accelerator pedal
performance according to how the (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (34,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-34 Driving and Operating

To disable or enable Normal Mode while driving downhill or towing a

Caution (Continued) Grade Braking within the current trailer by letting you select a desired
ignition key cycle, press and hold range of gears.
may damage the transmission. the Tow/Haul button for
The repair will not be covered by To use this feature:
five seconds. When the button is
the vehicle warranty. If you are released, the requested mode 1. Move the shift lever to
stuck, do not spin the tires. When change is made. A DIC message M (Manual Mode).
stopping on a hill, use the brakes displays. See Transmission 2. Press the plus/minus buttons on
to hold the vehicle in place. Messages on page 5-45. the shift lever to select the
For other forms of grade braking, desired range of gears for
Normal Mode Grade Braking see Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-36 current driving conditions.
and Cruise Control on page 9-47. When the shift lever is moved from
If equipped with a gasoline engine
and an automatic transmission, D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
Normal Mode Grade Braking is Manual Mode number displays next to the M,
enabled when the vehicle is started, indicating the current transmission
Range Selection Mode range.
but is not enabled in Range
Selection Mode. It assists in This number is the highest gear that
maintaining desired vehicle speeds the transmission will command while
when driving on downhill grades by operating in M (Manual Mode).
using the engine and transmission All gears below that number are
to slow the vehicle. The first time available. As driving conditions
the system engages for each change, the transmission can
ignition key cycle, a DIC message automatically shift to lower gears.
will be displayed. See Transmission If equipped, Range Selection Mode
Messages on page 5-45. helps control the vehicle's
transmission and vehicle speed
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (35,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-35

For example, when 5 (Fifth) is Gear before shifting from

selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
gears are automatically shifted by
the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) Range after shifting from
M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1
cannot be used until the plus/minus D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
button on the shift lever is used to
change to the range.
In vehicles with gasoline engines, Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode
when the shift lever is moved from Range Selection Mode is active.
Low Traction Mode assists in
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-36.
vehicle acceleration when road
downshift may occur. The gear that While using Range Selection Mode, conditions are slippery, such as with
the transmission is operating in cruise control and the Tow/Haul ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a
when the shift lever is moved from Mode can be used. stop, select M2 using Range
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode) Selection Mode. This will limit
determines if a downshift occurs.
See the following chart.
{ Caution torque to the wheels and help to
prevent the tires from spinning.
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (36,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-36 Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul Mode button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is To disable or enable Tow/Haul
enabled, a light on the instrument Grade Braking within the current
cluster will come on. ignition key cycle, press and
See Tow/Haul Mode Light on hold the Tow/Haul button for
page 5-26 and Hill and Mountain five seconds. When the button is
Roads on page 9-11. released, the requested mode
change is made. A DIC message is
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under displayed. See Transmission
Towing Equipment on page 9-82. Messages on page 5-45.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking See Towing Equipment on
page 9-82.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
only enabled while the Tow/Haul For other forms of grade braking,
Mode is selected and the vehicle is see Automatic Transmission on
not in the Range Selection Mode. page 9-31 and Cruise Control on
The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed page 9-47.
transmission shift pattern to reduce previously and Manual Mode on
shift cycling. This provides page 9-34. Tow/Haul Mode Grade
increased performance, vehicle Braking assists in maintaining
control, and enhanced transmission desired vehicle speeds when driving
and engine cooling when driving on downhill grades by using the
down steep hills or mountain engine and transmission to slow the
grades, towing, or hauling heavy vehicle.
loads.
The selector button is on the end of
the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul
Mode on and off by pressing the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (37,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-37

Drive Systems Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction

{ Warning Control and StabiliTrak® off. See
Four-Wheel Drive Shifting the transfer case to Traction Control/Electronic Stability
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Control on page 9-44.
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra to roll even if the transmission is Two Speed Automatic
traction. Read the appropriate in P (Park). You or someone else Transfer Case
section for transfer case operation could be seriously injured. Be
before using. sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on
{ Caution page 9-42.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive for an extended
period of time may cause
premature wear on the system.
{ Caution
The damage would not be Extended high-speed operation in
covered by the vehicle warranty. 4 n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive may: Use the transfer case knob next to
Engagement noise and bump when the steering wheel to shift into and
. Cause a vibration to be felt in shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from out of four-wheel drive.
the steering system. N (Neutral), with the engine running, Indicator lights display which setting
. Cause tires to wear faster. is normal. the transfer case is in. N (Neutral) is
. Make the transfer case harder to indicated on the knob. The indicator
shift, and cause it to run noisier. lights will display briefly when the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (38,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-38 Driving and Operating

ignition is turned on and one will 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): Use Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction
stay on. If the lights display for driving on most streets and Control and StabiliTrak off. See
momentarily when the ignition is in highways. The front axle is not Traction Control/Electronic Stability
ON/RUN, but none stay on, the engaged. This setting provides the Control on page 9-44.
knob may have been turned while best fuel economy.
the vehicle was off. To see the Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO
indicator, turn the knob to another AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
position so that it matches the Drive): Use when road surface Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO
actual transfer case setting. If no traction conditions are variable. position at any speed, except from
lights display, take the vehicle to When driving in AUTO, the front 4 n. The indicator light will flash
your dealer for service. An indicator axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
while shifting and will remain on
light flashes while shifting the power is sent to the front and rear
when the shift is completed.
transfer case and remains wheels automatically based on
illuminated when the shift is driving conditions. This setting Shifting Into 2 m
complete. provides slightly lower fuel economy
than 2 m. Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed,
If the transfer case cannot make a
requested shift, it will return to the except when shifting from 4 n. The
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use indicator light will flash while shifting
last chosen setting. Turn the knob this position when extra traction is
back to the previous transfer case and will remain on when the shift is
needed, such as when driving on completed.
setting to see the indicator. snowy or icy roads, when
The settings are: off-roading, or when plowing snow. Shifting Into 4 n
N (Neutral): Use only when the 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle
vehicle needs to be towed. See setting engages the front axle and speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).
Recreational Vehicle Towing on delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
page 10-83 or Towing the Vehicle
when driving off-road in deep sand,
on page 10-83.
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (39,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-39

To shift into 4 n: 30 seconds and not complete the

shift. After 30 seconds the transfer { Caution
1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob Shifting the transmission into gear
and the vehicle must be stopped
or moving less than 5 km/h to 4 m to display the indicator. With before the requested mode
(3 mph) with the transmission in the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h indicator light has stopped
N (Neutral). It is best for the (3 mph), and the transmission in flashing could damage the
vehicle to be moving N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. transfer case.
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
Shifting Out of 4 n
2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for the If the transmission is in gear and/or
To shift: moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
4 n indicator light to stop flashing
before shifting the transmission 1. The vehicle must be stopped or the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light
into gear. moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) will flash for 30 seconds but will not
with the transmission in complete the shift. With the vehicle
N (Neutral) and the ignition in
{ Caution ON/RUN. It is best for the
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph),
and the transmission in N (Neutral),
vehicle to be moving attempt the shift again.
Shifting the transmission into gear
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
before the requested mode Shifting Into N (Neutral)
indicator light has stopped 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, or
flashing could damage the To shift:
2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, or
transfer case. 1. Park the vehicle on a level
2 m indicator light to stop flashing
surface.
before shifting the transmission
If the transmission is in gear and/or into gear. 2. Set the parking brake and press
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), and hold the brake pedal. See
the 4 n indicator light will flash for Parking Brake on page 9-42.
3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition to ON/RUN.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (40,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-40 Driving and Operating

4. Shift the transmission to 9. Place the transmission shift Single Speed Automatic
N (Neutral). lever in P (Park). See Transfer Case
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. page 10-83.
6. Turn the transfer case knob 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
stops and hold it there until the Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
N (Neutral) light starts blinking. To shift:
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly release 1. Set the parking brake and apply
the brake pedal.
the dial to the 4 n position. The
N (Neutral) light will come on 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
when the transfer case shift to the engine off.
N (Neutral) is complete. 3. Shift the transmission to
7. With the engine running, verify N (Neutral).
that the transfer case is in 4. Turn the transfer case knob to Use the transfer case knob next to
N (Neutral) by shifting the the desired setting. the steering wheel to shift into and
transmission to R (Reverse), out of four-wheel drive.
then shift the transmission to After the transfer case has
shifted out of N (Neutral), the Indicator lights display which setting
D (Drive). There should be no the transfer case is in. The indicator
movement of the vehicle while N (Neutral) light will go out.
lights will display briefly when the
shifting the transmission. 5. Release the parking brake. ignition is turned on and one will
8. Turn the engine off, and the 6. Start the engine and shift the stay on. If the lights display
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. transmission to the desired gear. momentarily when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, but none stay on, the
knob may have been turned while
the vehicle was off. To see the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (41,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-41

indicator, turn the knob to another power is sent to the front and rear Brakes
position so that it matches the wheels automatically based on
actual transfer case setting. If no driving conditions. This setting
lights display, take the vehicle to provides slightly lower fuel economy Antilock Brake
your dealer for service. An indicator than 2 m. System (ABS)
light flashes while shifting the
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
transfer case and remains 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use
electronic braking system that helps
illuminated when the shift is this position when extra traction is prevent a braking skid.
complete. needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when When the vehicle begins to drive
If the transfer case cannot make a
off-roading, or when plowing snow. away, ABS checks itself.
requested shift, it will return to the
A momentary motor or clicking noise
last chosen setting. Turn the knob Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO might be heard while this test is
back to the previous transfer case
going on, and it might even be
setting to see the indicator. Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO noticed that the brake pedal moves
The settings are: position. This can be done at any a little. This is normal.
speed. The indicator light will flash
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): Use while shifting. It will remain on when
for driving on most streets and the shift is completed.
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the Shifting Into 2 m
best fuel economy.
Turn the knob to the 2 m position.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel This can be done at any speed. The
Drive): Use when road surface indicator light will flash while If there is a problem with ABS, this
traction conditions are variable. shifting. It will remain on when the warning light stays on. See Antilock
When driving in AUTO, the front shift is completed. Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
axle is engaged, and the vehicle's on page 5-25.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (42,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-42 Driving and Operating

If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always Parking Brake
becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to
brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS.
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are Using ABS
slowing down. If one of the wheels Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
is about to stop rolling, the computer the brake pedal down firmly and let
will separately work the brakes at ABS work. You may hear the ABS
each wheel. pump or motor operating and feel
ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate. This is
to each wheel, as required, faster normal.
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard. ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help Set the parking brake by holding the
computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best regular brake pedal down, then
on wheel speed and controls braking. pushing down the parking brake
braking pressure accordingly. pedal.
Remember: ABS does not change If the ignition is on, the brake
the time needed to get a foot up to system warning light will come on.
the brake pedal or always decrease See Brake System Warning Light on
stopping distance. If you get too page 5-24.
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (43,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-43

Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Caution
The Brake Assist feature is Vehicles with StabiliTrak have an
Driving with the parking brake on designed to assist the driver in HSA feature, which may be useful
can overheat the brake system stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a
and cause premature wear or speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to
damage to brake system parts. conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling,
Make sure that the parking brake stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during
is fully released and the brake control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver
warning light is off before driving. power brake system under completely stops and holds the
conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on a
quickly and forcefully applied the grade, HSA will be automatically
To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition
the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The period between when the driver
push down momentarily on the stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts
parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure for
foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates. a maximum of two seconds to
If the parking brake is not released Minor brake pedal pulsation or ensure that there is no rolling. The
when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is brakes will automatically release
system warning light will flash and a normal and the driver should when the accelerator pedal is
chime will sound warning you that continue to apply the brake pedal as applied within the two-second
the parking brake is still on. the driving situation dictates. window. If the vehicle is equipped
If you are towing a trailer and are The Brake Assist feature will with the Integrated Trailer Brake
parking on a hill, see Driving automatically disengage when the Control (ITBC) system, HSA may
Characteristics and Towing Tips on brake pedal is released or brake also apply the trailer brakes.
page 9-74. pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (44,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-44 Driving and Operating

It will not activate if the vehicle is in Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
a drive gear and facing downhill or if driver in keeping the vehicle on the
the vehicle is facing uphill and in intended path. Trailer Sway Control
R (Reverse). There may be Traction Control/ (TSC) is also on automatically when
situations on minor hills (less than Electronic Stability the vehicle is started. See Trailer
5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or Control Sway Control (TSC) on page 9-88.
while pulling a trailer where HSA If cruise control is being used and
may activate. System Operation traction control or StabiliTrak begins
The vehicle has a Traction Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an disengage. Cruise control may be
electronic stability control system. turned back on when road
These systems help limit wheel spin conditions allow.
and assist the driver in maintaining Both systems come on
control, especially on slippery road automatically when the vehicle is
conditions. started and begins to move. The
TCS activates if it senses that any systems may be heard or felt while
of the drive wheels are spinning or they are operating or while
beginning to lose traction. When this performing diagnostic checks. This
happens, TCS applies the brakes to is normal and does not mean there
the spinning wheels and reduces is a problem with the vehicle.
engine power to limit wheel spin. It is recommended to leave both
StabiliTrak activates when the systems on for normal driving
vehicle senses a difference between conditions, but it may be necessary
the intended path and the direction to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
the vehicle is actually traveling. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (45,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-45

See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on

. Turn on and stay on when either Turning the Systems Off
page 9-13 and “Turning the system is not working. and On
Systems Off and On” later in this If either system fails to turn on or to
section. activate, a message displays in the
When the transfer case is in Driver Information Center (DIC), and
Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability d comes on and stays on to
system is automatically disabled, indicate that the system is inactive
the StabiliTrak OFF light comes on, and is not assisting the driver in
and the appropriate message will maintaining control. The vehicle is
appear on the DIC. Both traction safe to drive, but driving should be The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
control and StabiliTrak are adjusted accordingly. is on the instrument panel to the left
automatically disabled in this If d comes on and stays on: of the steering wheel.
condition.
1. Stop the vehicle.
{ Caution
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds. Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
3. Start the engine.
off. The vehicle driveline could be
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on damaged.
and stays on, the vehicle may need
The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem. To turn off only TCS, press and
is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your
light will: dealer. release the g button. The traction
. Flash when TCS is limiting off light i displays in the instrument
wheel spin. cluster. The appropriate message
will display in the DIC. See Ride
. Flash when StabiliTrak is Control System Messages on
activated. page 5-42. To turn TCS on again,
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (46,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-46 Driving and Operating

press and release the g button. The StabiliTrak will automatically turn on position of the vehicle. The
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h controller then sends signals to
traction off light i displayed in the
(35 mph). Traction control will each shock absorber to
instrument cluster will turn off. remain off. independently adjust the damping
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when The vehicle has a Trailer Sway level to provide the optimum
the g button is pressed, the system Control (TSC) feature and a Hill vehicle ride.
will not turn off until the wheels stop Start Assist (HSA) feature. See Magnetic Ride Control also interacts
spinning. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, page 9-88 or Hill Start Assist (HSA) activated, will provide additional
on page 9-43. control of the shock absorbers. This
press and hold the g button until additional control results in better
the traction off light i and the Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See ride and handling characteristics
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on Accessories and Modifications on when the vehicle is loaded or towing
and stay on in the instrument page 10-3. a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode”
cluster, then release. The under Towing Equipment on
appropriate message will display in page 9-82.
Magnetic Ride Control
the DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages on page 5-42. This vehicle may have a semi-active Locking Rear Axle
damping system called Magnetic
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on Ride Control. With this feature, Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
again, press and release the g improved vehicle ride and handling give more traction on snow, mud,
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
button. The traction off light i and is provided under a variety of
passenger and loading conditions. standard axle most of the time, but
the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the when traction is low, this feature will
instrument cluster turn off. Magnetic Ride Control is fully allow the rear wheel with the most
automatic and uses a computer traction to move the vehicle.
controller to continuously monitor
vehicle speed, wheel to body
position, lift/dive, and steering
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (47,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-47

Automatic Level Control The system may exhaust (lower Cruise Control
vehicle height) for up to 10 minutes
The automatic level control rear after the ignition key has been
suspension is available on light-duty turned off. You may hear the air { Warning
vehicles and comes as a part of the compressor operating when the
MagneRide suspension, if equipped. height is being adjusted. Cruise control can be dangerous
Automatic Level Control (ALC) may where you cannot drive safely at
also be available as a stand alone If a weight-distributing hitch is being a steady speed. Do not use
feature. used, it is recommended to allow cruise control on winding roads or
the shocks to inflate, thereby in heavy traffic.
This type of level control is fully leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting
automatic and will provide a better the hitch. Cruise control can be dangerous
leveled riding position as well as on slippery roads. On such roads,
better handling under a variety of fast changes in tire traction can
passenger and loading conditions. cause excessive wheel slip, and
An air compressor connected to the you could lose control. Do not use
rear shocks will raise or lower the cruise control on slippery roads.
rear of the vehicle to maintain
proper vehicle height. The system is
activated when the ignition key is With cruise control, a speed of
turned to ON/RUN and will about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
automatically adjust vehicle height be maintained without keeping your
thereafter. foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (48,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-48 Driving and Operating

This vehicle has a Hydra-Matic® * (Cancel): Press to disengage

6-speed automatic transmission. cruise control without erasing the
See “Tow/Haul Mode Grade set speed from memory.
Braking” under Tow/Haul Mode on
page 9-36 for an explanation of how Setting Cruise Control
cruise control interacts with the If 5 is on when not in use, the
Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul
SET− or +RES control could get
Mode, and Grade Braking systems.
pressed and go into cruise when not
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the desired. Keep the cruise 5 button
system begins to limit wheel spin, off when cruise is not being used.
cruise control will automatically
disengage. See Traction Control/ The cruise control light on the
Electronic Stability Control on instrument cluster will come on
page 9-44. If a collision alert occurs 5 (On/Off): Press to turn the green after the cruise control has
when cruise control is activated, system on or off. A white indicator been set to the desired speed.
cruise control is disengaged. See comes on in the instrument cluster.
1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) SET− (Set/Coast): Press briefly to system on.
System on page 9-61. When road set the speed and activate cruise
conditions allow the cruise control to control. If cruise control is already 2. Get up to the desired speed.
be safely used again, it can be active, use to decrease vehicle 3. Press and release SET−.
turned back on. speed. The desired set speed briefly
+RES (Resume/Accelerate): If appears in the instrument
there is a set speed in memory, cluster.
press to resume that speed or press 4. Remove foot from the
and hold to accelerate. If cruise accelerator.
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (49,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-49

The cruise control indicator on the

. To increase vehicle speed in page 5-12. The increment value
instrument cluster turns green after small increments, briefly press used depends on the units
cruise control has been set to the +RES. For each press, the displayed.
desired speed. See Instrument vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
Cluster on page 5-12. (1 mph) faster. Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Resuming a Set Speed The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric Use the accelerator pedal to
If the cruise control is set at a units. See Instrument Cluster on increase the vehicle speed. When
desired speed and then the brakes page 5-12. The increment value you take your foot off the pedal, the
are applied, the cruise control is used depends on the units vehicle will slow down to the
disengaged without erasing the set displayed. previous set cruise speed. While
speed from memory. pressing the accelerator pedal or
Reducing Speed While Using shortly following the release to
Once the vehicle speed reaches Cruise Control
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, override cruise control, briefly
briefly press the +RES button. The If the cruise control system is pressing the SET– button will result
vehicle returns to the previous set already activated: in cruise control set to the current
speed. .
vehicle speed.
Press and hold the SET– button
Increasing Speed While Using until the desired lower speed is Using Cruise Control on Hills
Cruise Control reached, then release it. How well the cruise control works
If the cruise control system is
. To slow down in small on hills depends on the vehicle
already activated: increments, briefly press SET–. speed, the load, and the steepness
For each press, the vehicle goes of the hills. When going up steep
. Press and hold the +RES button about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. hills, pressing the accelerator pedal
on the steering wheel until the may be necessary to maintain
vehicle accelerates to the The speedometer reading can be
vehicle speed. When going
desired speed, then release it. displayed in either English or metric
downhill, Cruise Grade Braking
units. See Instrument Cluster on
helps maintain the driver selected
speed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (50,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-50 Driving and Operating

Cruise Grade Braking is enabled

. Shift the transmission to If a vehicle is detected in your path,
when the vehicle is started and N (Neutral). ACC can apply acceleration or
cruise control is active. It is not . To turn off cruise control, limited, moderate braking to
enabled in Range Selection Mode. press 5. maintain the selected following gap.
It assists in maintaining driver To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
selected speed when driving on Erasing Speed Memory If ACC is controlling your vehicle
downhill grades by using the engine speed when the traction control
The cruise control set speed is
and transmission to slow the system (TCS) or electronic stability
vehicle. erased from memory when the 5 control system activates, the ACC
button is pressed, or if the ignition is may automatically disengage. See
To disable and enable Cruise Grade turned off.
Braking for the current ignition key Traction Control/Electronic Stability
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul Control on page 9-44. When road
button for three seconds. A DIC
Adaptive Cruise Control conditions allow ACC to be safely
message displays. See If equipped with Adaptive Cruise used, the ACC can be turned
Transmission Messages on Control (ACC), it allows the driver to back on.
page 5-45. select the cruise control set speed ACC will not engage if the TCS or
For other forms of Grade Braking, and following gap. Read this entire electronic stability control system is
see Automatic Transmission on section before using this system. disabled.
page 9-31 andTow/Haul Mode on The following gap is the following
page 9-36. time between your vehicle and a
vehicle detected directly ahead in
{ Warning
Ending Cruise Control your path, moving in the same ACC has limited braking ability
There are four ways to end cruise direction. If no vehicle is detected in and may not have time to slow
control: your path, ACC works like regular the vehicle down enough to avoid
cruise control. ACC uses a radar a collision with another vehicle
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. sensor. See Radio Frequency you are following. This can occur
Statement on page 13-12.
. Press *. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (51,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-51

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

when vehicles suddenly slow or
stop ahead, or enter your lane. Do not use Adaptive Cruise
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in Control when:
this section. Complete attention is . On winding and hilly roads or
always required while driving and when the sensors are
you should be ready to take blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
action and apply the brakes. See The system may not detect a
Defensive Driving on page 9-3. vehicle ahead. Keep the
entire front of the vehicle
clean.

{ Warning . Visibility is low, such as in 5 (On/Off): Press to turn the

fog, rain, or snow conditions. system on or off. The indicator turns
Adaptive Cruise Control will not Adaptive Cruise Control white on the instrument cluster
detect or brake for children, performance is limited under when ACC is turned on.
pedestrians, animals, or other these conditions.
SET– (Set/Coast): Press briefly to
objects. . On slippery roads where fast set the speed and activate ACC.
(Continued) changes in tire traction can If cruise control is already active,
cause excessive wheel slip. use to decrease vehicle speed.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate):
Press briefly to resume the previous
set speed or hold to accelerate.
If ACC is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (52,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-52 Driving and Operating

* (Cancel): Press to disengage 3. Press and release the SET– Resuming a Set Speed
ACC without erasing the selected control on the steering wheel. If the ACC is set at a desired speed
set speed. 4. Remove foot from the and then the brakes are applied,
3 (Follow Distance Gap): Press accelerator. ACC is disengaged without erasing
to select a following gap time (or After ACC is set, it may immediately the set speed from memory.
distance) setting for ACC of Far, apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead To begin using ACC again, press
Medium, or Near. is detected closer than the selected +RES on the steering wheel. The
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control following gap. vehicle returns to the previous set
speed.
If the cruise button is on when not in
use, the cruise on/off control could Increasing Speed While ACC is at
get pressed and cruise control could a Set Speed
become active when not desired. If ACC is already activated, do one
Keep the cruise control off when of the following:
cruise is not being used. . Use the accelerator to get to the
Select the set speed desired for The ACC indicator displays on the higher speed. Press SET– .
cruise. This is the vehicle speed Driver Information Center (DIC) in Release the control and the
when no vehicle is detected in the instrument cluster. When ACC is accelerator pedal. The vehicle
its path. active, the indicator turns green. will now cruise at the higher
ACC will not set or resume at a Be mindful of speed limits, speed.
speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph). surrounding traffic speeds, and When the accelerator pedal is
To set ACC: weather conditions when selecting pressed, ACC will not brake
the set speed. because it is overridden.
1. Press 5. A warning message will appear
2. Get up to the desired speed. on the Driver Information Center
(DIC). See Cruise Control
Messages on page 5-36.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (53,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-53

. Press and hold +RES until the Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
desired set speed appears on Set Speed
the display, then release it. When a slower moving vehicle is
If ACC is already activated, do one detected ahead within the selected
. To increase vehicle speed in of the following: following gap, ACC will adjust the
small increments, briefly press vehicle's speed and attempt to
+RES. For each press, the
. Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Press maintain the follow distance gap
vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h selected.
(1 mph) faster mark on the SET– and release the
speedometer. accelerator pedal. The vehicle Press 3 on the steering wheel to
will now cruise at the lower adjust the following gap. When
When it is determined that there is speed. pressed, the current gap setting
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle . Press and hold SET– until the displays briefly on the instrument
ahead is beyond the selected
desired lower speed is reached, cluster. Subsequent presses cycle
following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed. then release it. the 3 button through three
. To decrease the vehicle speed in settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The
The speedometer reading can be gap setting will be maintained until it
displayed in either English or metric small increments, briefly press
SET−. For each press, the is changed.
units. See Instrument Cluster on
page 5-12. The increment value vehicle speed goes to the next Since each gap setting corresponds
used depends on the units 1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on to a following time (Far, Medium,
displayed. the speedometer. or Near), the following distance will
The speedometer reading can be vary based on vehicle speed. The
displayed in either English or metric faster the vehicle speed, the further
units. See Instrument Cluster on back your vehicle will follow a
page 5-12. The increment value vehicle detected ahead. Consider
used depends on the units traffic and weather conditions when
displayed. selecting the following gap.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (54,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-54 Driving and Operating

The range of selectable gaps may times. See “Collision/Detection speed increases or decreases to
not be appropriate for all drivers and Systems” under Vehicle follow the vehicle in front of you, but
driving conditions. Personalization on page 5-48. will not exceed the set speed. It may
Changing the gap setting See Defensive Driving on page 9-3. apply limited braking, if necessary.
automatically changes the alert When braking is active, the brake
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, Approaching and Following a lights will come on. The automatic
or Near) for the Forward Collision Vehicle braking may feel or sound different
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward than if the brakes were applied
Collision Alert (FCA) System on manually. This is normal.
page 9-61. Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
Alerting the Driver Objects

{ Warning
The vehicle ahead symbol is in the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
instrument cluster. may not detect and react to
The vehicle ahead symbol only stopped or slow-moving vehicles
displays when a vehicle is detected ahead of you. For example, the
in your vehicle’s path moving in the system may not brake for a
If ACC is engaged, driver action same direction. vehicle it has never detected
may be required when ACC cannot moving. This can occur in
apply sufficient braking because of If this symbol is not displaying, ACC
will not respond to or brake to stop-and-go traffic or when a
approaching a vehicle too rapidly. vehicle suddenly appears due to
vehicles ahead.
When this condition occurs, six red a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
lights will flash on the windshield, ACC automatically slows the vehicle
Your vehicle may not stop and
and either eight beeps will sound down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow the vehicle in front at the could cause a crash. Use caution
from the front, or both sides of the (Continued)
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five selected follow gap. The vehicle
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (55,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-55

A message will appear on the DIC Curves in the Road

Warning (Continued) indicating that cruise is disengaging.
when using ACC. Your complete The ACC active symbol will not be { Warning
attention is always required while displayed when ACC is no longer
active. On curves, ACC may not detect a
driving and you should be ready vehicle ahead in your lane. You
to take action and apply the ACC Override could be startled if the vehicle
brakes. accelerates up to the set speed,
If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC is active, a warning message especially when following a
ACC Automatically Disengages in the DIC will indicate that vehicle exiting or entering exit
ACC may automatically disengage automatic braking will not occur. ramps. You could lose control of
and you will need to manually apply See Vehicle Messages on the vehicle or crash. Do not use
the brakes to slow the vehicle when: page 5-35. ACC will resume ACC while driving on an entrance
operation when the accelerator or exit ramp. Always be ready to
. Your vehicle speed goes below pedal is not being pressed. use the brakes if necessary.
the minimum speed of 16 km/h
(10 mph).
{ Warning
. The sensors are blocked.
. The Traction Control System
The ACC will not automatically { Warning
(TCS) or electronic stability apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal. On curves, ACC may respond to
control system has activated or a vehicle in another lane, or may
been disabled. You could crash into a vehicle
ahead of you. not have time to react to a vehicle
. No traffic or other objects are in your lane. You could crash into
being detected. a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
. There is a fault in the system. control of your vehicle. Give extra
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (56,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-56 Driving and Operating

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

Warning (Continued)
attention in curves and be ready
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in a

sharp curve. It may reduce the ACC may detect a vehicle that is
vehicle speed if the curve is too not in your lane and apply the
sharp. brakes. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
ACC may occasionally provide an until it is completely in the lane. The
alert and/or braking that is brakes may need to be manually
considered unnecessary. It could applied.
respond to vehicles in different
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.

When following a vehicle and

entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens, the vehicle ahead
symbol will not appear.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (57,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-57

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Disengaging ACC Driver Assistance

When Towing a Trailer There are three ways to
disengage ACC:
Systems
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
. Press *. or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
. Press 5. this entire section before using
Erasing Speed Memory these systems.

The cruise control set speed is

erased from memory if 5 is pressed
{ Warning
Do not use ACC when driving on or if the ignition is turned off. Do not rely on the Driver
steep hills or when towing a trailer. Assistance Systems. These
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the Cleaning the Sensing System
systems do not replace the need
lane while driving on steep hills. The The radar sensor on the front of the for paying attention and driving
driver will often need to take over vehicle can become blocked by
acceleration and braking on steep safely. You may not hear or feel
snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area alerts or warnings provided by
hills, especially when towing a needs to be cleaned for ACC to
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the these systems. Failure to use
operate properly. proper care when driving may
ACC disengages.
For cleaning instructions, see result in injury, death, or vehicle
“Washing the Vehicle” under damage. See Defensive Driving
Exterior Care on page 10-88. on page 9-3.
System operation may also be (Continued)
limited under snow, heavy rain,
or road spray conditions.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (58,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-58 Driving and Operating

Audible or Safety Alert Seat Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

Warning (Continued)
Some driver assistance features When the vehicle is shifted into
alert the driver of obstacles by R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
Under many conditions, these beeping. To change the volume of image of the area behind the vehicle
systems will not: the warning chime, see “Comfort in the center stack display. The
. Detect children, pedestrians, and Convenience” under Vehicle previous screen displays when the
bicyclists, or animals. Personalization on page 5-48. vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
If equipped with the Safety Alert after a short delay. To return to the
. Detect vehicles or objects previous screen sooner, press a
outside the area monitored by Seat, the driver seat cushion may
provide a vibrating pulse alert button on the infotainment system,
the system. shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
instead of beeping. To change this,
. Work at all driving speeds. see “Collision/Detection Systems” speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). The rear
under Vehicle Personalization on vision camera is above the license
. Warn you or provide you with plate.
enough time to avoid a crash. page 5-48.
. Work under poor visibility or Assistance Systems for
bad weather conditions.
Parking or Backing
. Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
Front Park Assist (FPA), and Rear
Complete attention is always Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help
required while driving, and you the driver park or avoid objects.
should be ready to take action Always check around the vehicle
and apply the brakes and/or steer when parking or backing.
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (59,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-59

1. View Displayed by the the ground and below bumper level.

Camera { Warning These detection distances may be
shorter during warmer or humid
The RVC system does not display weather. Blocked sensors will not
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, detect objects and can also cause
crossing traffic, animals, or any false detections. Keep the sensors
other object located outside the clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
camera's field of view, below the slush; and clean sensors after a car
bumper, or under the vehicle. wash in freezing temperatures.
Perceived distances may be
different from actual distances.
Do not back the vehicle using
{ Warning
1. View Displayed by the only the RVC screen. Failure to The parking assist system does
Camera use proper care before backing not detect children, pedestrians,
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper may result in injury, death, bicyclists, animals, or objects
or vehicle damage. Always check located below the bumper or that
Displayed images may be farther or behind and around the vehicle are too close or too far from the
closer than they appear. The area before backing. vehicle. It is not available at
displayed is limited and objects that
speeds greater than 8 km/h
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not Parking Assist (5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
display. or vehicle damage, even with
With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, parking assist, always check the
A warning triangle may display on as the vehicle moves at speeds of area around the vehicle and
the RVC screen to show where the less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the check all mirrors before moving
RPA has detected an object. This sensors on the bumpers may detect
forward or backing.
triangle changes from amber to red objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
and increases in size the closer the 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
object. within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (60,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-60 Driving and Operating

the front or rear depending on Turning the Features On or Off

object location, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. Beeps for FPA are higher
pitched than for RPA.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If equipped, when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
displays a red warning triangle with The X button to the left of the
a left or right pointing arrow on the steering wheel is used to turn on or
RVC screen to warn of traffic off the Front and Rear Parking
coming from the left or right. This Assist. The indicator light in the
The instrument cluster may have a system detects objects coming from button comes on when the features
parking assist display with bars that up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or are on and turns off when the
show “distance to object” and object right side of the vehicle. When an features have been disabled.
location information for RPA, and on object is detected, either three
some vehicles, FPA. As the object Front and Rear Parking Assist can
beeps sound from the left or right or be turned off, on, or on with towbar
gets closer, more bars light up and three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
the bars change color from yellow to through vehicle personalization.
on the left or right side, depending See “Parking Assist” under Vehicle
amber to red. on the direction of the detected Personalization on page 5-48. If the
When an object is first detected in vehicle. parking assist is turned off through
the rear, one beep will be heard Use caution while backing up when vehicle personalization, the parking
from the rear, or both sides of the towing a trailer, as the RCTA assist button will be disabled.
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two detection zones that extend out To turn the parking assist on
times. When an object is very close from the back of the vehicle do not again, select On in the vehicle
(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, move further back when a trailer is personalization menu. The On with
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), towed. Towbar setting allows for the
a continuous beep will sound from
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (61,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-61

parking assist to work properly with When approaching a vehicle ahead

a small item attached to the trailer too quickly, FCA provides a red Warning (Continued)
hitch. Turn off parking assist when flashing alert on the windshield and
towing a trailer. rapidly beeps or pulses the driver warning with enough time to help
seat. FCA also lights an amber avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
To turn the rear parking assist of pedestrians, animals, signs,
symbols, guidance lines, or Rear visual alert if following another
vehicle much too closely. guardrails, bridges, construction
Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see barrels, or other objects. Be ready
“Rear Camera” under Vehicle FCA detects vehicles within a to take action and apply the
Personalization on page 5-48 distance of approximately 60 m
brakes. For more information, see
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
Assistance Systems for above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the
vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control
Driving (ACC), it can detect vehicles to FCA can be disabled with the FCA
If equipped, when driving the distances of approximately 110 m steering wheel control, or if your
vehicle forward, Forward Collision (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
Alert (FCA), Lane Departure See Adaptive Cruise Control on Cruise Control (ACC), through
Warning (LDW), Side Blind Zone page 9-50. vehicle personalization. See the
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert “Auto Collision Preparation” portion
(LCA), and/or the Active Emergency
Braking System can help to avoid a
{ Warning of “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization on
crash or reduce crash damage. FCA is a warning system and page 5-48.
does not apply the brakes. When
Forward Collision Alert approaching a slower-moving or
(FCA) System stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
If equipped, the FCA system may closely, FCA may not provide a
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (62,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-62 Driving and Operating

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Alert Seat will pulse five times.
Warning (Continued) When this Collision Alert occurs, the
brake system may prepare for driver
or ice, or if the windshield is braking to occur more rapidly which
damaged. It may also not detect a can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, Continue to apply the brake pedal
or in conditions that can limit as needed. Cruise control may be
visibility such as fog, rain, disengaged when the Collision Alert
or snow, or if the headlamps or occurs.
FCA warnings will not occur unless windshield are not cleaned or in
the FCA system detects a vehicle Tailgating Alert
proper condition. Keep the
ahead. When the vehicle is
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
detected, the vehicle-ahead
indicator will display green. Vehicles sensors clean and in good repair.
may not be detected on curves,
highway exit ramps, or hills; or due Collision Alert
to poor visibility. FCA will not detect
another vehicle ahead until it is
completely in the driving lane. The vehicle-ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
{ Warning following a vehicle ahead much too
closely.
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it Selecting the Alert Timing
When your vehicle approaches
detects a vehicle. FCA may not another detected vehicle too rapidly, The Collision Alert control is on the
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA the red FCA display will flash on the steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, windshield. Also, eight rapid set the FCA timing to Far, Medium,
(Continued) high-pitched beeps will sound from Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The
the front, or both sides of the Safety first button press shows the current
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (63,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-63

setting on the DIC. Additional button vehicles, or shadows. These alerts Collision Preparation (ACP) System.
presses will change this setting. The are normal operation and the These systems can provide a boost
chosen setting will remain until it is vehicle does not need service. to braking or automatically brake the
changed and will affect the timing of vehicle to help avoid or lessen the
both the Collision Alert and the Cleaning the System severity of crashes when driving in a
Tailgating Alert features. The timing If the FCA system does not seem to forward gear.
of both alerts will vary based on operate properly, cleaning the
vehicle speed. The faster the outside of the windshield in front of
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
vehicle speed, the farther away the the camera sensor behind the IBA may activate when the brake
alert will occur. Consider traffic and rearview mirror, and cleaning the pedal is applied quickly by providing
weather conditions when selecting front of the vehicle where radar a boost to braking based on the
the alert timing. The range of sensors are located, may correct speed of approach and distance to
selectable alert timing may not be the issue. a vehicle ahead.
appropriate for all drivers and
For cleaning instructions, see Minor brake pedal pulsations or
driving conditions.
“Washing the Vehicle” under pedal movement during this time is
If your vehicle is equipped with Exterior Care on page 10-88. normal and the brake pedal should
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), continue to be applied as needed.
System operation may also be
changing the FCA timing setting IBA will automatically disengage
limited under snow, heavy rain,
automatically changes the ACC only when the brake pedal is
or road spray conditions.
following gap setting (Far, Medium, released.
or Near).
Active Emergency
Unnecessary Alerts Braking System { Warning
FCA may provide unnecessary If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise IBA may increase vehicle braking
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles Control (ACC) it also has the Active in situations when it may not be
in other lanes, objects that are not Emergency Braking System, which necessary. You could block the
includes Intelligent Brake (Continued)
Assist (IBA) and the Automatic
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (64,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-64 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

flow of traffic. If this occurs, take ACP is an emergency crash Complete attention is always
your foot off the brake pedal and preparation feature and is not required while driving, and you
then apply the brakes as needed. designed to avoid crashes. Do should be ready to take action
not rely on ACP to brake the and apply the brakes and/or steer
vehicle. the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Automatic Collision
Preparation (ACP) System ACP may not:
. Respond to stopped vehicles, Brake Preparation
When driving in a forward gear
above 9 km/h (5 mph), ACP may pedestrians, or animals. When quickly approaching a vehicle
help reduce crash damage by . Detect a vehicle ahead on ahead, Brake Preparation reduces
applying the brakes. It has a winding or hilly roads. brake response time by having the
detection range of approximately brake system prepared for driver
60 m (197 ft). This front automatic
. Detect a stopped or braking to occur more rapidly.
braking can only occur if a vehicle is slow-moving vehicle or other
object ahead. Automatic Braking
detected. This is shown by the FCA
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. . Detect a vehicle when If ACP detects it is about to crash
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) weather limits visibility, such with the vehicle you are following
System on page 9-61. as in fog, rain, or snow. In that is moving or has come to a
these situations, ACP sensor stop, and the brakes have not been
performance is limited. applied, it may automatically brake
hard. This can help to reduce crash
(Continued) damage and it may even help to
avoid some very low speed crashes.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (65,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-65

Automatic Braking may slow the the Lane Change Alert system, read
vehicle to a complete stop to try to { Warning the entire Lane Change Alert
avoid a potential crash. The vehicle section before using this feature.
will only hold at a stop briefly. A firm Using the Automatic Collision
Preparation System while towing
press of the accelerator pedal will
a trailer could cause you to lose
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
also release Automatic Braking.
control of the vehicle and crash. If equipped, the Lane Change Alert
Turn the system off when towing (LCA) system is a lane-changing aid
{ Warning a trailer. that assists drivers with avoiding
lane change crashes that occur with
Automatic Braking may
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
automatically brake the vehicle Side Blind Zone spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
suddenly in situations where it is approaching these areas from
unexpected and undesired. Alert (SBZA)
behind. The LCA warning display
It could respond to a turning If equipped, the SBZA system is a will light up in the corresponding
vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, lane-changing aid that assists outside side mirror and will flash if
and other non-moving objects. To drivers with avoiding crashes that the turn signal is on.
override Automatic Braking, firmly occur with vehicles in the side blind
zone (or spot) areas. When the
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so. vehicle is moving forward, the left or { Warning
right side mirror display will light up LCA does not alert the driver to
if a vehicle is detected in that blind vehicles outside of the system
Automatic Braking can be disabled zone. If the turn signal is activated
or reduced through vehicle detection zones, pedestrians,
and a vehicle is also detected on
personalization. See the “Auto bicyclists, or animals. It may not
the same side, the display will flash
Collision Preparation” portion of provide alerts when changing
as an extra warning not to change
“Collision/Detection Systems” under lanes. Since this system is part of lanes under all driving conditions.
Vehicle Personalization on Failure to use proper care when
page 5-48. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (66,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-66 Driving and Operating

approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)

Warning (Continued) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
changing lanes may result in warning area starts at approximately
injury, death, or vehicle damage. the middle of the vehicle and goes
Before making a lane change, back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
always check mirrors, glance over warned of vehicles rapidly Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
your shoulder, and use the turn approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) Display Display
signals. behind the vehicle.
When the vehicle is started, both
How the System Works outside mirror LCA displays will
The LCA symbol lights up in the briefly come on to indicate the
side mirrors when the system system is operating. When the
detects a vehicle in the next lane vehicle is moving forward, the left or
over that is in the side blind zone or right side mirror display will light up
rapidly approaching from behind. if a vehicle is detected in the next
A lit LCA symbol indicates it may be lane over in that blind zone or
unsafe to change lanes. Before rapidly approaching that zone. If the
making a lane change, check the turn signal is activated in the same
LCA display, check mirrors, glance direction as a detected vehicle, this
1. SBZA Detection Zone over your shoulder, and use the display will flash as an extra
2. LCA Detection Zone turn signals. warning not to change lanes.

LCA Detection Zones LCA can be disabled through

vehicle personalization using the
The LCA sensor covers a zone of Side Blind Zone Alert option. See
approximately one lane over from “Collision/Detection Systems” under
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m Vehicle Personalization on
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (67,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-67

page 5-48. If LCA is disabled by the vehicles. This is normal system If the LCA displays do not light up
driver, the LCA mirror displays will operation; the vehicle does not need when vehicles are in the side blind
not light up. service. zone or rapidly approaching this
LCA may not always alert the driver zone and the system is clean, the
When the System Does Not system may need service. Take the
Seem to Work Properly to vehicles in the next lane over,
especially in wet conditions or when vehicle to your dealer.
The LCA system requires some driving on sharp curves. The system When LCA is disabled for any
driving for the system to calibrate to does not need to be serviced. The reason other than the driver turning
maximum performance. This system may light up due to it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
calibration may occur more quickly if guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and option will not be available on the
the vehicle is driving on a straight other non-moving objects. This is personalization menu.
highway road with traffic and normal system operation; the
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, vehicle does not need service. Radio Frequency Information
barriers). See Radio Frequency Statement on
LCA may not operate when the LCA
LCA displays may not come on sensors in the left or right corners of page 13-12.
when passing a vehicle quickly or the rear bumper are covered with
when towing a trailer. The LCA mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in Lane Departure
detection zones that extend back heavy rainstorms. For cleaning Warning (LDW)
from the side of the vehicle do not instructions, see "Washing the
move further back when a trailer is Vehicle" under Exterior Care on If equipped, LDW may help avoid
towed. Use caution while changing page 10-88. If the DIC still displays crashes due to unintentional lane
lanes when towing a trailer. LCA the system unavailable message departures. It may provide an alert if
may alert to objects attached to the after cleaning both sides of the the vehicle is crossing a lane
vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, vehicle toward the rear corners of without using a turn signal in that
or object extending out to either side the vehicle, see your dealer. direction. LDW uses a camera
of the vehicle. Attached objects may sensor to detect the lane markings
also interfere with the detection of at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (68,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-68 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Warning (Continued)

The LDW system does not steer marking. Always keep your
the vehicle. The LDW system attention on the road and
may not: maintain proper vehicle position
. Provide enough time to avoid within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could When LDW is on, @ is green if
a crash.
occur. Always keep the LDW is available to warn of a lane
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and departure. If the vehicle crosses a
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in detected lane marking without using
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LDW in the turn signal in that direction, @
the windshield or headlamps changes to amber and flashes.
bad weather conditions.
are blocked by dirt, snow, Additionally, there will be three
or ice; if they are not in beeps, or the driver seat will pulse
proper condition; or if the sun How the System Works three times, on the right or left,
shines directly into the depending on the lane departure
The LDW camera sensor is on the
camera. direction.
windshield ahead of the rearview
. Detect road edges. mirror.
. Detect lanes on winding or To turn LDW on and off, press @ to
hilly roads. the left of the steering wheel. The
If LDW only detects lane control indicator will light when LDW
markings on one side of the road, is on.
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (69,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-69

When the System Does Not Fuel If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap,
Seem to Work Properly E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the
Use of the recommended fuel is an vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel on
The system may not detect lanes as important part of the proper page 9-71.
well when there are: maintenance of this vehicle. When
Use regular unleaded gasoline
. Close vehicles ahead. driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
meeting ASTM specification D4814
help keep the engine clean and
. Sudden lighting changes, such with a posted octane rating of 87 or
maintain optimum vehicle
as when driving through tunnels. higher. Do not use gasoline with an
performance, we recommend using
octane rating below 87, as it may
. Banked roads. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
cause engine damage and will lower
If the LDW system is not functioning See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
fuel economy.
properly when lane markings are TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
clearly visible, cleaning the Use of Seasonal Fuels
windshield may help. Use summer and winter fuels in the
LDW alerts may occur due to tar appropriate season. The fuels
marks, shadows, cracks in the road, industry automatically modifies the
temporary or construction lane fuel for the appropriate season.
markings, or other road If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
imperfections. This is normal system long periods of time, driving or
operation; the vehicle does not need starting could be affected. Drive the
service. Turn LDW off if these vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
conditions continue. tank or less, then refuel with the
current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels
Gasolines containing oxygenates
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (70,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-70 Driving and Operating

available in some cities. If these The malfunction indicator lamp may Fuels in Foreign
gasolines comply with the turn on. If this occurs, see your
previously described specification, dealer for service.
Countries
then they are acceptable to use. If planning to drive in countries
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and California Fuel outside the U.S. or Canada, the
other fuels containing more than proper fuel might be hard to find.
15% ethanol must be used only in
Requirements Check regional auto club or fuel
FlexFuel vehicles. If the vehicle is certified to meet retail brand websites for availability
California Emissions Standards, it is in the country where driving. Never
{ Caution designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other
Do not use fuel containing the underhood emission control fuel not recommended. Costly
methanol. It can corrode metal label. If this fuel is not available in repairs caused by use of improper
parts in the fuel system and also states adopting California Emissions fuel would not be covered by the
damage plastic and rubber parts. Standards, the vehicle will operate vehicle warranty.
That damage would not be satisfactorily on fuels meeting
covered under the vehicle federal specifications, but emission Fuel Additives
warranty. control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
indicator lamp could turn on and the TIER Detergent Gasoline is
Some gasolines, mainly high octane vehicle may not pass a smog-check recommended. See Fuel on
racing gasolines, can contain an test. See Malfunction Indicator page 9-69.
octane-enhancing additive called Lamp on page 5-22. If this occurs, If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese return to your authorized dealer for not available, one bottle of Fuel
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use diagnosis. If it is determined that the System Treatment PLUS added to
gasolines and/or fuel additives with condition is caused by the type of the fuel tank at every engine oil
MMT as they can reduce spark plug fuel used, repairs may not be change can help. Fuel System
life and affect emission control covered by the vehicle warranty. Treatment PLUS is the only
system performance.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (71,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-71

gasoline additive recommended by The starting characteristics of E85

General Motors. It is available at or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for { Caution
your dealer. use when temperatures fall below
-18°C (0°F). Use gasoline or add Do not use fuel containing
Do not use additives with E85 or methanol. It can corrode metal
FlexFuel. gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.
parts in the fuel system and also
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less damage plastic and rubber parts.
E85 or FlexFuel energy per liter (gallon) than That damage would not be
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be covered under the vehicle
Vehicles with fuel caps marked as refilled more often. See Filling the
“E85” or FlexFuel can use either warranty.
Tank on page 9-71.
unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
All other vehicles should use only { Caution Filling the Tank
the unleaded gasoline as described
Some additives are not
in Fuel on page 9-69.
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
{ Warning
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is and can harm the vehicle's fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
encouraged when the vehicle is system. Do not add anything to violently and can cause injury or
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused death.
is made from renewable sources. by additives would not be covered . To help avoid injuries to you
Many fuel stations will not have an by the vehicle warranty.
and others, read and follow
85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump all the instructions on the fuel
available. Those stations that do pump island.
have E85 should have a label
indicating the FlexFuel ethanol . Turn off the engine when
content. Do not use the fuel if the refueling.
ethanol content is greater than 85%. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (72,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-72 Driving and Operating

capability, the fuel cap will be yellow While refueling, hang the tethered
Warning (Continued) and state that E85 or gasoline can fuel cap from the hook on the
be used. See E85 or FlexFuel on fuel door.
. Keep sparks, flames, and page 9-71.
smoking materials away Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
from fuel. top off or overfill the tank and wait a
few seconds after you have finished
. Do not leave the fuel pump pumping before removing the
unattended. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
. Do not reenter the vehicle surfaces as soon as possible. See
while pumping fuel. Exterior Care on page 10-88.
. Keep children away from the When replacing the fuel cap, insert
fuel pump and never let the tether in its hole before
children pump fuel. tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel clockwise until it clicks. It will require
cap is opened too quickly. more effort to turn the fuel cap on
This spray can happen if the the last turn as you tighten it. Make
tank is nearly full, and is sure the cap is fully installed. The
To open the fuel door, push and diagnostic system can determine if
more likely in hot weather. release the rearward center edge of
Open the fuel cap slowly and the fuel cap has been left off or
the door. improperly installed. This would
wait for any hiss noise to stop
then unscrew the cap all To remove the fuel cap, turn it allow fuel to evaporate into the
the way. slowly counterclockwise. The fuel atmosphere. See Malfunction
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is Indicator Lamp on page 5-22.
released too soon, it will spring back The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel to the right. displays if the fuel cap is not
door on the driver side of the
properly installed.
vehicle. If the vehicle has E85 fuel
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (73,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-73

Filling a Portable Fuel

{ Warning Container
Warning (Continued)
If a fire starts while you are
. Place the nozzle inside the fill
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
{ Warning opening of the container
shutting off the pump or by Filling a portable fuel container before dispensing fuel, and
notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle can cause keep it in contact with the fill
Leave the area immediately. fuel vapors that can ignite either opening until filling is
by static electricity or other complete.
means. You or others could be . Fill the container no more
badly burned and the vehicle than 95% full to allow for
{ Caution could be damaged. Always: expansion.
If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Use approved fuel . Do not smoke, light matches,
sure to get the right type of cap containers. or use lighters while
from your dealer. The wrong type . Remove the container from pumping fuel.
of fuel cap may not fit properly, the vehicle, trunk, or pickup . Avoid using cell phones or
may cause the malfunction bed before filling. other electronic devices.
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
. Place the container on the
ground.
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on (Continued)
page 5-22.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (74,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-74 Driving and Operating

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent { Warning
damage to the engine, axle,
General Towing or other parts. When towing a trailer, exhaust
Information gases may collect at the rear of
. Then during the first 800 km
the vehicle and enter if the
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
been designed for the vehicle. window is open.
Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle.
dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). When towing a trailer:
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Shift the transmission to a lower . Do not drive with the liftgate,
the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts trunk/hatch, or rear-most
trailer. too often under heavy loads and/ window open.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see or hilly conditions. . Fully open the air outlets on
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-83. . Do not use Adaptive Cruise or under the instrument
For towing the vehicle behind Control when towing. panel.
another vehicle such as a motor
home, see Recreational Vehicle
. Turn off Park Assist when . Also adjust the climate
Towing on page 10-83. towing. control system to a setting
. The Automatic Collision that brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control
Driving Characteristics Preparation System should be
Systems” in the Index.
set to Off when towing. See
and Towing Tips Active Emergency Braking For more information about
Driving with a Trailer System on page 9-63. Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
When towing a trailer: Exhaust on page 9-30.
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (75,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-75

Towing a trailer requires a certain Passing

amount of experience. The Caution (Continued)
More passing distance is needed
combination you are driving is
when towing a trailer. The The vehicle could be damaged.
longer and not as responsive as the
combination will not accelerate as Avoid making very sharp turns
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
quickly and is longer so it is while trailering.
the handling and braking of the rig
necessary to go much farther
before setting out for the open road.
beyond the passed vehicle before
Before starting, check all trailer hitch returning to the lane. When turning with a trailer, make
parts and attachments, safety wider turns than normal. Do this so
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Backing Up the trailer will not strike soft
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has Hold the bottom of the steering shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
electric brakes, start the wheel with one hand. To move the or other objects. Avoid jerky or
combination moving and then apply trailer to the left, move that hand to sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
the trailer brake controller by hand the left. To move the trailer to the advance.
to be sure the brakes work. right, move your hand to the right. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
During the trip, check occasionally Always back up slowly and, out, the arrows on the instrument
to be sure that the load is secure if possible, have someone cluster will still flash for turns. It is
and the lamps and any trailer guide you. important to check occasionally to
brakes still work. be sure the trailer bulbs are still
Making Turns working.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the { Caution Driving on Grades
vehicle ahead as you would when Reduce speed and shift to a lower
Making very sharp turns while gear before starting down a long or
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
trailering could cause the trailer to steep downgrade. If the
This can help to avoid heavy
come in contact with the vehicle. transmission is not shifted down, the
braking and sudden turns.
(Continued) brakes might get hot and no longer
work well.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (76,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-76 Driving and Operating

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in
the transmission to a lower gear if place, release the regular brakes
the transmission shifts too often
under heavy loads and/or hilly
{ Warning until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
conditions. Parking the vehicle on a hill with apply the parking brake and shift
When towing, use the Tow/Haul the trailer attached can be into P (Park).
Mode to prevent damage to the dangerous. If something goes
5. Release the brake pedal.
engine or transmission. See Tow/ wrong, the rig could start to move.
Haul Mode on page 9-36. People can be injured, and both Leaving After Parking on a Hill
When towing at high altitude on the vehicle and the trailer can be
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
steep uphill grades, consider the damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface. 2. Start the engine.
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal 3. Shift into a gear.
altitudes. If the engine is turned off If parking the rig on a hill: 4. Release the parking brake.
immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 5. Let up on the brake pedal.
vehicle may show signs similar to not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if facing 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
engine overheating. To avoid this, clear of the chocks.
let the engine run while parked, downhill or into traffic if facing
preferably on level ground, with the uphill. 7. Stop and have someone pick up
transmission in P (Park) for a few 2. Have someone place chocks and store the chocks.
minutes before turning the engine under the trailer wheels.
off. If the overheat warning comes
on, see Engine Overheating on
page 10-19.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (77,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-77

Maintenance when Trailer Trailer Towing

Towing { Caution
Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
The vehicle needs service more See New Vehicle Break-In on Pulling a trailer improperly can
often when pulling a trailer. page 9-19. damage the vehicle and result in
See Maintenance Schedule on costly repairs not covered by the
page 11-3. Things that are
especially important in trailer
{ Warning vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in this
operation are automatic The driver can lose control when section and see your dealer for
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle pulling a trailer if the correct important information about
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and equipment is not used or the towing a trailer with the vehicle.
brake system. It is a good idea to vehicle is not driven properly.
inspect these before and during For example, if the trailer is too
the trip. To identify the trailering capacity of
heavy, the brakes may not work the vehicle, read the information in
Check periodically to see that all well — or even at all. The driver “Weight of the Trailer” following.
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. and passengers could be
seriously injured. The vehicle may Trailering is different than just
also be damaged; the resulting driving the vehicle by itself.
repairs would not be covered by Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
durability, and fuel economy.
only if all the steps in this section
Successful, safe trailering takes
have been followed. Ask your correct equipment, and it has to be
dealer for advice and information used properly.
about towing a trailer with the
vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (78,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-78 Driving and Operating

The following information has many Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is

time-tested, important trailering tips calculated assuming the tow vehicle
and safety rules. Many of these are has only the driver and all required
important for your safety and that of trailering equipment. Weight of
your passengers. So please read additional optional equipment,
this section carefully before pulling passengers, and cargo in the tow
a trailer. vehicle must be subtracted from the
trailer weight rating.
Weight of the Trailer
Use the following chart to determine
How heavy can a trailer safely be? how much the vehicle can weigh,
It depends on how the rig is used. based upon the vehicle model and
Speed, altitude, road grades, options.
outside temperature, and how much
the vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. It can depend on
any special equipment on the
vehicle, and the amount of tongue
weight the vehicle can carry. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
in this section.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (79,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-79

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*

1500 Series 2WD Short Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 901kg (8,600 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 2WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 765 kg (8,300 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Short Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
1500 Series 4WD Long Wheelbase
5.3L V8 3.08 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
5.3L V8 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering information or advice.

Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (80,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-80 Driving and Operating

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it,
and the people who will be riding
in the vehicle as well as trailer
tongue weight. Vehicle options,
equipment, passengers, and cargo
in the vehicle reduce the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry, Trailer tongue weight (1) should
which will also reduce the trailer be 10 % to 15 % of the loaded
weight the vehicle can tow. See trailer weight (2) up to the
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14 maximums for vehicle series and
for more information about the hitch type.
vehicle's maximum load capacity.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (81,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-81

Maximum Tongue Make sure not to exceed the GVWR

Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight limit for the vehicle, or the RGAWR,
with the tow vehicle and trailer fully
1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) loaded for the trip including the
1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb) weight of the trailer tongue. If using
a weight-distributing hitch, make
sure not to exceed the RGAWR
before applying the weight
Do not exceed the maximum proper. If they are not, adjustments distribution spring bars.
allowable tongue weight for the might be made by moving some
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch items around in the trailer. Weight of the Trailering
extension that will position the hitch If a cargo carrier is used in the Combination
ball closest to the vehicle. This will trailer hitch receiver, choose a
help reduce the effect of trailer It is important that the combination
carrier that positions the load as of the tow vehicle and trailer does
tongue weight on the rear axle. close to the vehicle as possible. not exceed any of its weight
Trailer rating may be limited by the Make sure the total weight, ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,
vehicle's ability to carry tongue including the carrier, is no more than Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause half of the maximum allowable Weight. The only way to be sure it is
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR tongue weight for the vehicle or not exceeding any of these ratings
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. is to weigh the tow vehicle and
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle trailer combination, fully loaded for
Weight Rating). See “Total Weight Total Weight on the Vehicle's
the trip, getting individual weights
on the Vehicle's Tires” following. Tires for each of these items.
After loading the trailer, weigh the Be sure the vehicle's tires are
trailer and then the tongue, inflated to the inflation pressures
separately, to see if the weights are found on the Certification label on
the center pillar or see Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (82,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-82 Driving and Operating

Towing Equipment Weight-Distributing Hitch the trailer to help prevent the tongue
Adjustment from contacting the road if it
Hitches becomes separated from the hitch.
The correct hitch equipment helps Instructions about safety chains
maintain combination control. Most may be provided by the hitch
small-to-medium trailers can be manufacturer or by the trailer
towed with a weight-carrying hitch manufacturer. If the trailer being
which simply features a towed weighs up to 2 271 kg
coupler latched to the hitch ball. (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed
Larger trailers may require a step bumper, safety chains may be
weight-distributing hitch that uses attached to the attaching points on
spring bars to distribute the trailer the bumper, otherwise, safety
tongue weight among the two chains should be attached to holes
vehicle and trailer axles. See on the trailer hitch platform. Always
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” in leave just enough slack so the
Trailer Towing on page 9-77 for combination can turn. Never allow
rating limits with various hitch types. 1. Body to Ground Distance safety chains to drag on the ground.
2. Front of Vehicle
Consider using sway controls with Trailer Brakes
any trailer. Ask a trailering When using a weight-distributing
hitch, the spring bars should be A loaded trailer that weighs more
professional about sway controls or than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have
refer to the trailer manufacturer's adjusted so the distance (1) is the
same after coupling the trailer to the its own brake system that is
recommendations and instructions. adequate for the weight of the
tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch.
trailer. Be sure to read and follow
Safety Chains the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
Always attach chains between the
maintained properly.
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (83,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-83

Since the vehicle is equipped with If charging a remote (non-vehicle) Tow/Haul Mode
StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot battery, press the Tow/Haul mode
tap into the vehicle's hydraulic button at the end of the shift lever.
system. This will boost the vehicle system
voltage and properly charge the
Trailer Wiring Harness battery. If the trailer is too light for
The seven-pin trailer connector is Tow/Haul mode, turn on the
mounted in the bumper. This headlamps as a second way to
connector can be plugged into a boost the vehicle system and
seven-pin universal heavy-duty charge the battery.
trailer connector available through
your dealer. Electric Brake Control Wiring
Provisions
The seven-wire harness contains
the following trailer circuits: These wiring provisions are
included with the vehicle as part of
. Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal Pressing this button at the end of
the trailer wiring package. These
the shift lever turns on and off the
. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn provisions are for an electric brake
Tow/Haul Mode.
Signal controller.
. Brown: Taillamps The harness should be installed by
.
your dealer or a qualified service
White: Ground center.
. Light Green: Back-up Lamps
. Red/Green: Battery Feed
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake
This indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the Tow/
Haul Mode is on.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (84,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-84 Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul is a feature that assists Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul This symbol is on the Trailer Brake
when pulling a heavy trailer or a when lightly loaded or with no trailer Control Panel on vehicles with an
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul at all will not cause damage. ITBC system. The power output to
Mode on page 9-36. However, there is no benefit to the the trailer brakes is based on the
Tow/Haul is designed to be most selection of Tow/Haul when the amount of brake pressure being
effective when the vehicle and vehicle is unloaded. Such a applied by the vehicle’s brake
trailer combined weight is at least selection when unloaded may system, and on the type of trailer
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross result in unpleasant engine and brakes detected. This available
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). transmission driving characteristics power output to the trailer brakes
See “Weight of the Trailer” under and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ can be adjusted to a wide range of
Trailer Towing on page 9-77. Tow/ Haul is recommended only when trailering situations.
Haul is most useful under the pulling a heavy trailer or a large or The ITBC system is integrated with
following driving conditions: heavy load. the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a Integrated Trailer Brake and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering
large or heavy load through Control System conditions that cause the vehicle’s
rolling terrain. antilock brake or StabiliTrak
systems to activate, power sent to
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a the trailer's brakes will be
large or heavy load in automatically adjusted to minimize
stop-and-go traffic. trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.
large or heavy load in busy If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
parking lots where improved low The vehicle may have an Integrated or StabiliTrak systems are not
speed control of the vehicle is Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system functioning properly, the ITBC
desired. for use with electric trailer brakes or system may not be fully functional
most electric-over-hydraulic trailer or may not function at all.
brakes.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (85,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-85

Make sure all of these systems are Trailer Brake Control Panel along with the Trailer Brake Display
fully operational to ensure full Page on the DIC to adjust and
functionality of the ITBC system. display power output to the trailer
The ITBC system is powered brakes.
through the vehicle's electrical Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
system. Turning the ignition off will
also turn off the ITBC system. The The ITBC system displays
ITBC system is fully functional only messages in the Driver Information
when the ignition is in ON/RUN. Center (DIC).
The display page indicates Trailer
{ Warning Gain setting, power output to the
trailer brakes, trailer connection, and
Connecting a trailer that has an system operational status.
air brake system may result in To display the Trailer Brake Display
reduced or complete loss of trailer 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Page do any of the following:
braking. There may be an Lever . Scroll through the DIC menu
increase in stopping distance or 2. Trailer Gain Adjustment pages.
trailer instability which could Buttons
. Press a Trailer Gain button.
result in personal injury or The ITBC system has a control
damage to the vehicle, trailer, If the Trailer Brake Display Page
panel on the instrument panel to the is not currently displayed, press
or other property. Use the ITBC left of the steering column. The
system only with electric or a Trailer Gain button to recall the
control panel allows adjustment to current Trailer Gain setting.
electric over hydraulic trailer the amount of output, referred to as
brakes. Each press and release of the
Trailer Gain, available to the trailer gain buttons will then change the
brakes and allows manual Trailer Gain setting.
application of the trailer brakes. The
Trailer Brake Control Panel is used
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (86,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-86 Driving and Operating

. Activate the Manual Trailer . A trailer with electric brakes has The trailer's and the vehicle's brake
Brake apply lever. become disconnected (a lamps will come on when either
TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be CHECK TRAILER WIRING vehicle brakes or manual trailer
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either message will also display on brakes are applied.
a trailer connected or disconnected. the DIC).
Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure
To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one . There is a fault present in the
of the Trailer Gain adjustment wiring to the trailer brakes (a Trailer Gain should be set for a
buttons. Press and hold a gain CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must
button to continuously adjust the message will also display on be adjusted any time vehicle
Trailer Gain. To turn the output to the DIC). loading, trailer loading, or road
the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain surface conditions change.
. The ITBC system is not working
setting to 0.0 (zero). due to a fault (a SERVICE
TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM { Warning
time a trailer with electric brakes is message will also display in
Trailer brakes that are
connected. Output to the trailer the DIC).
over-gained or under-gained may
brakes is based on the amount of
vehicle braking present and relative Manual Trailer Brake Apply not stop the vehicle and the trailer
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is The Manual Trailer Brake Apply as intended and can result in a
displayed from 0 to 100% for each Lever is used to apply the trailer’s crash. Always follow the
gain setting. electric brakes independent of the instructions to set the Trailer Gain
vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to for the proper trailer stopping
The Trailer Output will indicate “- - - performance.
- - -” on the Trailer Brake Display the left will apply only the trailer
Page whenever the following occur: brakes. Use this lever to adjust
Trailer Gain to properly adjust the
. No trailer is connected. power output to the trailer brakes.
. A trailer without electric brakes
is connected (no DIC message
displayed).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (87,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-87

Use the following to adjust Trailer 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time CHECK TRAILER WIRING:
Gain for each towing condition: vehicle loading, trailer loading, This message will display if:
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer or road surface conditions . The ITBC system first
attached on a level road surface change or if trailer wheel lock-up determines connection to a
representative of the towing is noticed at any time while trailer with electric brakes and
condition and free of traffic at towing. then the trailer harness becomes
about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages disconnected from the vehicle.
25 mph) and fully apply the If the disconnect occurs while
Manual Trailer Brake apply lever. In addition to displaying TRAILER
GAIN and OUTPUT through the the vehicle is stationary, this
Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds DIC, trailer connection and ITBC message will automatically turn
lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to system status are displayed on off in about 30 seconds. This
25 mph) may result in an the DIC. message will also turn off if it is
incorrect gain setting. acknowledged or if the trailer
TRAILER CONNECTED: This harness is reconnected.
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the message will briefly display when a
Trailer Gain adjustment buttons, trailer with electric brakes is first If the disconnect occurs while
to just below the point of trailer connected to the vehicle. This the vehicle is moving, this
wheel lock-up, indicated by message will automatically turn off message will continue until the
trailer wheel squeal or tire in about 10 seconds. This message ignition is turned off. This
smoke when a trailer wheel can be acknowledged before it message will also turn off if it is
locks. automatically turns off. acknowledged or if the trailer
Trailer wheel lock-up may not harness is reconnected.
occur if towing a heavily loaded . There is an electrical fault in the
trailer. In this case, adjust the wiring to the trailer brakes. This
Trailer Gain to the highest message will continue as long
allowable setting for the as there is an electrical fault in
towing condition.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (88,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-88 Driving and Operating

the trailer wiring. This message continues over multiple ignition Trailer Sway
will also turn off if it is cycles, there is a problem with the
acknowledged. ITBC system. Have the vehicle
Control (TSC)
To determine if the electrical fault is serviced. Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a
on the vehicle side or trailer side of If either the CHECK TRAILER TSC feature. Trailer sway is
the trailer wiring harness WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER unintended side-to-side motion of a
connection: BRAKE SYSTEM message displays trailer while being towed. If the
while driving, the ITBC system may vehicle is towing a trailer and the
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring TSC detects that sway is increasing,
harness from the vehicle. not be fully functional or may not
function at all. When traffic the vehicle brakes are selectively
2. Turn the ignition off. conditions allow, carefully pull the applied at each wheel, to help
vehicle over to the side of the road reduce excessive trailer sway.
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the If the vehicle is equipped with the
ignition back to RUN. and turn the ignition off. Check the
wiring connection to the trailer and Integrated Trailer Brake Control
4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING turn the ignition back on. If either of (ITBC) system, and the trailer has
message reappears, the these messages continues, either the electric actuated brake system,
electrical fault is on the the vehicle or trailer needs service. StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer
vehicle side. brakes.
A GM dealer may be able to
If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING diagnose and repair problems with If TSC is enabled, the Traction
message only reappears when the trailer. However, any diagnosis Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
connecting the trailer wiring and repair of the trailer is not warning light will flash on the
harness to the vehicle, the covered under the vehicle warranty. instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
electrical fault is on the Contact your trailer dealer for must be reduced. If trailer sway
trailer side. assistance with trailer repairs and continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
trailer warranty information. engine torque to help slow the
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
vehicle. See Traction Control/
SYSTEM: This message will display
Electronic Stability Control on
when there is a problem with the
page 9-44.
ITBC system. If this message
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (89,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Driving and Operating 9-89

{ Warning Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
Even if the vehicle is equipped
Add-Ons vehicle is not operating.
with TSC, trailer sway could result The vehicle has an airbag system.
in loss of control and the vehicle
Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything
could crash. If excessive trailer Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see
sway is detected, slow down to a Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
safe speed. Check the trailer and { Caution Vehicle on page 3-41 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
vehicle to help correct possible
Some electrical equipment can Vehicle on page 3-42.
causes. These could include an
improperly or overloaded trailer, damage the vehicle or cause
unrestrained cargo, improper components to not work and
trailer hitch configuration, would not be covered by the
excessive vehicle-trailer speed, warranty. Always check with your
or improperly inflated or incorrect dealer before adding electrical
vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing equipment.
Equipment on page 9-82 for
trailer ratings and hitch setup
recommendations.

Adding non-dealer accessories can

affect the vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-3.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (90,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

9-90 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-1

Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

Vehicle Care Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . 10-32
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
General Information Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-34
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Noise Control System . . . . . . 10-27 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-35
California Proposition Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-28
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System
California Perchlorate Lock Control Function Electrical System
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Accessories and Ignition Transmission Lock Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 Engine Compartment Fuse
Park Brake and P (Park) Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Vehicle Checks Instrument Panel Fuse
Doing Your Own Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-29
Wiper Blade Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-30 (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Engine Compartment Rear Compartment Fuse
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Headlamp Aiming Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Wheels and Tires
Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-14 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 High Intensity Discharge Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-2 Vehicle Care

Tire Terminology and Jump Starting General Information

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 For service and parts needs, visit
Tire Pressure for High-Speed Towing the Vehicle your dealer. You will receive
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-83 genuine GM parts and GM-trained
Tire Pressure Monitor Recreational Vehicle and supported service people.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Genuine GM parts have one of
Tire Pressure Monitor Appearance Care these marks:
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-96
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-66
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-78
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to

complement and function with other
65 Warning Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your
Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician.
cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the
other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, page 3-42.
many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and
wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock
emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
California Perchlorate modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
Materials Requirements by the vehicle warranty.
Certain types of automotive
Damage to vehicle components
applications, such as airbag
resulting from modifications or the
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
installation or use of non‐GM
and lithium batteries contained in
certified parts, including control
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
module or software modifications, is
may contain perchlorate materials.
not covered under the terms of the
Special handling may be necessary.
vehicle warranty and may affect
For additional information, see
remaining warranty coverage for
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
affected parts.
perchlorate.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks If doing some of your own service Keep a record with all parts receipts
work, use the proper service and list the mileage and the date of
manual. It tells you much more any service work performed. See
Doing Your Own about how to service the vehicle Maintenance Records on
Service Work than this manual can. To order the page 11-16.
proper service manual, see Service
{ Warning Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-11.
{ Caution
It can be dangerous to work on This vehicle has an airbag system. Even small amounts of
your vehicle if you do not have Before attempting to do your own contamination can cause damage
the proper knowledge, service service work, see Servicing the to vehicle systems. Do not allow
manual, tools, or parts. Always Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on contaminants to contact the fluids,
follow owner manual procedures page 3-41. reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood Before closing the hood, be sure all

the filler caps are on properly. Then
To open the hood: bring the hood from full open to
within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed
position, pause, and push the front
center of the hood with a swift, firm
motion to fully close the hood.

1. Pull the handle with this symbol

on it. It is inside the vehicle
under the steering wheel.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
find the secondary hood release.
The handle is under the front
edge of the hood near the
center. Push the handle to the
right and at the same time raise
the hood.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-7

1. Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump 10. Windshield Washer Fluid

. Change the engine oil at the
Starting on page 10-79. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Fluid” under Washer Fluid on Life System on page 10-10.
2. Battery on page 10-24.
page 10-21. . Always dispose of engine oil
3. Coolant Surge Tank and properly. See “What to Do with
Pressure Cap. See Cooling 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid on page 10-23. Used Oil” in this section.
System on page 10-15.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 12. Engine Compartment Fuse Checking Engine Oil
page 10-14. Block on page 10-36. If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW
5. Automatic Transmission ADD OIL message displays when
Engine Oil the engine oil level may be too low.
Dipstick. See “How to Check
Automatic Transmission Fluid” To ensure proper engine See Engine Oil Messages on
under Automatic Transmission performance and long life, careful page 5-38. Check the oil level
Fluid on page 10-11. attention must be paid to engine oil. before filling to the recommended
Following these simple, but level. If the oil is not low and this
6. Remote Negative (–) Location important steps will help protect message remains on, see your
(Out of View). See Jump Starting your investment: dealer.
on page 10-79.
. Always use engine oil approved It is also a good idea to check the
7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of to the proper specification and of engine oil level at each fuel fill. In
View). See Cooling System on the proper viscosity grade. See order to get an accurate reading,
page 10-15. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” the vehicle must be on level ground.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When in this section. The engine oil dipstick handle is a
to Add Engine Oil” under Engine loop. See Engine Compartment
. Check the engine oil level Overview on page 10-6 for the
Oil on page 10-7. regularly and maintain the location of the engine oil dipstick.
9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See proper oil level. See “Checking
“Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil on page 10-7. Engine Oil” in this section.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-8 Vehicle Care

Obtaining an accurate oil level When to Add Engine Oil

reading is essential: Caution (Continued)
1. If the engine has been running have an oil level above the
recently, turn off the engine and operating range, i.e., the engine
allow several minutes for the oil has so much oil that the oil level
to drain back into the oil pan. gets above the cross-hatched
Checking the oil level too soon area that shows the proper
after engine shutoff will not operating range, the engine could
provide an accurate oil level If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
reading. area at the tip of the dipstick, add out the excess oil or limit driving
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil of the vehicle and seek a service
{ Warning and then recheck the level. See professional to remove the
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in excess amount of oil.
The engine oil dipstick handle this section for an explanation of
may be hot; it could burn you. what kind of oil to use. For engine
Use a towel or glove to touch the oil crankcase capacity, see See Engine Compartment Overview
dipstick handle. Capacities and Specifications on on page 10-6 for the location of the
page 12-2. engine oil fill cap.
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it Add enough oil to put the level
with a clean paper towel or cloth, { Caution somewhere in the proper operating
then push it back in all the way. range. Push the dipstick all the way
Remove it again, keeping the tip Do not add too much oil. Oil back in when through.
down, and check the level. levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-9

Selecting the Right Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives/Engine

Selecting the right engine oil
{ Caution Oil Flushes
depends on both the proper oil Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The
specification and viscosity grade. engine oil can result in engine recommended oils meeting the
See Recommended Fluids and damage not covered by the dexos1 specification are all that is
Lubricants on page 11-13. vehicle warranty. Check with your needed for good performance and
dealer or service provider on engine protection.
Specification
whether the oil is approved to the Engine oil system flushes are not
Ask for and use engine oils that dexos1 specification. recommended and could cause
meet the dexos1™ specification.
engine damage not covered by the
Engine oils that have been vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade What to Do with Used Oil
with the dexos1 approved logo. See engine oil. Used engine oil contains certain
www.gmdexos.com. When selecting an oil of the elements that can be unhealthy for
appropriate viscosity grade, always your skin and could even cause
select an oil of the correct cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
specification. See “Specification” your skin for very long. Clean your
earlier in this section for more skin and nails with soap and water,
information. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-10 Vehicle Care

from the filter before disposal. Never Engine Oil Messages on page 5-38. How to Reset the Engine Oil
dispose of oil by putting it in the Change the oil as soon as possible Life System
trash or pouring it on the ground, within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
into sewers, or into streams or It is possible that, if driving under Reset the system whenever the
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking the best conditions, the oil life engine oil is changed so that the
it to a place that collects used oil. system might indicate that an oil system can calculate the next
change is not necessary for up to a engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
Engine Oil Life System year. The engine oil and filter must
change. It will not reset itself. To
be changed at least once a year
When to Change Engine Oil and, at this time, the system must reset the engine oil life system:
This vehicle has a computer system be reset. For vehicles without the 1. Display the OIL LIFE
that indicates when to change the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON REMAINING on the DIC. If the
engine oil and filter. This is based message, an oil change is needed vehicle does not have DIC
on a combination of factors which when the OIL LIFE REMAINING buttons, the vehicle must be in
include engine revolutions, engine percentage is near 0%. Your dealer P (Park) to access this display.
temperature, and miles driven. has trained service people who will See Driver Information Center
Based on driving conditions, the perform this work and reset the (DIC) (Base Level) on page 5-30
mileage at which an oil change is system. It is also important to check or Driver Information Center
indicated can vary considerably. For the oil regularly over the course of (DIC) (Uplevel) on page 5-32.
the oil life system to work properly, an oil drain interval and keep it at
the proper level. 2. Press and hold V, or the trip
the system must be reset every time
odometer reset stem if the
the oil is changed. If the system is ever reset vehicle does not have DIC
On some vehicles, when the system accidentally, the oil must be buttons, for several seconds.
has calculated that oil life has been changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) The oil life will change to 100%.
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE since the last oil change.
OIL SOON message comes on to Remember to reset the oil life
indicate that system whenever the oil is changed.
an oil change is necessary. See
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-11

The oil life system can also be reset Automatic Transmission Caution (Continued)
as follows:
Fluid
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with automatic transmission fluid listed
the engine off. When to Check and Change in Recommended Fluids and
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal
Automatic Transmission Fluid Lubricants on page 11-13.
slowly three times within It is usually not necessary to check
five seconds. the transmission fluid level. Change the fluid and filter at the
The only reason for fluid loss is a scheduled maintenance intervals
3. Display the OIL LIFE
transmission leak or overheated listed in Maintenance Schedule on
REMAINING on the DIC. If the
transmission. If a small leak is page 11-3. Be sure to use the
display shows 100%, the system
suspected, then use the following transmission fluid listed in
is reset.
checking procedures to check the Recommended Fluids and
If the vehicle has a CHANGE fluid level. However, if there is a Lubricants on page 11-13.
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it large leak, then it may be necessary
comes back on when the vehicle is to have the vehicle towed to a How to Check Automatic
started and/or the OIL LIFE dealer service department and have Transmission Fluid
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine it repaired before driving the vehicle
oil life system has not been reset.
Repeat the procedure.
further.
{ Caution
{ Caution Too much or too little fluid can
damage the transmission. Too
Use of the incorrect automatic much can mean that some of the
transmission fluid may damage fluid could come out and fall on
the vehicle, and the damage may hot engine parts or exhaust
not be covered by the vehicle system parts, starting a fire. Too
warranty. Always use the little fluid could cause the
(Continued) (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-12 Vehicle Care

Driver Information Center (DIC). Use this cold check procedure to

Caution (Continued) See Driver Information Center check fluid level when the
(DIC) (Base Level) on page 5-30 transmission temperature is
transmission to overheat. Be sure or Driver Information Center between 27°C and 32°C (80°F and
to get an accurate reading if (DIC) (Uplevel) on page 5-32. 90°F).
checking the transmission fluid.
6. Using the transmission fluid
temperature reading, determine
Before checking the fluid level, and perform the appropriate
prepare the vehicle: check procedure. If the
1. Start the engine and park the transmission fluid temperature
vehicle on a level surface. reading is not within the required
Keep the engine running. temperature ranges, allow the
vehicle to cool, or operate the 1. Locate the transmission dipstick
2. Apply the parking brake and vehicle until the appropriate at the rear of the engine
place the shift lever in P (Park). transmission fluid temperature is compartment, on the passenger
3. With your foot on the brake reached. side of the vehicle.
pedal, move the shift lever See Engine Compartment
Cold Check Procedure
through each gear range, Overview on page 10-6.
pausing for about three seconds Use this procedure only as a
2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
in each range. Then, move the reference to determine if the
the dipstick and wipe it with a
shift lever back to P (Park). transmission has enough fluid to be
clean rag or paper towel.
operated safely until a hot check
4. Allow the engine to idle (500– 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
procedure can be made. The hot
800 rpm) for at least one minute. back in all the way; wait
check procedure is the most
Slowly release the brake pedal. three seconds, and then pull it
accurate method to check the fluid
5. Keep the engine running and level. Perform the hot check back out again.
check the transmission fluid procedure at the first opportunity.
temperature on the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-13

4. Check both sides of the dipstick 7. If the fluid level is in the 1. Locate the transmission dipstick
and read the lower level. Repeat acceptable range, push the at the rear of the engine
the check procedure to verify the dipstick back in all the way, then compartment, on the passenger
reading. flip the handle down to lock the side of the vehicle.
dipstick in place. See Engine Compartment
Hot Check Procedure Overview on page 10-6.
Use this procedure to check the 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out
transmission fluid level when the the dipstick and wipe it with a
transmission fluid temperature is clean rag or paper towel.
between 71°C and 93°C (160°F and 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it
200°F). back in all the way; wait
5. If the fluid level is below the
COLD check band, add only The hot check is the most accurate three seconds, and then pull it
enough fluid as necessary to method to check the fluid level. The back out again.
bring the level into the COLD hot check should be performed at 4. Check both sides of the dipstick
band. It does not take much the first opportunity in order to verify and read the lower level. Repeat
fluid, generally less than the cold check. The fluid level rises the check procedure to verify the
0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill. as fluid temperature increases, reading.
so it is important to ensure the
6. Perform a hot check at the transmission temperature is within
first opportunity after the range.
transmission reaches a normal
operating temperature between
71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-14 Vehicle Care

5. Safe operating level is within the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter remains covered with dirt, a new
HOT cross hatch band on the filter is required. Never use
dipstick. If the fluid level is not See Engine Compartment Overview compressed air to clean the filter.
within the HOT band, and the on page 10-6 for the location of the
transmission temperature is engine air cleaner/filter. Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner/
between 71°C and 93°C (160°F Filter
When to Inspect the Engine Air
and 200°F), add or drain fluid as
Cleaner/Filter
necessary to bring the level into
the HOT band. If the fluid level is Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
low, add only enough fluid to scheduled maintenance intervals
bring the level into the HOT and replace it at the first oil change
band. It does not take much after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi)
fluid, generally less than interval. See Maintenance Schedule
0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill. on page 11-3. If driving in dusty/dirty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
6. If the fluid level is in the
engine oil change.
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way, then How to Inspect the Engine Air
flip the handle down to lock the Cleaner/Filter
dipstick in place.
To inspect the air cleaner/filter, 1. Screws (4)
Consistency of Readings remove the engine air cleaner/filter 2. Electrical Connector
Always check the fluid level at least from the vehicle by following 3. Air Duct Clamp
twice using the procedure described Steps 1-8. When the engine air
cleaner/filter is removed, lightly 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
previously. Consistency (repeatable assembly. See Engine
readings) is important to maintaining shake it to release loose dust and
dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter Compartment Overview on
proper fluid level. If readings are still page 10-6.
inconsistent, contact the dealer.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-15

2. Disconnect the outlet duct by

loosening the air duct clamp (3). { Warning
3. Disconnect the electrical Operating the engine with the air
connector (2) and the connector cleaner/filter off can cause you or
harness from the cover. others to be burned. The air
4. Remove the four screws (1) on cleaner not only cleans the air; it
top of the cover of the housing helps to stop flames if the engine
and lift up the cover. backfires. Use caution when
5. Remove the engine air cleaner/ working on the engine and do not
filter from the housing. Take care drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
to dislodge as little dirt as
possible.
1. Coolant Surge Tank
6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ { Caution 2. Coolant Surge Tank
filter sealing surfaces and the Pressure Cap
housing. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 3. Engine Electric
can easily get into the engine, Cooling Fan(s)
7. Inspect or replace the engine air
which could damage it. Always
cleaner/filter.
have the air cleaner/filter in place
8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall when you are driving.
{ Warning
the filter cover housing. An electric engine cooling fan can
Cooling System start even when the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always
The cooling system allows the keep hands, clothing, and tools
engine to maintain the correct away from any engine
working temperature. cooling fan.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-16 Vehicle Care

What to Use
{ Warning Caution (Continued)
Heater and radiator hoses, and vehicle warranty. Always use { Warning
other engine parts, can be very DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
Adding only plain water or some
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, in the vehicle.
other liquid to the cooling system
you can be burned.
can be dangerous. Plain water
Do not run the engine if there is a Engine Coolant and other liquids, can boil before
leak. If you run the engine, it the proper coolant mixture will.
could lose all coolant. That could The cooling system in the vehicle is
The coolant warning system is set
cause an engine fire, and you filled with DEX-COOL® engine
for the proper coolant mixture.
coolant. This coolant is designed to
could be burned. Get any leak With plain water or the wrong
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
fixed before you drive the vehicle. mixture, the engine could get too
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first. hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
The following explains the cooling could catch fire and you or others
{ Caution system and how to check and add could be burned. Use a 50/
coolant when it is low. If there is a
Using coolant other than 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
problem with engine overheating,
DEX-COOL® can cause water and DEX-COOL coolant.
see Engine Overheating on
premature engine, heater core, page 10-19.
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (17,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-17

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Checking Coolant

drinkable water and DEX-COOL Caution (Continued)
The coolant surge tank is in the
coolant. If using this mixture,
mixture can freeze and crack engine compartment on the
nothing else needs to be added.
engine cooling parts. The repairs passenger side of the vehicle. See
This mixture:
would not be covered by the Engine Compartment Overview on
. Gives freezing protection down vehicle warranty. Use only the page 10-6.
to −37°C (−34°F), outside proper mixture of engine coolant The vehicle must be on a level
temperature. for the cooling system. See surface when checking the coolant
. Gives boiling protection up to Recommended Fluids and level.
129°C (265°F), engine Lubricants on page 11-13. Check to see if coolant is visible in
temperature.
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
. Protects against rust and Never dispose of engine coolant by inside the coolant surge tank is
corrosion. putting it in the trash, or by pouring boiling, wait until it cools down. The
. Will not damage aluminum parts. it on the ground, or into sewers, coolant level should be at or above
streams, or bodies of water. Have the FULL COLD mark. If it is not,
. Helps keep the proper engine the coolant changed by an there may be a leak in the cooling
temperature. authorized service center, familiar system.
with legal requirements regarding If coolant is visible but the coolant
{ Caution used coolant disposal. This will help level is not at or above the FULL
protect the environment and COLD mark, see “How to Add
If improper coolant mixture, your health. Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank,”
inhibitors, or additives are used in
following.
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (18,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-18 Vehicle Care

{ Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
severely damaged. pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
{ Warning longer hot.
How to Add Coolant to the Steam and scalding liquids from a Turn the pressure cap slowly
Coolant Surge Tank hot cooling system can blow out counterclockwise about one full
and burn you badly. Never turn turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
{ Warning the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
that to stop. A hiss means there
is still some pressure left.
You can be burned if you spill cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling 2. Keep turning the pressure cap
coolant on hot engine parts. system and surge tank pressure slowly, and remove it.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol cap to cool.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
and it will burn if the engine parts the proper mixture to the FULL
are hot enough. Do not spill If no coolant is visible in the surge COLD mark.
coolant on a hot engine. tank, add coolant.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (19,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-19

4. With the coolant surge tank In addition, there are ENGINE

pressure cap off, start the { Caution OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE,
engine and let it run until the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
engine coolant temperature If the pressure cap is not tightly ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS
gauge indicates approximately installed, coolant loss and REDUCED messages in the Driver
90°C (195°F). possible engine damage may Information Center (DIC). See
occur. Be sure the cap is properly Engine Cooling System Messages
By this time, the coolant level and tightly secured.
inside the coolant surge tank on page 5-37 and Engine Power
may be lower. If the level is Messages on page 5-39.
lower, add more of the proper Engine Overheating If the decision is made not to lift the
mixture to the coolant surge tank hood when this warning appears,
until the level reaches the FULL get service help right away.
COLD mark.
{ Caution
If the decision is made to lift the
5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Running the engine without hood, make sure the vehicle is
coolant may cause damage or a parked on a level surface.
6. Verify coolant level after the
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
engine is shut off and the Check to see if the engine cooling
coolant is cold. If necessary, covered by the vehicle warranty. fan(s) are running. If the engine is
repeat coolant fill procedure overheating, the fans should be
Steps 1–6. The vehicle has several indicators running. If they are not, do not
to warn of engine overheating. continue to run the engine and have
the vehicle serviced.
There is a coolant temperature
gauge in the vehicle's instrument
cluster. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge on page 5-18.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (20,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-20 Vehicle Care

If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP necessary.
{ Warning ENGINE or the ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
Steam from an overheated engine message, along with a low coolant the road, shift to P (Park) or
can burn you badly, even if you condition, can indicate a serious N (Neutral), and let the
just open the hood. Stay away problem. engine idle.
from the engine if you see or hear If the temperature overheat gauge is
steam coming from it. Just turn it If there is an engine overheat
warning, but no steam is seen or no longer in the overheat zone or an
off and get everyone away from overheat warning no longer
heard, the problem may not be too
the vehicle until it cools down. displays, the vehicle can be driven.
serious. Sometimes the engine can
Wait until there is no sign of get a little too hot when the vehicle: Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
steam or coolant before you open for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
the hood.
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. vehicle distance from the vehicle in
If you keep driving when the
. Stops after high-speed driving. front. If the warning does not come
engine is overheated, the liquids back on, continue to drive normally
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
and have the cooling system
in it can catch fire. You or others . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing checked for proper fill and function.
could be badly burned. Stop the on page 9-77.
engine if it overheats, and get out If the warning continues, pull over,
of the vehicle until the engine If the ENGINE OVERHEATED stop, and park the vehicle
is cool. STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE right away.
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
If there is still no sign of steam and
message appears with no sign of
the vehicle is equipped with an
steam, try this for a minute or so:
engine driven cooling fan, push
1. Turn the air conditioning off. down the accelerator until the
engine speed is about twice as fast
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (21,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-21

as normal idle speed for at least The fans will change to low speed displays, washer fluid will need to
five minutes while the vehicle is when additional cooling is no longer be added to the windshield washer
parked. If the warning is still there, required. fluid reservoir.
turn off the engine and get everyone The electric engine cooling fans
out of the vehicle until it cools down. may run after the engine has been
If there is no sign of steam, idle the turned. off. This is normal and no
engine for five minutes while service is required.
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it Washer Fluid
cools down.
What to Use Open the cap with the washer
Engine Fan When windshield washer fluid needs symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
to be added, be sure to read the the tank is full. See Engine
If the vehicle has electric cooling Compartment Overview on
fans, the fans may be heard manufacturer's instructions before
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient page 10-6 for reservoir location.
spinning at low speed during most
everyday driving. The fans may turn protection against freezing in an
off if no cooling is required. Under area where the temperature may fall { Caution
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, below freezing. . Do not use engine coolant
high outside temperatures, Adding Washer Fluid (antifreeze) in the windshield
or operation of the air conditioning washer. It can damage the
system, the fans may change to The vehicle has a low washer fluid
message on the DIC that comes on windshield washer system
high speed and an increase in fan and paint.
noise may be heard. This is normal when the washer fluid is low.
and indicates that the cooling The message is displayed for . Do not mix water with
system is functioning properly. 15 seconds at the start of each ready-to-use washer fluid.
ignition cycle. When the WASHER Water can cause the solution
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (22,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-22 Vehicle Care

proper sequence to torque

Caution (Continued) { Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2.
to freeze and damage the The brake wear warning sound
washer fluid tank and other means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
parts of the washer system. not work well. That could lead to complete sets.
. When using concentrated a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
washer fluid, follow the warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
manufacturer instructions for
does not return to normal height,
adding water.
or if there is a rapid increase in
. Fill the washer fluid tank only pedal travel. This could be a sign
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for fluid
{ Caution that brake service may be required.

expansion if freezing occurs, Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts
which could damage the tank brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts
if it is completely full. brake repair. with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates
performance expected can change
can cause a brake squeal when the
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly in many other ways if the wrong
indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean replacement brake parts are
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes. installed or parts are improperly
are worn and new pads are needed. installed.
The sound can come and go or be Properly torqued wheel nuts are
heard all the time when the vehicle necessary to help prevent brake
is moving, except when applying the pulsation. When tires are rotated,
brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (23,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-23

Brake Fluid Do not top off the brake fluid. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. to determine when to check the
If fluid is added when the linings are brake fluid. See Maintenance
worn, there will be too much fluid Schedule on page 11-3.
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Checking Brake Fluid
as necessary, only when work is Check brake fluid by looking at the
done on the brake hydraulic system. brake fluid reservoir. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See { Warning page 10-6.
Engine Compartment Overview on If too much brake fluid is added, it
page 10-6 for the location of the
can spill on the engine and burn,
reservoir.
if the engine is hot enough. You
There are only two reasons why the or others could be burned, and
brake fluid level in the reservoir the vehicle could be damaged.
might go down: Add brake fluid only when work is
. The brake fluid level goes down done on the brake hydraulic
because of normal brake lining system. See “Checking Brake
wear. When new linings are Fluid” in this section.
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
. A fluid leak in the brake level, the brake warning light comes
hydraulic system can also cause on. See Brake System Warning The fluid level should be above
a low fluid level. Have the brake Light on page 5-24. MIN. If it is not, have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a hydraulic system checked to see if
leak means that sooner or later there is a leak.
the brakes will not work well.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (24,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-24 Vehicle Care

After work is done on the brake Battery

hydraulic system, make sure the { Caution
level is above MIN but not over the The original equipment battery is
MAX mark.
. Using the wrong fluid can maintenance free. Do not remove
badly damage brake the cap and do not add fluid.
What to Add hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of Refer to the replacement number on
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid the original battery label when a
from a sealed container. See mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in the brake new battery is needed. See Engine
Recommended Fluids and Compartment Overview on
Lubricants on page 11-13. hydraulic system can damage
brake hydraulic system parts page 10-6 for battery location.
Always clean the brake fluid so badly that they will have to
reservoir cap and the area around be replaced. Do not let { Warning
the cap before removing it. This someone put in the wrong
helps keep dirt from entering the kind of fluid. Battery posts, terminals, and
reservoir. related accessories contain lead
. If brake fluid is spilled on the and lead compounds, chemicals
vehicle's painted surfaces,
{ Warning the paint finish can be
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
damaged. Be careful not to
With the wrong kind of fluid in the harm. Wash hands after handling.
spill brake fluid on the
brake hydraulic system, the vehicle. If you do, wash it off
brakes might not work well. This immediately.
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake fluid.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (25,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-25

Vehicle Storage Four-Wheel Drive To get an accurate reading, the

vehicle should be on a level
{ Warning Transfer Case surface.
When to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of
Batteries have acid that can burn the fill plug (1) hole, located on the
you and gas that can explode. Refer to Maintenance Schedule on
transfer case, some lubricant will
You can be badly hurt if you are page 11-3 to determine when to
need to be added. Add enough
not careful. See Jump Starting on check the lubricant.
lubricant to raise the level to the
page 10-79 for tips on working How to Check Lubricant bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
around a battery without care not to overtighten the plug.
getting hurt.
When to Change Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule on
Infrequent Usage: Remove the page 11-3 to determine how often to
black, negative (−) cable from the change the lubricant.
battery to keep the battery from
running down. What to Use
Extended Storage: Remove the Refer to Recommended Fluids and
black, negative (−) cable from the Lubricants on page 11-13 to
battery or use a battery trickle determine what kind of lubricant
charger. to use.

Automatic Transfer Case

1. Fill Plug
2. Drain Plug
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (26,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-26 Vehicle Care

Front Axle 1. Fill Plug heard. A fluid loss could indicate a

2. Drain Plug problem. Have it inspected and
When to Check and Change repaired.
Lubricant
. When the differential is cold, add
enough lubricant to raise the All axle assemblies are filled by
It is not necessary to regularly level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm volume of fluid during production.
check front axle fluid unless a leak (1/8 in) below the fill They are not filled to reach a certain
is suspected, or an unusual noise is plug (1) hole. level. When checking the fluid level
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a on any axle, variations in the
problem. Have it inspected and
. When the differential is at
readings can be caused by factory
repaired. operating temperature (warm),
fill differences between the minimum
add enough lubricant to raise the
How to Check Lubricant and the maximum fluid volume.
level to the bottom of the fill
Also, if a vehicle has just been
To get an accurate reading, the plug (1) hole.
driven before checking the fluid
vehicle should be on a level What to Use level, it may appear lower than
surface. normal because fluid has traveled
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
out along the axle tubes and has
Lubricants on page 11-13 to
not drained back to the sump area.
determine what kind of lubricant
Therefore, a reading taken
to use.
five minutes after the vehicle has
been driven will appear to have a
Rear Axle lower fluid level than a vehicle that
When to Check Lubricant has been stationary for an hour or
two. The rear axle assembly must
It is not necessary to regularly be supported on a flat, level surface
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is to get a true reading.
suspected or an unusual noise is
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (27,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-27

How to Check Lubricant Noise Control System 2. The use of the vehicle after such
device or element of design has
The following information relates to been removed or rendered
compliance with federal noise inoperative by any person.
emission standards for vehicles with
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Among those acts presumed to
(GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg constitute tampering are the acts
(10,000 lb). The noise control listed below.
system warranty is given in your Insulation:
warranty manual.
Removal of the noise shields or any
These standards apply only to underhood insulation.
vehicles sold in the United States.
Engine:
Federal law prohibits the following
acts or the causing thereof: Removal or rendering engine speed
To get an accurate reading, the governor, if the vehicle has one,
vehicle should be on a level 1. The removal or rendering inoperative so as to allow engine
surface. inoperative by any person, other speed to exceed manufacturer
than for purposes of specifications.
The proper level is 1.0 mm to maintenance, repair or
19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below replacement, of any device or Fan and Drive:
the bottom of the fill hole, located on element of design incorporated . Removal of fan clutch, if the
the rear axle. Add only enough fluid into any new vehicle for the vehicle has one, or rendering
to reach the proper level. purpose of noise control, prior to clutch inoperative.
its sale or delivery to the ultimate
What to Use . Removal of the fan shroud, if the
purchaser or while it is in use; or
Refer to Recommended Fluids and vehicle has one.
Lubricants on page 11-13 to
determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (28,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-28 Vehicle Care

Air Intake: 2. Apply both the parking brake 1. Before starting this check, be
. Removal of the air cleaner and the regular brake. sure there is enough room
silencer. Do not use the accelerator around the vehicle. It should be
pedal, and be ready to turn off parked on a level surface.
. Modification of the air cleaner.
the engine immediately if it 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
Exhaust: starts. ready to apply the regular brake
. Removal of the muffler and/or 3. Try to start the engine in each immediately if the vehicle begins
resonator. gear. The vehicle should start to move.
. Removal of the exhaust pipes only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). 3. With the engine off, turn the
and exhaust pipe clamps. If the vehicle starts in any other ignition on, but do not start the
position, contact your dealer for engine. Without applying the
service. regular brake, try to move the
Starter Switch Check shift lever out of P (Park) with
Automatic Transmission normal effort. If the shift lever
{ Warning Shift Lock Control moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
When you are doing this Function Check
inspection, the vehicle could Ignition Transmission
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
{ Warning Lock Check
injured. When you are doing this While parked and with the parking
inspection, the vehicle could brake set, try to turn the ignition to
move suddenly. If the vehicle LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
1. Before starting this check, be
moves, you or others could be position.
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. injured. . The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (29,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-29

. The ignition key should come . To check the parking brake's Front Wiper Blade
out only in LOCK/OFF. holding ability: With the engine Replacement
Contact your dealer if service is running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot To replace the wiper blade
required. assembly:
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is 1. Pull the windshield wiper
Park Brake and P (Park) held by the parking brake only. assembly away from the
Mechanism Check . To check the P (Park) windshield.
mechanism's holding ability:
{ Warning With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
When you are doing this check, parking brake followed by the
the vehicle could begin to move. regular brake.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged. Contact your dealer if service is
Make sure there is room in front required.
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular Wiper Blade Replacement
brake at once should the vehicle Windshield wiper blades should be
begin to move. inspected for wear or cracking.
For the proper type and size, see
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Maintenance Replacement Parts on 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping page 11-15. of the wiper blade where the
your foot on the regular brake, set wiper arm attaches.
the parking brake.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (30,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-30 Vehicle Care

3. With the latch open, pull the Headlamp Aiming

wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to release Headlamp aim has been preset and
it from the J-hooked end of the should need no further adjustment.
wiper arm. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
4. Remove the wiper blade. the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
necessary, see your dealer.
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could 2. Push the release lever (2) to
damage the windshield. Any disengage the hook and push
damage that occurs would not the wiper arm (1) out of the
be covered by the vehicle blade assembly (3).
warranty. Do not allow the wiper
blade arm to touch the 3. Push the new blade assembly
windshield. securely in the wiper arm hook
until the release lever clicks into
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper place.
blade replacement.
4. Return the wiper arm and blade
Rear Wiper Blade Replacement assembly to the rest position on
To replace the rear wiper blade: the glass.
1. Pull the wiper blade assembly Glass Replacement
away from the backglass.
If the windshield or front side glass
The rear wiper blade will not lock must be replaced, see your dealer
in a vertical position so care
to determine the correct
should be used when pulling it replacement glass.
away from the vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (31,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-31

Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge Headlamps

For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10-35. { Warning
For any bulb‐changing procedure The high intensity discharge
not listed in this section, contact lighting system operates at a very
your dealer.
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
Halogen Bulbs you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
{ Warning technician service them.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you After an HID headlamp bulb has Driver Side
drop or scratch the bulb. You or been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was 1. Low-Beam Headlamp
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions originally. This is normal. 2. High-Beam Headlamp
on the bulb package. 3. Turn Signal Lamp
LED Lighting
See your dealer for passenger side
This vehicle has several LED lamps. replacement.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer. Headlamp
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-5
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (32,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-32 Vehicle Care

2. Remove the headlamp bulb To replace the front fog lamp bulb: 6. Reinstall the new bulb socket
assembly cover by turning it 1. Locate the fog lamp under the into the headlamp assembly and
counterclockwise. front bumper. turn it clockwise to secure.
3. Turn the bulb socket 2. Disconnect the electrical
counterclockwise to remove it Taillamps, Turn Signal,
connector from the fog lamp bulb
from the headlamp assembly assembly by pressing the Stoplamps, and Back-Up
and pull it straight out. connector release. Lamps
4. Unplug the electrical connector 3. Turn the bulb counter clockwise
from the old bulb by releasing to remove it from the housing.
the clip on the bulb socket.

Fog Lamps Front Turn Signal Lamps

1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10-5
2. Reach in and access the bulb
socket from inside the engine
compartment.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out. 1. Back-up Lamp
2. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the socket bulb The taillamp on this vehicle is an
socket. LED. For replacement, contact your
dealer.
5. Replace it with a new bulb.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (33,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-33

To replace one of these bulbs: 6. Pull the bulb straight out from
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate the socket.
on page 2-19. 7. Press a new bulb into the
socket, insert it into the taillamp
assembly, and turn the bulb
socket clockwise until it clicks.
8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly
and tighten the screws.
9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by
snapping it into place.

3. Remove the two screws from the

taillamp assembly.
4. Pull the taillamp assembly
straight back to remove.
2. Remove the taillamp closeout 5. Turn the bulb socket
cover from the lamp assembly counterclockwise to remove it
by pulling rearward from the top from the taillamp assembly.
and bottom at the same time to
unfasten the snap tabs.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (34,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-34 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)
toward the center of the vehicle.
2. Pull the lamp assembly down to
remove.
3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket (1).
5. Push the replacement bulb
1. Bulb Socket straight into the bulb socket and
Passenger Side Shown, Driver 2. Bulb turn the bulb socket clockwise to
Side Similar 3. Lamp Assembly install it into the lamp assembly.
6. Push the lamp assembly back
into position until the release tab
locks into place.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (35,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-35

Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

Exterior Lamp Bulb An electrical overload may cause
Number Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
Back-up Lamp 921 headlamp wiring checked right away
Fog Lamp PSX26W The vehicle has fuses to protect if the lamps go on and off or
against an electrical system remain off.
Front Turn WY21W overload. Fuses also protect power
Signal Lamp devices in the vehicle. Windshield Wipers
High-Beam 9005 LL Replace a bad fuse with a new one If the wiper motor overheats due to
Headlamp (Base of the identical size and rating. heavy snow or ice, the windshield
and Uplevel) wipers will stop until the motor cools
If there is a problem on the road and and will then restart.
Low-Beam H11 LL a fuse needs to be replaced, there
Headlamp (Base) are some spare fuses and a fuse Although the circuit is protected
puller in the Instrument Panel Fuse from electrical overload, overload
License W5W due to heavy snow or ice may
Block. The same amperage fuse
Plate Lamp cause wiper linkage damage.
can also be borrowed. Choose
Stoplamp/Turn 7440 LL and some feature of the vehicle that is Always clear ice and heavy snow
Signal Lamp WY21W not needed to use and replace it as from the windshield before using the
soon as possible. windshield wipers.
For replacement bulbs not listed If the overload is caused by an
here, contact your dealer. electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (36,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-36 Vehicle Care

Fuses Engine Compartment

Fuse Block
{ Caution
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by The engine compartment fuse block Spilling liquid on any electrical
fuses. This greatly reduces the is in the engine compartment, on component on the vehicle may
chance of fires caused by electrical the driver side of the vehicle. damage it. Always keep the
problems. covers on any electrical
Look at the silver-colored band component.
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure A fuse puller is available in the left
you replace a bad fuse with a new instrument panel fuse block.
one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.

Lift the cover to access the fuse

block.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (37,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-37

Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (38,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-38 Vehicle Care

Item Usage Item Usage Item Usage

1 Electric Running 21 ALC Exhaust 36 Trailer Brakes
Boards Solenoid
37 Upfitter 3 Relay
2 Antilock Brake 23 Integrated Chassis
39 Trailer Stop/Turn
System Pump Control Module
Right
3 Interior BEC LT1 24 Real Time
40 Trailer Stop/
Dampening
4 MBS Passenger Turn Left
25 Fuel Pump Power
5 Suspension 41 Trailer Park Lamps
Module
Leveling
42 Right Parking
Compressor 26 Spare/Battery
Lamps
Regulated Voltage
6 4WD Transfer
Control 43 Left Parking Lamps
Case Electronic
Control 28 Upfitter 2 44 Upfitter 3
10 Electric Parking 29 Upfitter 2 Relay 45 Automatic Level
Brake Control Run/Crank
30 Wiper
13 Interior BEC LT2 47 Upfitter 4
31 TIM
14 Rear BEC 1 48 Upfitter 4 Relay
34 Back-up Lamps
17 MBS Driver 49 Reverse Lamps
35 Antilock Brake
System Valve
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (39,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-39

Item Usage Item Usage Item Usage

51 Parking Lamp 78 VBAT Upfitter 102 Engine Control
Relay 1 and 2 Module/
Transmission
59 Euro Trailer 83 Euro Trailer RC
Control Module
60 Air Conditioning 84 Run/Crank Relay
103 Auxiliary Interior
Control
87 Engine Heater
63 Upfitter 1
88 Injector A – Odd 104 Starter
67 Trailer Battery
89 Injector B – Even 107 Aero Shutter
69 RC Upfitter 3 and 4
90 Oxygen Sensor B 109 Police Upfitter
70 VBAT Upfitter
91 Throttle Control 112 Starter Relay
3 and 4
92 Engine Control 114 Front Windshield
72 Upfitter 1 Relay
Module Relay Washer
74 Engine Control
93 Horn 115 Rear Window
Module Ignition
Washer
94 Fog Lamps
75 Miscellaneous
116 Cooling Fan Left
Ignition Spare 95 High-Beam
Headlamps 121 Right HID
76 Transmission
Headlamp
Ignition 100 Oxygen Sensor A
122 Left HID Headlamp
77 RC Upfitter 1 and 2 101 Engine Control
Module 123 Cooling Fan Right
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (40,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-40 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse

Block (Left)

The left instrument panel fuse block

access door is on the driver side
edge of the instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block.

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (41,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-41

Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

1 Not Used 13 Not Used 25 Instrument Cluster
Ignition/Sensing
2 Not Used 14 Not Used
Diagnostic Module
3 Not Used 15 Not Used Ignition
4 Accessory Power 16 Discrete Logic Ignition 26 Tilt Column/SEO, Tilt
Outlet 1 Sensor Column Lock 1/SEO
5 Retained Accessory 17 VPM 27 Data Link Connector/
Power/Accessory Driver Seat Module
18 Mirror Window
6 APO/BATT Module 28 Passive Entry/Passive
Start/Heater,
7 Universal Garage 19 Body Control
Ventilation and Air
Door Opener/Inside Module 1
Conditioning Battery
Rear View Mirror
20 Front Bolster (if
29 Content Theft
8 SEO Retained equipped)
Accessory Power 30 Not Used
21 Not Used
9 Not Used 31 Not Used
22 Not Used
10 Body Control 32 Not Used
23 Not Used
Module 3
33 SEO/Automatic Level
24 Heater, Ventilation
11 Body Control Control
and Air Conditioning
Module 5
Ignition/Heater, 34 Park Enable Electric
12 Steering Wheel Ventilation and Air Adjustable Pedal (if
Controls Backlighting Conditioning Auxiliary equipped)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (42,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-42 Vehicle Care

Number Usage Number Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

35 Not Used 47 Left Heated/ Block (Right)
Cooled Seat
36 Miscellaneous R/C
48 Not Used
37 Heated Steering
Wheel 49 Not Used
38 Steering Column Lock 50 Accessory Power
2 (if equipped) Outlet 2
39 Instrument Cluster 51 Not Used
Battery
52 Retained Accessory
40 Not Used Power/Accessory
Relay
41 Not Used
53 Run/Crank Relay
42 Euro Trailer (if
equipped) 54 Not Used The right instrument panel fuse
block access door is on the
43 Left Doors 55 Not Used
passenger side edge of the
44 Driver Power Seat 56 Not Used instrument panel.
45 Not Used Pull off the cover to access the
fuse block.
46 Right Heated/
Cooled Seat
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (43,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-43

Number Usage
1 Not Used
2 Not Used
3 Not Used
4 Accessory Power
Outlet 4
5 Not Used
6 Not Used
7 Not Used
8 Glove Box
9 Not Used
10 Not Used
11 Not Used
12 Steering Wheel
Controls
13 Body Control
Module 8
14 Not Used
15 Not Used
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 16 Not Used
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (44,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-44 Vehicle Care

Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

17 Not Used 32 Not Used 47 Body Control
Module 7
18 Not Used 33 Not Used
48 Amplifier
19 Body Control 34 Not Used
Module 4 49 Right Front Seat
35 Not Used
20 Rear Seat 50 Accessory Power
36 SEO B2
Entertainment Outlet 3
37 SEO
21 Sunroof 51 Not Used
38 Body Control
22 Not Used 52 Retained Accessory
Module 2
Power/Accessory
23 Not Used
39 A/C Inverter Relay
24 Not Used
40 Not Used 53 Not Used
25 Not Used
41 Not Used 54 Not Used
26 Info/Airbag
42 Not Used 55 Not Used
27 Spare/RF WDW
43 Not Used 56 Not Used
RN SW
44 Right Door Window
28 Obstacle
Motor
Detection/USB
45 Front Blower
29 Radio
46 Body Control
30 Not Used
Module 6
31 Not Used
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (45,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-45

Rear Compartment Fuse ISO Mini Usage

Block Relays
1 Rear Defogger

Micro Usage
Fuses
2 Heated Second Row
Seat Left
3 Heated Second Row
Seat Right
4 Heated Mirrors
5 Liftgate
6 Glass Breakage
The rear compartment fuse block is
behind the access panel on the left 7 Liftglass
side of the compartment. 8 Liftgate Module Logic
Pull the panel out by grabbing the
9 Rear Wiper
finger access slot at the rear edge.
10 Rear Heater,
Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Blower
The vehicle may not be equipped 11 Second Row Seat
with all of the fuses, relays, and
19 Rear Fog Lamp (if
features shown.
equipped)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (46,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-46 Vehicle Care

M-Type Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

Fuses
12 Liftgate Module Tires There could be a blowout and
13 Third Row Seat Every new GM vehicle has a serious crash. See Vehicle
high-quality tires made by a Load Limits on page 9-14.
14 Rear Accessory
Power Outlet leading tire manufacturer. . Underinflated tires pose
See the warranty manual for the same danger as
15 Rear Defogger information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The
warranty and where to get resulting crash could
Ultra Usage service. For additional cause serious injury.
Micro information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently
Relays manufacturer. to maintain the
16 Liftgate recommended pressure.
{ Warning Tire pressure should be
Micro Usage checked when the tires
Relays
. Poorly maintained and
are cold.
improperly used tires are
17 Liftglass dangerous. . Overinflated tires are more
18 Rear Fog Lamp (if likely to be cut, punctured,
. Overloading the tires can
equipped) or broken by a sudden
cause overheating as a impact — such as when
19 Heated Mirrors result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep
(Continued) tires at the recommended
pressure.
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (47,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-47

See Tire Pressure for may not offer the same level of
Warning (Continued) High-Speed Operation on traction or performance as winter
. Worn or old tires can page 10-55 for inflation pressure tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
cause a crash. If the tread adjustment for high-speed See Winter Tires on page 10-47.
is badly worn, driving.
replace them. Winter Tires
. Replace any tires that All-Season Tires This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
have been damaged by This vehicle may come with
tires are designed for increased
impacts with potholes, all-season tires. These tires are
traction on snow and ice-covered
curbs, etc. designed to provide good overall
roads. Consider installing winter
performance on most road surfaces
. Improperly repaired tires tires on the vehicle if frequent
and weather conditions. Original
can cause a crash. Only driving on ice or snow covered
equipment tires designed to GM's
roads is expected. See your dealer
the dealer or an specific tire performance criteria
for details regarding winter tire
authorized tire service have a TPC specification code
availability and proper tire selection.
center should repair, molded onto the sidewall. Original
Also, see Buying New Tires on
replace, dismount, and equipment all-season tires can be
page 10-62.
mount the tires. identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will With winter tires, there may be
. Do not spin the tires in be “MS.” decreased dry road traction,
excess of 56 km/h increased road noise, and shorter
Consider installing winter tires on
(35 mph) on slippery tread life. After changing to winter
the vehicle if frequent driving on
surfaces such as snow, tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
snow or ice-covered roads is
handling and braking.
mud, ice, etc. Excessive expected. All-season tires provide
spinning may cause the adequate performance for most
tires to explode. winter driving conditions, but they
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (48,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-48 Vehicle Care

If using winter tires: The tread pattern on these tires may

. Use tires of the same brand and
{ Caution wear more quickly than other tires.
tread type on all four wheel Consider rotating the tires more
Low-profile tires are more frequently than at 12 000 km
positions. susceptible to damage from road (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
. Use only radial ply tires of the hazards or curb impact than is noted when the tires are
same size, load range, and standard profile tires. Tire and/or inspected. See Tire Inspection on
speed rating as the original wheel assembly damage can page 10-60.
equipment tires. occur when coming into contact
Winter tires with the same speed with road hazards like potholes, Tire Sidewall Labeling
rating as the original equipment tires or sharp edged objects, or when
sliding into a curb. The warranty Useful information about a tire is
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter does not cover this type of molded into the sidewall. The
tires with a lower speed rating are damage. Keep tires set to the example shows a typical
chosen, never exceed the tire's correct inflation pressure and passenger vehicle tire sidewall.
maximum speed capability. when possible, avoid contact with
curbs, potholes, and other road
Low-Profile Tires hazards.
If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or
P285/45R22 size tires, they are All-Terrain Tires
classified as touring tires and This vehicle may have all-terrain
are designed for on road use. tires. These tires provide good
The low-profile, wide tread performance on most road surfaces,
design is not recommended for weather conditions, and for off-road
off-road driving. See Off-Road driving. See Off-Road Driving on
Driving on page 9-5, for page 9-5.
additional information.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (49,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-49

criteria have a TPC specification (4) Tire Identification Number

code molded onto the sidewall. (TIN): The letters and numbers
GM's TPC specifications meet or following the DOT code are the
exceed all federal safety Tire Identification Number (TIN).
guidelines. The TIN shows the
(3) DOT (Department of manufacturer and plant code,
Transportation): The tire size, and date the tire was
Department of Transportation manufactured. The TIN is
(DOT) code indicates that the molded onto both sides of the
tire is in compliance with the tire, although only one side may
U.S. Department of have the date of manufacture.
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire Transportation Motor Vehicle (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(1) Tire Size: The tire size code Safety Standards. of cord and number of plies in
is a combination of letters and DOT Tire Date of the sidewall and under the tread.
numbers used to define a Manufacture: The last four (6) Uniform Tire Quality
particular tire's width, height, digits of the TIN indicate the tire Grading (UTQG): Tire
aspect ratio, construction type, manufactured date. The first two manufacturers are required to
and service description. See the digits represent the week grade tires based on three
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (01-52) and the last two digits, performance factors: treadwear,
section for more detail. the year. For example, the third traction, and temperature
(2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would resistance. For more
Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date information, see Uniform Tire
Specification): Original of 0310. Quality Grading on page 10-64.
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (50,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-50 Vehicle Care

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation would mean that the tire's

Load Limit: Maximum load that sidewall is 75 percent as high as
can be carried and the it is wide.
maximum pressure needed to (4) Construction Code: A letter
support that load. For code is used to indicate the type
information on recommended of ply construction in the tire.
tire pressure see Tire Pressure Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
The letter R means radial ply
on page 10-53 and Vehicle Load (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: construction; the letter D means
Limits on page 9-14. The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
(8) Temporary Use Only: Only metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
use a temporary spare tire until letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
the road tire is repaired and the tire size means a passenger construction.
replaced. This spare tire should vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
not be driven on over 112 km/h the wheel in inches.
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) and Rim Association.
when pulling a trailer, with the (2) Tire Width: The three-digit (6) Service Description: These
proper inflation pressure. See number indicates the tire section characters represent the load
Full-Size Spare Tire on width in millimeters from index and speed rating of the
page 10-78. sidewall to sidewall. tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed
Tire Designations number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a
Tire Size height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load.
The example shows a typical For example, if the tire size
passenger vehicle tire size. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item C of the tire illustration, it
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (51,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-51

Tire Terminology and Bead: The tire bead contains DOT Markings: A code molded
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel into the sidewall of a tire
cords that hold the tire onto signifying that the tire is in
Air Pressure: The amount of the rim. compliance with the U.S.
air inside the tire pressing Department of Transportation
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
the tire. Air pressure is Standards. The DOT code
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of includes the Tire Identification
or psi (pounds per square inch). Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
the tread.
Accessory Weight: The designator which can also
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer,
accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production.
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
windows, power seats, and air Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10-53. on page 9-14.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and Rating for the front axle. See
Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits on
cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, page 9-14.
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See
materials. Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (52,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-52 Vehicle Care

Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A

The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and
that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and
when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation
unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended
tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown
some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard. See Tire
vehicles. Limits on page 9-14. Pressure on page 10-53 and
Occupant Distribution : Vehicle Load Limits on
Load Index: An assigned page 9-14.
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions.
that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that
has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at
Maximum Inflation Pressure: 90 degrees to the centerline of
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that the tread.
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire
molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads
manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated.
Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is
load rating for a tire at the Sidewall: The portion of a tire
higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead.
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
pressure for that tire. of the tire.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (53,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-53

Speed Rating: An Ratings are determined by tire See “Tire and Loading
alphanumeric code assigned to manufacturers using Information Label” under Vehicle
a tire indicating the maximum government testing procedures. Load Limits on page 9-14.
speed at which a tire can The ratings are molded into the
operate. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure
Traction: The friction between Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount of
the tire and the road surface. page 10-64. air pressure to operate
The amount of grip provided. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The effectively.
Tread: The portion of a tire that number of designated seating
comes into contact with positions multiplied by { Caution
the road. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load Neither tire underinflation nor
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Limits on page 9-14. overinflation is good.
bands, sometimes called wear Underinflated tires, or tires
bars, that show across the tread Vehicle Maximum Load on the that do not have enough air,
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ Tire: Load on an individual tire can result in:
16 in) of tread remains. See due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and . Tire overloading and
When It Is Time for New Tires overheating which could
on page 10-61. cargo weight.
lead to a blowout.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Placard: A label
permanently attached to a . Premature or
Grading Standards): A tire
vehicle showing the vehicle irregular wear.
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a capacity weight and the original . Poor handling.
tire's traction, temperature, and equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
. Reduced fuel economy.
treadwear. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (54,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-54 Vehicle Care

example of the Tire and Loading the vehicle has not been driven
Caution (Continued) Information label, see Vehicle for at least three hours or no
Overinflated tires, or tires that Load Limits on page 9-14. How more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
have too much air, can the vehicle is loaded affects Remove the valve cap from the
result in: vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to
. Unusual wear. with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement.
. Poor handling. designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure
. Rough ride. When to Check matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
. Needless damage from Check the tires once a month
Loading Information label, no
road hazards. or more.
further adjustment is necessary.
Do not forget the spare tire, If the inflation pressure is low,
The Tire and Loading if the vehicle has one. See add air until the recommended
Information label on the vehicle Full-Size Spare Tire on pressure is reached. If the
indicates the original equipment page 10-78 for additional inflation pressure is high, press
tires and the correct cold tire information. on the metal stem in the center
inflation pressures. The of the tire valve to release air.
recommended pressure is the How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type Re-check the tire pressure with
minimum air pressure needed to
gauge to check tire pressure. the tire gauge.
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. Proper tire inflation cannot be Return the valve caps on the
determined by looking at the tire. valve stems to prevent leaks
For additional information
Check the tire inflation pressure and keep out dirt and moisture.
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an when the tires are cold, meaning
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (55,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-55

Tire Pressure for When driving the vehicle at speeds pressure label. (If your vehicle has
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set tires of a different size than the size
High-Speed Operation the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa indicated on the vehicle placard or
(3 psi) above the recommended tire tire inflation pressure label, you
{ Warning pressure shown on the Tire and should determine the proper tire
Loading Information label. Return inflation pressure for those tires.)
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h the tires to the recommended cold
(100 mph) or higher, puts an As an added safety feature, your
tire inflation pressure when vehicle has been equipped with a
additional strain on tires. high-speed driving has ended. See tire pressure monitoring system
Sustained high-speed driving Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14 (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
causes excessive heat buildup and Tire Pressure on page 10-53. pressure telltale when one or more
and can cause sudden tire failure.
of your tires is significantly
You could have a crash and you Tire Pressure Monitor under-inflated.
or others could be killed. Some System
high-speed rated tires require Accordingly, when the low tire
inflation pressure adjustment for The Tire Pressure Monitor System pressure telltale illuminates, you
high-speed operation. When (TPMS) uses radio and sensor should stop and check your tires as
speed limits and road conditions technology to check tire pressure soon as possible, and inflate them
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor to the proper pressure. Driving on a
are such that a vehicle can be
the air pressure in your tires and significantly under-inflated tire
driven at high speeds, make sure
transmit tire pressure readings to a causes the tire to overheat and can
the tires are rated for high-speed lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
receiver located in the vehicle.
operation, in excellent condition, also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
and set to the correct cold tire Each tire, including the spare (if
tread life, and may affect the
inflation pressure for the provided), should be checked
vehicle's handling and stopping
vehicle load. monthly when cold and inflated to
ability.
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (56,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-56 Vehicle Care

Please note that the TPMS is wheels on the vehicle that prevent the tires and transmit the tire
not a substitute for proper tire the TPMS from functioning properly. pressure readings to a receiver
maintenance, and it is the driver's Always check the TPMS malfunction located in the vehicle.
responsibility to maintain correct tire telltale after replacing one or more
pressure, even if under-inflation has tires or wheels on your vehicle to
not reached the level to trigger ensure that the replacement or
illumination of the TPMS low tire alternate tires and wheels allow the
pressure telltale. TPMS to continue to function
Your vehicle has also been properly.
equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Tire Pressure Monitor
indicator to indicate when the Operation on page 10-56. When a low tire pressure condition
system is not operating properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates
See Radio Frequency Statement on
The TPMS malfunction indicator is the low tire pressure warning light
page 13-12.
combined with the low tire pressure located on the instrument cluster.
telltale. When the system detects a If the warning light comes on, stop
malfunction, the telltale will flash for Tire Pressure Monitor as soon as possible and inflate the
approximately one minute and then Operation tires to the recommended pressure
remain continuously illuminated. shown on the Tire and Loading
This vehicle may have a Tire
This sequence will continue upon Information label. See Vehicle Load
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
subsequent vehicle start-ups as Limits on page 9-14.
The TPMS is designed to warn the
long as the malfunction exists. driver when a low tire pressure A message to check the pressure in
When the malfunction indicator is condition exists. TPMS sensors are a specific tire displays in the Driver
illuminated, the system may not be mounted onto each tire and wheel Information Center (DIC). The low
able to detect or signal low tire assembly, excluding the spare tire tire pressure warning light and the
pressure as intended. TPMS and wheel assembly. The TPMS DIC warning message come on at
malfunctions may occur for a variety sensors monitor the air pressure in each ignition cycle until the tires are
of reasons, including the installation inflated to the correct inflation
of replacement or alternate tires or pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (57,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-57

buttons, tire pressure levels can be The TPMS can warn about a low TPMS Malfunction Light and
viewed. For additional information tire pressure condition but it does Message
and details about the DIC operation not replace normal tire
and displays, see Driver Information maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly
Center (DIC) (Base Level) on on page 10-60, Tire Rotation on if one or more of the TPMS sensors
page 5-30 or Driver Information page 10-60 and Tires on are missing or inoperable. When the
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) on page 5-32 page 10-46. system detects a malfunction, the
and Tire Messages on page 5-44. low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
The low tire pressure warning light { Caution then stays on for the remainder of
may come on in cool weather when the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
the vehicle is first started, and then Tire sealant materials are not all
message also displays. The
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This the same. A non-approved tire
malfunction light and DIC warning
could be an early indicator that the sealant could damage the TPMS message come on at each ignition
air pressure is getting low and sensors. TPMS sensor damage cycle until the problem is corrected.
needs to be inflated to the proper caused by using an incorrect tire Some of the conditions that can
pressure. sealant is not covered by the cause these to come on are:
vehicle warranty. Always use only
A Tire and Loading Information label . One of the road tires has been
shows the size of the original the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or replaced with the spare tire.
equipment tires and the correct The spare tire does not have a
inflation pressure for the tires when included in the vehicle.
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
they are cold. See Vehicle Load light and the DIC message
Limits on page 9-14, for an example should go off after the road tire
of the Tire and Loading Information is replaced and the sensor
label and its location. Also see Tire matching process is performed
Pressure on page 10-53. successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (58,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-58 Vehicle Care

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
process was not done or not being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire,
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger
rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear.
malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to
message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a relearn tool can also be purchased.
sensor matching process. low tire condition. See your dealer See Tire Pressure Monitor
See "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction Sensor Activation Tool at
Process" later in this section. light and DIC message come on www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
. One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. call 1-800-GM TOOLS
missing or damaged. The (1-800-468-6657).
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching
There are two minutes to match the
message should go off when the Process first tire/wheel position, and
TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique five minutes overall to match all
the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification four tire/wheel positions. If it takes
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new longer, the matching process stops
your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the and must be restarted.
. Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
The TPMS sensor matching
not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
process is:
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process
other than those recommended should be performed after replacing 1. Set the parking brake.
could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
functioning properly. See Buying containing the TPMS sensor. The the engine off or place the
New Tires on page 10-62. malfunction light and the DIC vehicle power mode in ON/RUN/
message should go off at the next START.
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (59,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-59

3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure the 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel 8. Proceed to the passenger side
Tire Pressure info page option is DIC, press and hold the V (Set/ front tire, and repeat the
turned on. The info pages on the Reset) button located in the procedure in Step 7.
DIC can be turned on and off center of the DIC controls. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
through the Settings menu. See rear tire, and repeat the
Driver Information Center (DIC) If the vehicle has a base level
DIC, press and hold the trip procedure in Step 7.
(Base Level) on page 5-30 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) odometer reset stem for about 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
(Uplevel) on page 5-32. five seconds. A message asking tire, and repeat the procedure
if the process should begin in Step 7. The horn sounds two
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel should appear. Select yes and times to indicate the sensor
DIC, use the DIC controls on the press the trip odometer reset identification code has been
right side of the steering wheel stem to confirm the selection. matched to the driver side rear
to scroll to the Tire Pressure tire, and the TPMS sensor
screen under the DIC info page. The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode matching process is no longer
If the vehicle has a base level and the TIRE LEARNING active. The TIRE LEARNING
DIC, use the trip odometer reset ACTIVE message displays on ACTIVE message on the DIC
stem to scroll to the Tire the DIC screen. display screen goes off.
Pressure screen. 11. Turn the ignition switch to
6. Start with the driver side
front tire. LOCK/OFF.
7. Place the relearn tool against 12. Set all four tires to the
the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure
stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire
activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (60,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-60 Vehicle Care

Tire Inspection
. The tire has a puncture, cut, See When It Is Time for New
or other damage that cannot Tires on page 10-61 and Wheel
We recommend that the tires, be repaired well because of Replacement on page 10-66.
including the spare tire, if the the size or location of the
vehicle has one, be inspected damage.
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month. Tire Rotation
Replace the tire if: Tires should be rotated every
. The indicators at three or 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
more places around the tire Maintenance Schedule on
can be seen. page 11-3.
. There is cord or fabric Tires are rotated to achieve a
showing through the tire's uniform wear for all tires. The
rubber. first rotation is the most
important.
. The tread or sidewall is Use this rotation pattern when
cracked, cut, or snagged Anytime unusual wear is rotating the tires.
deep enough to show cord or noticed, rotate the tires as soon
fabric. as possible, check for proper tire Do not include the spare tire in
inflation pressure, and check for the tire rotation.
. The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. If the
or split. Adjust the front and rear tires to
unusual wear continues after the the recommended inflation
rotation, check the wheel pressure on the Tire and
alignment. Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (61,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-61

See Tire Pressure on

page 10-53 and Vehicle Load Warning (Continued)
Limits on page 9-14. towel can be used; however, use
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor a scraper or wire brush later to
System. See Tire Pressure remove all rust or dirt.
Monitor Operation on
page 10-56. Lightly coat the center of the
Check that all wheel nuts are wheel hub with wheel bearing
properly tightened. See “Wheel grease after a wheel change or
Nut Torque” under Capacities tire rotation to prevent corrosion
and Specifications on or rust build-up. Do not get
page 12-2. grease on the flat wheel Treadwear indicators are one way to
mounting surface or on the tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
{ Warning wheel nuts or bolts.
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. Some
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the When It Is Time for New commercial truck tires may not have
parts to which it is fastened, can Tires treadwear indicators. See Tire
make wheel nuts become loose Inspection on page 10-60 and Tire
after time. The wheel could come Factors, such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds, Rotation on page 10-60 for
off and cause an accident. When additional information.
changing a wheel, remove any vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires. The rubber in tires ages over time.
rust or dirt from places where the
This also applies to the spare tire,
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
never used. Multiple factors
(Continued) including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (62,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-62 Vehicle Care

maintenance affect how fast aging Parking for an extended period can traction control, and tire
takes place. GM recommends that cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring
tires, including the spare if may result in vibrations while performance. GM's TPC Spec
equipped, be replaced after driving. When storing a vehicle for number is molded onto the tire's
six years, regardless of tread wear. at least a month, remove the tires or
sidewall near the tire size. If the
The tire manufacture date is the last raise the vehicle to reduce the
four digits of the DOT Tire weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread
Identification Number (TIN) which is design, the TPC Spec number
molded into one side of the tire Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud
sidewall. The first two digits and snow. See Tire Sidewall
represent the week (01-52) and the GM has developed and matched Labeling on page 10-48 for
last two digits, the year. For specific tires for the vehicle. The additional information.
example, the third week of the year original equipment tires installed
2010 would have a four-digit DOT were designed to meet General GM recommends replacing worn
date of 0310. Motors Tire Performance Criteria tires in complete sets of four.
Specification (TPC Spec) Uniform tread depth on all tires
Vehicle Storage will help to maintain the
system rating. When
Tires age when stored normally replacement tires are needed, performance of the vehicle.
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM strongly recommends Braking and handling
a vehicle that will be stored for at performance may be adversely
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
buying tires with the same
TPC Spec rating. affected if all the tires are not
area away from direct sunlight to replaced at the same time.
slow aging. This area should be free GM's exclusive TPC Spec If proper rotation and
of grease, gasoline, or other system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done,
substances that can deteriorate critical specifications that impact
rubber. all four tires should wear out at
the overall performance of the about the same time. See Tire
vehicle, including brake system Rotation on page 10-60 for
performance, ride and handling, information on proper tire
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (63,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-63

rotation. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
axle set of worn tires, place the vehicle damage. Use the after many miles of driving.
new tires on the rear axle. correct size, brand, and type A tire and/or wheel could fail
of tires on all wheels. suddenly and cause a crash.
{ Warning This vehicle may have a Use only radial-ply tires with
Tires could explode during different size spare than the the wheels on the vehicle.
improper service. Attempting road tires originally installed
to mount or dismount a tire on the vehicle. When new, the Winter tires with the same speed
could cause injury or death. vehicle included a spare tire rating as the original equipment
Only your dealer or authorized and wheel assembly with a tires may not be available for H,
tire service center should similar overall diameter as the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
mount or dismount the tires. road tires and wheels, so it is tires. Never exceed the winter
all right to drive on it. The tires’ maximum speed capability
spare tire was developed for when using winter tires with a
use on this vehicle and will not lower speed rating.
{ Warning affect vehicle handling. If the vehicle tires must be
Mixing tires of different sizes, replaced with a tire that does not
brands, or types may cause have a TPC Spec number, make
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
{ Warning sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
(Continued) Using bias-ply tires on the construction (radial) as the
vehicle may cause the wheel original tires.
rim flanges to develop cracks
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (64,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-64 Vehicle Care

Vehicles that have a tire brakes, rollover airbags, traction Uniform Tire Quality
pressure monitoring system control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
Grading
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC of these systems can also be The following information relates
affected. to the system developed by the
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor United States National Highway
System on page 10-55. { Warning Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
The Tire and Loading If different sized wheels are used,
treadwear, traction, and
Information label indicates the there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
temperature performance. This
original equipment tires on the applies only to vehicles sold in
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This the United States. The grades
on page 9-14 for the label are molded on the sidewalls of
location and more information increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM most passenger car tires. The
about the Tire and Loading Uniform Tire Quality Grading
specific wheel and tire systems
Information label. (UTQG) system does not apply
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a to deep tread, winter tires,
Different Size Tires and GM certified technician. compact spare tires, tires with
Wheels nominal rim diameters of
If wheels or tires are installed that See Buying New Tires on 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
are a different size than the original page 10-62 and Accessories and or to some limited-production
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Modifications on page 10-3. tires.
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics, While the tires available on
stability, and resistance to rollover General Motors passenger cars
may be affected. If the vehicle has and light trucks may vary with
electronic systems such as antilock respect to these grades, they
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (65,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-65

must also conform to federal one-half (1½) times as well on tests, and does not include
safety requirements and the government course as a tire acceleration, cornering,
additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction
Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends characteristics.
standards. upon the actual conditions of
Temperature
Quality grades can be found their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the The temperature grades are
where applicable on the tire
norm due to variations in driving A (the highest), B, and C,
sidewall between tread shoulder
habits, service practices and representing the tire's resistance
and maximum section width.
differences in road to the generation of heat and its
For example:
characteristics and climate. ability to dissipate heat when
Treadwear 200 Traction AA tested under controlled
Temperature A Traction conditions on a specified indoor
All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the
Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate
These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and
pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead
Treadwear controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade
The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of
comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all
wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet
under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety
specified government test Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and
course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on A represent higher levels of
graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (66,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-66 Vehicle Care

test wheel than the minimum vibrating when driving on a smooth

required by law. Warning: The road, the tires and wheels may need { Warning
temperature grade for this tire is to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis. Using the wrong replacement
established for a tire that is wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
properly inflated and not nuts can be dangerous. It could
overloaded. Excessive speed, Wheel Replacement
affect the braking and handling of
underinflation, or excessive Replace any wheel that is bent, the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
loading, either separately or in cracked, or badly rusted or and cause loss of control, causing
combination, can cause heat corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming a crash. Always use the correct
buildup and possible tire failure. loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
wheel nuts should be replaced. nuts for replacement.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be
Balance repaired. See your dealer if any of
The tires and wheels were aligned these conditions exist. { Caution
and balanced at the factory to Your dealer will know the kind of
provide the longest tire life and best The wrong wheel can also cause
wheel that is needed.
overall performance. Adjustments to problems with bearing life, brake
Each new wheel should have the cooling, speedometer or
wheel alignment and tire balancing
same load-carrying capacity, odometer calibration, headlamp
are not necessary on a regular
diameter, width, offset, and be aim, bumper height, vehicle
basis. Consider an alignment check
mounted the same way as the one it ground clearance, and tire or tire
if there is unusual tire wear or the
replaces. chain clearance to the body and
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel chassis.
the left or right, depending on the nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
crown of the road and/or other road System (TPMS) sensors with new
surface variations such as troughs GM original equipment parts.
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (67,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-67

Used Replacement Wheels

Warning (Continued) { Caution
{ Warning suspension, or other vehicle If the vehicle has P255/70R17 or
parts. The area damaged by the P265/70R17 size tires, use tire
Replacing a wheel with a used
tire chains could cause loss of chains only where legal and only
one is dangerous. How it has
control and a crash. when necessary. Use chains that
been used or how far it has been
Use another type of traction are the proper size for the tires.
driven may be unknown. It could
device only if its manufacturer Install them on the rear tires only.
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
recommends it for the vehicle's Do not use chains on the front
When replacing wheels, use a
tire size combination and road tires. Tighten them as tightly as
new GM original equipment
conditions. Follow that possible with the ends securely
wheel.
manufacturer's instructions. To fastened. Drive slowly and follow
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow the chain manufacturer's
Tire Chains and readjust or remove the instructions. If the chains contact
traction device if it is contacting the vehicle, stop and retighten
{ Warning the vehicle. Do not spin the them. If the contact continues,
slow down until it stops. Driving
wheels.
If the vehicle has 265/65R18, too fast or spinning the wheels
P265/65R18, P275/55R20, If traction devices are used, install with chains on will damage the
or P285/45R22 size tires, do not them on the rear tires. vehicle.
use tire chains. There is not
enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (68,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-68 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause changing a flat tire. If it is used for
are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire. anything else, you or others could
out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has been be badly injured or killed if the
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a driven on while severely vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a is provided with the vehicle, only
what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash. use it for changing a flat tire.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. and wheel damage by driving slowly
the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized to a level place, well off the road,
steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or if possible. Turn on the hazard
maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as warning flashers. See Hazard
gently brake to a stop, well off the possible. Warning Flashers on page 6-4.
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a { Warning
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
{ Warning Changing a tire can be
used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting under dangerous. The vehicle can slip
accelerator pedal and steer to it to do maintenance or repairs is off the jack and roll over or fall
straighten the vehicle. It may be dangerous without the causing injury or death. Find a
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and level place to change the tire.
to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with (Continued)
if possible.
the vehicle, it is designed only for
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (69,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-69

Warning (Continued)
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Tire Changing
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of Removing the Spare Tire and
To help prevent the vehicle from the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. Tools
moving:
The equipment needed to change a
1. Set the parking brake firmly. flat tire is stored in the rear of the
2. Put the shift lever in vehicle, on the driver side, behind a
P (Park). door in the trim panel.
3. For vehicles with
four-wheel-drive with a
N (Neutral) transfer case
position, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive
gear — not in N (Neutral). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
4. Turn off the engine and do 2. Flat Tire
not restart while the vehicle The following information explains
is raised. how to use the jack and change
5. Do not allow passengers to a tire.
remain in the vehicle.
6. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of 1. Jack Knob
the tire at the opposite 2. Wing Nut Retaining the
corner of the tire being Wheel Blocks
changed. 3. Wing Nut Retaining the
Tool Bag
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (70,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-70 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the jack knob (1) 5. Wheel Wrench

counterclockwise to release the To access the spare tire, refer to the
jack and wheel blocks from the following graphics and instructions:
bracket.
5. Turn the wing nut retaining the
wheel blocks (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
wheel blocks and the wheel
block retainer.
Use the following tools:

1. Pull to open the trim panel door.

The third row driver side seat
may need to be folded to access
the trim panel door.
2. Lift the acoustic pad to access 1. Hoist Assembly
the jack and tools. 2. Hoist Shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access
3. Turn the wing nut retaining the
Cover/Hole
tool bag (3) counterclockwise to
remove it. 4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
Pull the tool bag toward the front 6. Spare Tire Lock
of the vehicle and lift the rear 1. Jack 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
portion of the bag upward to 2. Wheel Blocks 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
remove it.
3. Jack Handle 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
4. Jack Handle Extensions Pointed Down)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (71,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-71

10. Tire/Wheel Retainer

11. Hoist Cable
1. Open the hoist shaft access
door (3) on the bumper to
access the spare tire lock (6).

3. Assemble the two jack handle 4. Insert the open end of the
extensions (4) and wheel extension (7) through the hole in
wrench (5), as shown. the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft
If equipped with a hitch cover, access hole).
turn the hitch cover retainers Be sure the hoist end of the
counterclockwise and pull the extension (7) connects to the
cover downward to remove it hoist shaft. The ribbed square
before removing the hoist shaft end of the extension is used to
access door. lower the spare tire.
2. To remove the spare tire lock
(6), insert the ignition key, turn it
clockwise and then pull it
straight out.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (72,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-72 Vehicle Care

5. Turn the wheel wrench Removing the Flat Tire and

counterclockwise to lower the Installing the Spare Tire
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel 1. Do a safety check before
wrench until the spare tire can proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
be pulled out from under the Flat on page 10-68 for more
vehicle. information.

7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle

with some slack in the cable to
access the tire/wheel retainer.
Tilt the retainer and pull it and
the cable and spring through the
center of the wheel.
Once the retainer is separated
from the guide pin, tilt the 2. If the vehicle has a center cap
retainer and pull it through the that covers the wheel fasteners,
center of the wheel along with place the chisel end of the wheel
the cable and latch. wrench in the slot on the wheel
6. Use the wheel wrench hook to 8. Put the spare tire near the and gently pry the cap out.
pull the hoist cable closer to flat tire.
assist in reaching the spare tire. If the wheel has a bolt-on hub
cap, loosen the plastic nut caps
by turning the wheel wrench
counterclockwise.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (73,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-73

The plastic nut caps will be Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is
retained in the hub cap after it is on a front tire of the vehicle, use
removed from the wheel. the jack handle and only one
jack handle extension. Attach
the wheel wrench to the jack
handle extension. Attach the
jack handle to the jack. Position
the jack on the frame behind the
flat tire where the frame sections
Jacking Locations (Overall View) overlap. Turn the wheel wrench
4. Position the jack under the clockwise to raise the vehicle.
vehicle, as shown. Raise the vehicle far enough off
the ground so there is enough
room for the spare tire to clear
the ground.

3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen

all the wheel nuts. Turn the
wheel wrench counterclockwise
to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not
remove the wheel nuts yet.

Left Front Shown, Right Front

Similar
Rear Position
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (74,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-74 Vehicle Care

Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is

on a rear tire of the vehicle, use { Warning
the jack handle (2) and both jack
handle extensions (3). Attach the Raising the vehicle with the jack
wheel wrench (4) to the jack improperly positioned can
handle extensions (3). Attach the damage the vehicle and even
jack handle (2) to the jack (1). make the vehicle fall. To help
Use the jacking pad (5) provided avoid personal injury and vehicle
on the rear axle. Turn the wheel damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
wrench (4) clockwise to raise the head into the proper location
vehicle. Raise the vehicle far before raising the vehicle.
enough off the ground so there
is enough room for the spare tire
to clear the ground. 7. Remove any rust or dirt from the
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces,
and spare wheel.
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is { Warning
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
parts to which it is fastened, can
you could be badly injured or
make wheel nuts become loose
killed. Never get under a vehicle
after time. The wheel could come
when it is supported only by
off and cause an accident. When
a jack.
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
6. Take off the flat tire. (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (75,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-75

10. Turn the wheel wrench

Warning (Continued) counterclockwise to lower the { Warning
vehicle. Lower the jack
an emergency, a cloth or a paper completely. Wheel nuts that are improperly or
towel can be used; however, use incorrectly tightened can cause
a scraper or wire brush later to the wheels to become loose or
remove all rust or dirt. come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
8. Put the wheel nuts back on with to the proper torque specification
the rounded end of the nuts after replacing. Follow the torque
toward the wheel after mounting specification supplied by the
the spare tire. aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
{ Warning nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2 for
Never use oil or grease on bolts original equipment wheel nut
or nuts because the nuts might torque specifications.
come loose. The vehicle's wheel 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
could fall off, causing a crash. crisscross sequence as shown
by turning the wheel wrench
clockwise.
{ Caution
9. Tighten each wheel nut by hand.
Then use the wheel wrench to Improperly tightened wheel nuts
tighten the nuts until the wheel is can lead to brake pulsation and
held against the hub. rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (76,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-76 Vehicle Care

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire

Caution (Continued) and Tools { Caution
sequence and to the proper The tire hoist can be damaged if
torque specification. See { Warning there is no tension on the cable
Capacities and Specifications on when using it. To have the
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
page 12-2 for the wheel nut necessary tension, the spare or
equipment in the passenger
torque specification. road tire and wheel assembly
compartment of the vehicle could
must be installed on the tire hoist
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
When reinstalling the regular wheel to use it.
collision, loose equipment could
and tire, also reinstall either the strike someone. Store all these in
center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, the proper place. Store the tire under the rear of the
depending on which one the vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
vehicle has. Refer to the following graphics and
. For center caps, line up the tab instructions to help you:
on the center cap with the slot in { Caution
the wheel. The cap only goes in
Storing an aluminum wheel with a
one way. Place the cap on the
flat tire under your vehicle for an
wheel and press until it snaps
into place. extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can
. For bolt-on hub caps, line up the damage the wheel. Always stow
plastic nut caps with the wheel the wheel with the valve stem
nuts and tighten clockwise by pointing down and have the
hand to get them started. Then wheel/tire repaired as soon as
tighten with the wheel wrench possible.
until snug.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (77,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-77

1. Hoist Assembly
2. Hoist Shaft
3. Hoist Shaft Access
Cover/Hole
4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
6. Spare Tire Lock
7. Hoist End of Extension Tool
8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
10. Tire/Wheel Retainer
11. Hoist Cable 3. Assemble the two jack handle 4. Insert the open end of the
extensions (4) and wheel extension (7) through the hole in
1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at wrench (5), as shown. the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft
the rear of the vehicle with the access hole).
valve stem pointed down, and to
the rear. 5. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is seated
2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. in the wheel opening.
Separate the tire/wheel retainer
from the guide pin. Pull the pin 6. Raise the tire fully against the
through the center of the wheel. underside of the vehicle by
Tilt the retainer down through turning the wheel wrench
the center wheel opening. clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. The
Make sure the retainer is fully cable cannot be overtightened.
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (78,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-78 Vehicle Care

To store the tools, do the following: Full-Size Spare Tire

1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, If this vehicle came with a full-size
jack handle, and jack handle spare tire, it was fully inflated when
extensions) to the tool bag. new, however, it can lose air over
2. Assemble the wheel blocks and time. Check the inflation pressure
jack together with the wing nut. regularly. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-53 and Vehicle Load Limits
3. Position the jack and wheel on page 9-14. For instructions on
blocks in the driver side trim how to remove, install, or store a
panel over the wheelhouse.
spare tire, see Tire Changing on
4. Turn the jack knob clockwise page 10-69.
until the jack is secured tight in
7. Make sure the tire is stored If equipped with a temporary use
the mounting bracket. Be sure to
securely. Push, pull, and then try full-size spare tire, it is indicated on
position the holes in the base of
to turn the tire. If the tire moves, the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
the jack onto the pin in the
use the wheel wrench to tighten Labeling on page 10-48. This spare
mounting bracket.
the cable. tire should not be driven on over
5. Use the retaining bracket to 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. fasten the tool bag on the stud (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access and turn the wing nut clockwise the proper inflation pressure.
cover. to secure. Repair and replace the road tire as
6. Close the trim panel door. soon as it is convenient, and stow
If equipped, reinstall the hitch the spare tire for future use.
cover and turn the retainers
clockwise.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (79,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-79

After installing the spare tire on the Jump Starting

{ Caution vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare tire is For more information about the
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive correctly inflated. vehicle battery, see Battery on
and a different size spare tire is page 10-24.
installed, do not drive in Have the damaged or flat road tire
four-wheel drive until the flat tire repaired or replaced and installed If the vehicle's battery (or batteries)
is repaired and/or replaced. The back onto the vehicle as soon as has run down, you may want to use
possible so the spare tire will be another vehicle and some jumper
vehicle could be damaged and
available in case it is needed again. cables to start your vehicle. Be sure
the repairs would not be covered
to use the following steps to do it
by the warranty. Never use Do not mix tires and wheels of
safely.
four-wheel drive when a different different sizes, because they will not
size spare tire is installed on the fit. Keep your spare tire and its
vehicle. wheel together. If the vehicle has a { Warning
spare tire that does not match the
original road tires and wheels in size Batteries can hurt you. They can
The vehicle may have a different and type, do not include the spare in be dangerous because:
size spare tire than the road tires the tire rotation. . They contain acid that can
originally installed on the vehicle. burn you.
This spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle, so it is all right
. They contain gas that can
to drive on it. If the vehicle has explode or ignite.
four-wheel drive and a different size . They contain enough
spare tire is installed, drive only in electricity to burn you.
two-wheel drive.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (80,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-80 Vehicle Care

reduce electrical resistance. This

{ Caution is located on the passenger { Caution
side, in the rear of the engine
Ignoring these steps could result compartment. If any accessories are left on or
in costly damage to the vehicle plugged in during the jump
that would not be covered by the 3. Get the vehicles close enough starting procedure, they could be
vehicle warranty. Trying to start so the jumper cables can reach, damaged. The repairs would not
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it but be sure the vehicles are not be covered by the vehicle
will not work, and it could damage touching each other. If they are, warranty. Whenever possible, turn
it could cause an unwanted
the vehicle. off or unplug all accessories on
ground connection. You would
either vehicle when jump starting.
not be able to start your vehicle,
1. Check the other vehicle. It must and the bad grounding could
have a 12-volt battery with a damage the electrical systems. 4. Turn off the ignition on both
negative ground system. vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking accessories plugged into the
{ Caution brake firmly on both vehicles accessory power outlets. Turn
off the radio and all the lamps
involved in the jump start
If the other vehicle does not have procedure. Put the automatic that are not needed. This will
a 12-volt system with a negative transmission in P (Park) or a avoid sparks and help save both
ground, both vehicles can be manual transmission in Neutral batteries. And it could save
damaged. Only use a vehicle that before setting the parking brake. the radio!
has a 12-volt system with a For vehicles with
negative ground for jump starting. four-wheel-drive with a
N (Neutral) transfer case
2. If the vehicle is equipped with position, be sure the transfer
dual batteries, using the battery case is in a drive gear — not
that is closer to the starter will N (Neutral).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (81,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-81

5. Open the hood on the other 6. Check that the jumper cables do
vehicle and locate the { Warning not have loose or missing
positive (+) and negative (−) insulation. If they do, you could
terminal locations on that Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles could
vehicle. cause battery gas to explode. be damaged too.
People have been hurt doing this,
The positive (+) terminal is under and some have been blinded. Before you connect the cables,
a red plastic cover at the positive Use a flashlight if you need more here are some basic things you
battery post. To uncover the light. should know. Positive (+) will go
positive (+) terminal, open the to positive (+) or to a remote
red plastic cover. Battery fluid contains acid that positive (+) terminal if the
can burn you. Do not get it on vehicle has one. Negative (−)
For more information on the
location of the remote you. If you accidentally get it in will go to a heavy, unpainted
positive (+) and remote your eyes or on your skin, flush metal engine part or to a remote
negative (−) terminals, see the place with water and get negative (−) terminal if the
Engine Compartment Overview medical help immediately. vehicle has one.
on page 10-6. Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
{ Warning { Warning short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine too. And do not connect the
when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep negative (−) cable to the
and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving negative (−) terminal on the
clothing and tools away from any dead battery because this can
parts once the engine is running.
underhood electric fan. cause sparks.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (82,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-82 Vehicle Care

9. Connect the black negative (−) 11. Start the vehicle with the good
cable to the negative (−) terminal battery and run the engine for a
of the good battery. Use a while.
remote negative (−) terminal if 12. Try to start the vehicle that had
the vehicle has one. the dead battery. If it will not
Do not let the other end touch start after a few tries, it
anything until the next step. probably needs service.

{ Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
7. Connect the red positive (+) wrong order, electrical shorting
cable to the positive (+) terminal may occur and damage the
of the vehicle with the dead vehicle. The repairs would not be
battery.
covered by the vehicle warranty.
8. Do not let the other end touch Always connect and remove the
metal. Connect it to the jumper cables in the correct order,
positive (+) terminal of the good making sure that the cables do
battery. Use a remote not touch each other or other
positive (+) terminal if the 10. Connect the other end of the metal.
vehicle has one. negative (−) cable to the metal
bracket that is bolted to the
engine and supports the Jumper Cable Removal
resonator, on the vehicle with Reverse the sequence exactly when
the dead battery. removing the jumper cables.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (83,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-83

Towing the Vehicle Dolly towing is towing the vehicle

with two wheels on the ground and
Dinghy Towing
two wheels on a dolly. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
{ Caution Follow the tow vehicle
Incorrectly towing a disabled manufacturer’s instructions. See
vehicle may cause damage. The your dealer or trailering professional
damage would not be covered by for additional advice and equipment
the vehicle warranty. recommendations.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed

{ Caution
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck Use of a shield mounted in front
could damage the vehicle. of the vehicle grille could restrict
Consult your dealer or a airflow and cause damage to the
professional towing service if the transmission. The repairs would
disabled vehicle must be towed. not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only { Caution
Recreational Vehicle use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle. If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
Towing towed with all four wheels on the
Recreational vehicle towing means ground, the drivetrain
towing the vehicle behind another components could be damaged.
vehicle, such as a motor home. The repairs would not be covered
The two most common types of by the vehicle warranty.
recreational vehicle towing are
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (84,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-84 Vehicle Care

Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not 4. Shift the transfer case to

be towed with all four wheels on the { Warning N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
ground. N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Shifting a four-wheel-drive Drive on page 9-37 for the
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles vehicle's transfer case into proper procedure. Check that
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by
to roll even if the transmission is shifting the transmission to
in P (Park). You or others could R (Reverse) and then to
be injured. Set the parking brake D (Drive). There should be no
before shifting the transfer case movement of the vehicle while
to N (Neutral). shifting.
5. With the transmission in
Follow these steps to dinghy tow: D (Drive), turn the ignition to
ACC/ACCESSORY. Vehicles
1. Position the vehicle being towed
with Keyless Access, turn the
behind the tow vehicle, facing
forward and on a level surface. engine off.

Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive

2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle.
{ Caution
vehicles with a two-speed transfer
case that have an N (Neutral) and a 3. Apply the parking brake and Failure to disconnect the negative
start the engine. battery cable or to have it contact
Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) setting.
the terminals can cause damage
For vehicles with electric parking
to the vehicle.
brakes, the parking brake cannot
be applied and the tires must be
chocked. 6. Disconnect the negative battery
cable at the battery and secure
the nut and bolt. Cover the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (85,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-85

negative battery post with a Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle 9. Release the parking brake.
non-conductive material to Before disconnecting the towed 10. Reset any lost presets.
prevent any contact with the vehicle:
negative battery terminal. The outside temperature
1. Park on a level surface. display will default to 32°F but
7. Shift the transmission to will reset with normal usage.
P (Park). 2. Set the parking brake, shift the
transmission to P (Park). Dolly Towing – Front Towing
{ Caution 3. Connect the battery. (Front Wheels Off the Ground)
If the steering column is locked, 4. Apply the brake pedal. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and
vehicle damage may occur. 5. Start the engine, then shift the Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a
transfer case out of N (Neutral) Single Speed Automatic
to Two-Wheel Drive High. See Transfer Case
9. Move the steering wheel to
Four-Wheel Drive on page 9-37
make sure the steering column
for directions on shifting out of
is unlocked.
N (Neutral).
10. Release the parking brake.
6. Check that the vehicle is in
11. Keep the ignition key in the Two-Wheel Drive High by
towed vehicle in ACC/ shifting the transmission to
ACCESSORY to prevent the R (Reverse) and then to
steering column from locking. D (Drive). There should be
Vehicles with Keyless Access, movement of the vehicle while
keep the RKE Transmitter shifting.
outside of the vehicle, and
7. Shift the transmission to
manually lock doors. Access
P (Park) and turn off the ignition.
vehicle same as dead vehicle/
transmitter process (back up 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
key in door lock). tow vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (86,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-86 Vehicle Care

To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive To dolly tow a four-wheel drive

{ Caution vehicle or a four-wheel drive vehicle vehicle from the front:
with a single speed automatic 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is transfer case, the vehicle must be
towed with the rear wheels on the vehicle following the dolly
towed with the rear wheels on the manufacturer's instructions.
ground, the transmission could be dolly. See “Rear Towing (Rear
damaged. The repairs would not Wheels Off the Ground)” later in this 2. Drive the front wheels onto the
be covered by the vehicle section. dolly.
warranty. Never tow the vehicle 3. Shift the transmission to
with the rear wheels on the Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a
Two Speed Automatic P (Park).
ground.
Transfer Case 4. Set the parking brake.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles and
four-wheel drive vehicles with a { Warning
single speed automatic transfer Shifting a four-wheel-drive
case should not be towed with the vehicle's transfer case into
rear wheels on the ground. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
Two-wheel-drive transmissions have to roll even if the transmission is
no provisions for internal lubrication in P (Park). You or others could
while being towed. Four-wheel drive be injured. Set the parking brake
vehicles with a single speed before shifting the transfer case
automatic transfer case have no to N (Neutral).
neutral position and will spin the
transmission when the rear
wheels turn. 5. Use a clamping device designed
for towing to ensure that the
front wheels are locked into the
straight position.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (87,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-87

6. Shift the transfer case to Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and case into Two-Wheel Drive High.
N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a See Four-Wheel Drive on
Drive on page 9-37. Single Speed Automatic page 9-37.
Transfer Case
7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
following the manufacturer's Use the following procedure to dolly
instructions. tow the vehicle from the rear: Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a
Two Speed Automatic
8. Release the parking brake only 1. Attach the dolly to the tow Transfer Case
after the vehicle being towed is vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions. Use the following procedure to dolly
firmly attached to the towing
tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from
vehicle. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the the rear:
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. dolly.
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off 3. Firmly set the parking brake. vehicle following the dolly
the Ground) See Parking Brake on manufacturer's instructions.
page 9-42.
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
4. Put the transmission in P (Park). dolly.
5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 3. Firmly set the parking brake.
following the manufacturer's See Parking Brake on
instructions. page 9-42.
6. Use an adequate clamping 4. Put the transmission in P (Park).
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels are 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
locked into the straight position. following the manufacturer's
instructions.
7. For four-wheel drive vehicles
with a single speed automatic
transfer case, shift the transfer
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (88,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-88 Vehicle Care

6. Use an adequate clamping Appearance Care

device designed for towing to Caution (Continued)
ensure that the front wheels are
locked into the straight position. Exterior Care products can be obtained from
your dealer. Follow all
Locks manufacturer directions regarding
{ Warning Locks are lubricated at the factory. correct product usage, necessary
Shifting a four-wheel-drive Use a de-icing agent only when safety precautions, and
vehicle's transfer case into absolutely necessary, and have the appropriate disposal of any
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle locks greased after using. See vehicle care product.
to roll even if the transmission is Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
Washing the Vehicle { Caution
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
to N (Neutral). Avoid using high-pressure
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight. washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
7. Shift the transfer case to to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel
Drive on page 9-37.
{ Caution 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
Do not use petroleum-based, in damage or removal of paint
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. and decals.
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
After towing, see “Shifting Out of agents as they can damage the
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
on page 9-37. The e symbol is on any
parts. If damage occurs, it would underhood compartment electrical
not be covered by the vehicle center that should not be power
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (89,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-89

washed. This could cause damage calcium chloride and other salts, ice
that would not be covered by the melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Caution (Continued)
vehicle warranty. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can may damage it. Use only
If using an automatic car wash, non-abrasive waxes and polishes
follow the car wash instructions. The damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash that are made for a basecoat/
windshield wiper and rear window clearcoat paint finish on the
wiper, if equipped, must be off. the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive vehicle.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car cleaners that are marked safe for
wash equipment. painted surfaces to remove foreign To keep the paint finish looking new,
matter. keep the vehicle garaged or
Rinse the vehicle well, before covered whenever possible.
washing and after, to remove all Occasional hand waxing or mild
cleaning agents completely. If they polishing should be done to remove Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
are allowed to dry on the surface, residue from the paint finish. See Moldings
they could stain. your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
{ Caution
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Failure to clean and protect the
spotting. decals, simulated wood, or flat paint bright metal moldings can result
as damage can occur. in a hazy white finish or pitting.
Finish Care This damage would not be
Application of aftermarket clearcoat { Caution covered by the vehicle warranty.
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces Machine compounding or
are damaged, see your dealer to aggressive polishing on a
have the damage assessed and basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
repaired. Foreign materials such as (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (90,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-90 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/

. Aftermarket appearance caps or
vehicle are aluminum or stainless Lenses, Emblems, Decals and covers while the lamps are
steel. To prevent damage always illuminated, due to excessive
Stripes heat generated.
follow these cleaning instructions:
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
. Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
{ Caution
cleaning solution. emblems, decals and stripes. Follow Failure to clean lamps properly
. Use a cleaning solution instructions under "Washing the can cause damage to the lamp
approved for aluminum or Vehicle" previously in this section. cover that would not be covered
stainless steel. Some cleaners Lamp covers are made of plastic, by the vehicle warranty.
are highly acidic or contain and some have a UV protective
alkaline substances and can coating. Do not clean or wipe them
damage the moldings. when dry.
. Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on
{ Caution
cleaner according to the lamp covers: Using wax on low gloss black
manufacturer’s instructions. finish stripes can increase the
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
. Do not use chrome cleaners. gloss level and create a
. Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low
. Do not use cleaners that are not agents in higher concentrations
intended for automotive use. gloss stripes with soap and
than suggested by the water only.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the manufacturer.
vehicle after washing to protect . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
and extend the molding finish. or other harsh cleaners. Air Intakes
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (91,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-91

Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a

Clean the outside of the windshield
clean cloth. See Recommended { Caution
Fluids and Lubricants on
with glass cleaner. Chrome wheels and other chrome
page 11-13.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free trim may be damaged if the
cloth or paper towel soaked with Tires vehicle is not washed after driving
windshield washer fluid or a mild Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to on roads that have been sprayed
detergent. Wash the windshield clean the tires. with magnesium, calcium,
thoroughly when cleaning the or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
{ Caution conditions such as ice and dust.
treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire Always wash the chrome with
streaking. dressing products on the vehicle soap and water after exposure.
Replace the wiper blades if they are may damage the paint finish and/
worn or damaged. Damage can be or tires. When applying a tire
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
{ Caution
snow, and ice. surfaces on the vehicle. To avoid surface damage, do not
Weatherstrips use strong soaps, chemicals,
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum abrasive polishes, cleaners,
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on brushes, or cleaners that
weatherstrips to make them last or Chrome
contain acid on aluminum or
longer, seal better, and not stick or Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels. Use only
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at soap and water to clean the wheels. approved cleaners. Also, never
least once a year. Hot, dry climates After rinsing thoroughly with clean drive a vehicle with aluminum or
may require more frequent water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
application. Black marks from chrome-plated wheels through an
A wax may then be applied.
rubber material on painted surfaces (Continued)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (92,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-92 Vehicle Care

Control arm ball joints on clean any areas where mud and
Caution (Continued) 1500 Series vehicles are other debris can collect. If equipped
maintenance-free. with power running boards, extend
automatic car wash that uses them and then use a high pressure
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur { Caution wash to clean all joints and gaps.
and the repairs would not be Lubrication of applicable Steering/
Sheet Metal Damage
covered by the vehicle warranty. Suspension points should not be If the vehicle is damaged and
done unless temperature is -12°C requires sheet metal repair or
Steering, Suspension, and (10°F) or higher, or damage could replacement, make sure the body
Chassis Components result. repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
Visually inspect steering, replaced to restore corrosion
suspension, and chassis Body Component Lubrication protection.
components for damaged, loose, Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
or missing parts or signs of wear at Original manufacturer replacement
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel parts will provide the corrosion
least once a year. fuel door hinge and power assist protection while maintaining the
Inspect power steering for proper step hinges, unless the components vehicle warranty.
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, are plastic. Applying silicone grease
chafing, etc. on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Finish Damage
will make them last longer, seal Quickly repair minor chips and
Visually check constant velocity joint
better, and not stick or squeak. scratches with touch-up materials
boots and axle seals for leaks.
Underbody Maintenance available from your dealer to avoid
For 1500 Series vehicles, at least corrosion. Larger areas of finish
every other oil change lubricate the At least twice a year, spring and fall, damage can be corrected in your
outer tie rod ends. use plain water to flush any dealer's body and paint shop.
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (93,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-93

Chemical Paint Spotting Your dealer may have products for

. Never use a brush with stiff
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners bristles.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
permanent damage. Apply all pressure.
discolorations, and small, irregular
cleaners directly to the cleaning
dark spots etched into the paint . Do not use laundry detergents or
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
surface. See “Finish Care” dishwashing soaps with
on any switches or controls.
previously in this section. degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Cleaners should be removed
quickly. Never allow cleaners to use approximately 20 drops per
Interior Care remain on the surface being 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
cleaned for extended periods A concentrated soap solution will
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, leave a residue that creates
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. of time.
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
Immediately remove any soils. Note Cleaners may contain solvents that use solutions that contain strong
that newspapers or dark garments can become concentrated in the or caustic soap.
that can transfer color to home interior. Before using cleaners, read
furnishings can also permanently and adhere to all safety instructions
. Do not heavily saturate the
transfer color to the vehicle's on the label. While cleaning the upholstery when cleaning.
interior. interior, maintain adequate . Do not use solvents or cleaners
Use a soft bristle brush to remove ventilation by opening the doors and containing solvents.
dust from knobs and crevices on the windows.
instrument cluster. Using a mild
Interior Glass
To prevent damage, do not clean
soap solution, immediately remove the interior using the following To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect cleaners or techniques: dampened with water. Wipe droplets
repellent from all interior surfaces or left behind with a clean dry cloth.
permanent damage may result.
. Never use a razor or any other Commercial glass cleaners may be
sharp object to remove a soil used, if necessary, after cleaning
from any interior surface. the interior glass with plain water.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (94,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-94 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede 3. Start on the outside edge of the

{ Caution Start by vacuuming the surface
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth to
To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
a clean area frequently to
abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating brush attachment is being
prevent forcing the soil in to
glass. Abrasive cleaners or used during vacuuming, only use it
the fabric.
aggressive cleaning may damage on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
the rear window defogger. gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the
as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no
following techniques: longer any color transfer from
Cleaning the windshield with water the soil to the cleaning cloth.
during the first three to six months
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely
to fog. more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by
. For solid soils, remove as much
Speaker Covers plain water.
as possible prior to vacuuming.
Vacuum around a speaker cover If the soil is not completely
To clean:
gently, so that the speaker will not removed, it may be necessary to
be damaged. Clean spots with just 1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery
water and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
Microfiber cloth is recommended hidden area for colorfastness before
Coated Moldings to prevent lint transfer to the using a commercial upholstery
Coated moldings should be cleaned. fabric or carpet. cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a fabric or carpet.
sponge or soft lint-free cloth gently wringing until water does
dampened with water. not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
. When heavily soiled, use warm excess moisture.
soapy water.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (95,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-95

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,

and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and solvents can permanently change
For vehicles with high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood the appearance and feel of
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Surfaces leather or soft trim, and are not
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Use a soft microfiber cloth recommended.
Before wiping the surface with the dampened with water to remove
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle dust and loose dirt. For a more Do not use cleaners that increase
brush to remove dirt that could thorough cleaning, use a soft gloss, especially on the instrument
scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth dampened with a panel. Reflected glare can decrease
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to mild soap solution. visibility through the windshield
clean. Never use window cleaners
under certain conditions.
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
{ Caution
using mild soap. Do not use bleach Soaking or saturating leather, { Caution
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly especially perforated leather, as
and air dry before next use. Use of air fresheners may cause
well as other interior surfaces, permanent damage to plastics
may cause permanent damage. and painted surfaces. If an air
{ Caution Wipe excess moisture from these freshener comes in contact with
surfaces after cleaning and allow any plastic or painted surface in
Do not attach a device with a
them to dry naturally. Never use the vehicle, blot immediately and
suction cup to the display. This
heat, steam, spot removers. Do clean with a soft cloth dampened
may cause damage and would
not use cleaners that contain with a mild soap solution.
not be covered by the vehicle
silicone or wax-based products. Damage caused by air fresheners
warranty.
Cleaners containing these would not be covered by the
(Continued) vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (96,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-96 Vehicle Care

Cargo Cover and Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for
Convenience Net proper floor mat usage:
Wash with warm water and mild { Warning . The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended
interfere with the pedals. that GM certified floor mats be
Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can purchased. Non-GM floor mats
Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration may not fit properly and may
and/or increased stopping interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
{ Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor interfere with the pedals.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. mat does not interfere with the . Do not use a floor mat if the
It may severely weaken them. In pedals. vehicle is not equipped with a
a crash, they might not be able to floor mat retainer on the driver
provide adequate protection. side floor.
Clean safety belts only with mild . Use the floor mat with the
soap and lukewarm water. correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (97,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Vehicle Care 10-97

Removing and Replacing the

Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
floor mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor mat

retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (98,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

10-98 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service and Recommended Fluids,

Lubricants, and Parts
General Information
Maintenance Recommended Fluids and Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Replacement the required maintenance for the
General Information Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 protect against major repair
Maintenance Records expenses resulting from neglect or
Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-16 inadequate maintenance. It may
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3 also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application all required maintenance performed.
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Your dealer has trained technicians
Additional Maintenance who can perform required
and Care maintenance using genuine
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Your dealer recognizes the The Tire Rotation and Required Refer to the information in the
importance of providing Services are the responsibility of the Maintenance Schedule Additional
competitively priced maintenance vehicle owner. It is recommended to Required Services - Normal chart.
and repair services. With trained have your dealer perform these The Additional Required Services -
technicians, the dealer is the place services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Severe are for vehicles that are:
for routine maintenance such as oil Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
changes and tire rotations and keep the vehicle in good working . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
additional maintenance items like condition, improves fuel economy, in hot weather.
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper and reduces vehicle emissions. . Mainly driven in hilly or
blades. Because of the way people use mountainous terrain.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Frequently towing a trailer.
{ Caution There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
. Used for high speed or
Damage caused by improper Additional Required Services - competitive driving.
maintenance can lead to costly Normal are for vehicles that: . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
repairs and may not be covered . service.
by the vehicle warranty. Carry passengers and cargo
Maintenance intervals, checks, within recommended limits on Refer to the information in the
the Tire and Loading Information Maintenance Schedule Additional
inspections, recommended fluids,
label. See Vehicle Load Limits Required Services - Severe chart.
and lubricants are important to
on page 9-14.
keep the vehicle in good working
condition. . Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel on page 9-69.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Maintenance Engine Oil Change

{ Warning When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
Performing maintenance work can
Schedule SOON message displays, have the
be dangerous and can cause Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within
serious injury. Perform the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools, . Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system may not
and equipment are available. Engine Oil on page 10-7. indicate the need for vehicle service
If they are not, see your dealer to for up to a year. The engine oil and
Once a Month filter must be changed at least once
have a trained technician do the
. Check the tire inflation a year and the oil life system must
work. See Doing Your Own
pressures. See Tire Pressure on be reset. Your trained dealer
Service Work on page 10-4.
page 10-53. technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
. Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle
Tire Inspection on page 10-60. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
. Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed.
page 10-21. See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-10.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-4 Service and Maintenance

Tire Rotation and Required

. Visually inspect windshield wiper . Visually inspect steering,
Services Every 12 000 km/ blades for wear, cracking, suspension, and chassis
or contamination. See Exterior components for damaged, loose,
7,500 mi Care on page 10-88. Replace or missing parts or signs of wear
Rotate the tires, if recommended for worn or damaged wiper blades. at least once a year. See
the vehicle, and perform the See Wiper Blade Replacement Exterior Care on page 10-88.
following services. See Tire on page 10-29. Lubricate the suspension and
Rotation on page 10-60. steering components at least
. Check tire inflation pressures.
. Check engine oil level and oil See Tire Pressure on every other oil
life percentage. If needed, page 10-53. change. (If equipped with grease
change engine oil and filter, and fittings)
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire
reset oil life system. See Engine . Check restraint system
Inspection on page 10-60.
Oil on page 10-7 and Engine Oil components. See Safety System
Life System on page 10-10. . Visually check for fluid leaks. Check on page 3-29.
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
. Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
Engine Coolant on page 10-16. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on damage or leaks.
page 10-14.
. Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid on . Inspect brake system.
page 10-21.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-5

. Visually inspect exhaust system . Check ignition transmission lock. . Visually inspect gas strut for
and nearby heat shields for See Ignition Transmission Lock signs of wear, cracks, or other
loose or damaged parts. Check on page 10-28. damage. Check the hold open
. Lubricate body components. See . Check parking brake and ability of the strut. See your
Exterior Care on page 10-88. automatic transmission park dealer if service is required.
. Check starter switch. See Starter mechanism. See Park Brake and . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
Switch Check on page 10-28. P (Park) Mechanism Check on if equipped. See Sunroof on
page 10-29. page 2-36.
. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
. Check accelerator pedal for . Verify spare tire key lock
Automatic Transmission Shift damage, high effort, or binding. operation and lubricate as
Lock Control Function Check on Replace if needed. needed. See Tire Changing on
page 10-28. page 10-69.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-6 Service and Maintenance

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Or every five years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling System on
Services - Normal page 10-15.
(1) Or every two years, whichever (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. More frequent comes first. Inspect for fraying,
replacement may be needed if the excessive cracking, or damage;
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy replace, if needed.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, (6) Or every three years, whichever
or areas with high dust levels. comes first.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-8 Service and Maintenance

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application
Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High
Services - Severe pressure water can overcome the Services
(1) Or every two years, whichever seals and contaminate the transfer . Severe Commercial Use
comes first. More frequent case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
replacement may be needed if the decrease the life of the transfer
components every 5 000 km/
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy case and should be replaced.
3,000 mi.
traffic, areas with poor air quality, (5) Or every five years, whichever . Have underbody flushing service
or areas with high dust levels. comes first. See Cooling System on
performed. See "Underbody
Replacement may also be needed if page 10-15.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
there is a reduction in air flow, (6) Or every 10 years, whichever on page 10-88.
excessive window fogging, or odors. comes first. Inspect for fraying,
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines excessive cracking, or damage;
and hoses for proper hook-up, replace, if needed.
routing, and condition. (7) Or every three years, whichever
(3) Or every four years, whichever comes first.
comes first.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Additional Battery Brakes

The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are
Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving.
Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include
investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing
may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping.
repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have
performance, additional
maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment
required. the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and
the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts
It is recommended that your dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle.
perform these services — their corrosion-free.
trained dealer technicians know Fluids
your vehicle best. Your dealer can Belts Proper fluid levels and approved
also perform a thorough . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
assessment with a multi-point squeak or show signs of and components. See
inspection to recommend when your cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and
vehicle may need attention. Lubricants on page 11-13 for GM
. Trained dealer technicians have
The following list is intended to access to tools and equipment approved fluids.
explain the services and conditions to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield
to look for that may indicate recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be
services are required. replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the

Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire.
that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of wear may include
. Trained dealer technicians can
With a multi-point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right
dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also
advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing
tire wear. services to ensure smooth
Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds.
Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi-point Your dealer sells and services
taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires.
important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect
the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care
of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like
. Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise
attention include dimming, failure new, vehicle care products are
when service is needed. available from your dealer. For
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and
checked periodically to ensure protect the vehicle’s interior and
Tires need to be properly inflated, exterior, see Interior Care on
that they light when braking. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10-93 and Exterior Care on
. With a multi-point inspection, the tires can save money and fuel, page 10-88.
your dealer can check the lamps and can reduce the risk of tire
and note any concerns. failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Wheel Alignment Windshield Wiper Blades

Wheel alignment is critical for For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned
ensuring that the tires deliver best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to
optimal wear and performance. clean and clear. provide a clear view.
. Signs that the alignment may . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking,
need to be adjusted include scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield,
pulling, improper vehicle . Trained dealer technicians can and worn or split rubber.
handling, or unusual tire wear. inspect the windshield and . Trained dealer technicians can
. Your dealer has the required recommend proper replacement check the wiper blades and
equipment to ensure proper if needed. replace them when needed.
wheel alignment.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil on page 10-7.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-16.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).
Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122).
(Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.)
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474).
Tailgate Handle Pivot Points
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C
Oil Filter 89017525 PF63
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 22808781 CF188
Spark Plugs 12622441 41–114
Wiper Blades
Driver Side — 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 -
Passenger Side — 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 -
Rear — 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295 -
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is
Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine,
Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications”
Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Service Parts
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information.
corner of the instrument panel, on .
the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment.
outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the
the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle.
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 16.5 L 17.4 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 8.0 L 8.5 qt
Fuel Tank
Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal
Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
5.3L V8 C 0.95–1.10mm
(0.037–0.043 in)
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-1

Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . 13-8 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-12 of your dealership or the general
Radio Frequency manager.
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, case will generally be heard within
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will 40 days. If you do not agree with the
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's decision given in your case, you
resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest may reject it and proceed with any
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. other venue for relief available
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: to you.
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making Program using the toll-free
Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them at
1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, the following address:
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Council of Better Business
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you Bureaus, Inc.
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business 4200 Wilson Boulevard
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Suite 800
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838
representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
. Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business
from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage, and other
be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. the right to change eligibility
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. program is free of charge and your participation in this program.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge or write to: the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program
General Motors of Canada Limited United States and Puerto Rico
c/o Customer Care Centre
has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Chevrolet Customer
factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Assistance Center
claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification
before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From U.S. Virgin Islands:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9994
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-4 Customer Information

Canada Assistance Center. Any TTY user in I (Service History): View and
the U.S. can communicate with print dealer-recorded service
General Motors of Canada Limited
Chevrolet by dialing: records and self-recorded service
Customer Care Centre,
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in records.
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
1908 Colonel Sam Drive D (Preferred Dealer
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Information): Select a dealer and
www.gm.ca Online Owner Center view locations, maps, phone
1-800-263-3777 (English) Online Owner Experience numbers, and hours.
1-800-263-7854 (French) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Warranty Tracking
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Information): Track the vehicle’s
The Chevrolet online owner
Telephone devices (TTYs)) warranty information.
experience allows interaction with
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Chevrolet and keeps important J (Recall Information):
vehicle-specific information in View active recalls by Vehicle
Overseas one place. Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Please contact the local General Membership Benefits
on page 12-1.
Motors Business Unit. E (Vehicle Information):
Download owner manuals and view
H (Other Account Information):
Customer Assistance for View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
radio (if equipped), and OnStar
Text Telephone (TTY) G (Maintenance Information): account information.
Users View maintenance schedules,
F (Live Chat Support): Chat with
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
To assist customers who are deaf, online help representatives.
diagnostic information. Schedule
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired See my.chevrolet.com to register
service appointments.
and who use Text Telephones
your vehicle.
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-5

Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has

(Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
Reimbursement Program or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre: for details. TTY users call
. Chat live with online help 1-800-263-3830.
representatives.
. Locate owner resources such as Roadside Assistance
lease-end, financing, and Program
warranty information.
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
. Retrieve your favorite articles, 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
This program is available to
quizzes, tips, and multimedia qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
galleries organized into the reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
Featured Articles and Auto Care aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800.
Sections. required for the vehicle, such as
Service is available 24 hours a day,
. Download owner manuals. hand controls or a wheelchair/
365 days a year.
scooter lift for the vehicle.
. Find the
Chevrolet-recommended For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance
maintenance services. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance,
call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready:
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
. Telephone number of your
location.
. Location of the vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-6 Customer Information

. Model, year, color, and license driver if they decide the claims are must be in good condition and
plate number of the vehicle. made too often, or the same type of properly inflated. It is the owner's
. Odometer reading, Vehicle claim is made many times. responsibility for the repair or
Identification Number (VIN), and replacement of the tire if it is not
Services Provided covered by the warranty.
delivery date of the vehicle.
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Battery Jump Start: Service to
. Description of the problem.
Delivery of enough fuel for the jump start a dead battery.
Coverage vehicle to get to the nearest
service station. Services Not Included in
Services are provided up to 5 years/
. Lock-Out Service: Service to Roadside Assistance
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are . Impound towing caused by
locked out. A remote unlock may violation of any laws.
In the U.S., anyone driving the be available if you have OnStar.
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Legal fines.
For security reasons, the driver
person driving the vehicle without must present identification . Mounting, dismounting,
permission from the owner is not before this service is given. or changing of snow tires,
covered. chains, or other traction devices.
. Emergency Tow from a Public
Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the Service is not provided if a vehicle
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. nearest Chevrolet dealer for is in an area that is not accessible
General Motors North America and warranty service, or if the vehicle to the service vehicle or is not a
Chevrolet reserve the right to make was in a crash and cannot be regularly traveled or maintained
any changes or discontinue the driven. Assistance is not given public road, which includes ice and
Roadside Assistance program at when the vehicle is stuck in the winter roads. Off-road use is not
any time without notification. sand, mud, or snow. covered.
General Motors North America and . Flat Tire Change: Service to
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit change a flat tire with the spare
services or payment to an owner or tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-7

Services Specific to permission to get local safety related. If it is, please call
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. You will your dealership, let them know this,
receive payment, up to $100, and ask for instructions.
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement after sending the original receipt
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel If your dealer requests you to bring
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are
delivery may be restricted. Mechanical failures may be
Propane and other fuels are not urged to do so as early in the work
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
provided through this service. parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair.
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are the
registration is required. owner responsibility.
Courtesy Transportation
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Program
Assistance: Must be over Scheduling Service
150 kilometers from where your Appointments To enhance your ownership
trip was started to qualify. experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
General Motors of
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support
Canada Limited requires
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the
pre-authorization, original
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
detailed receipts, and a copy of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada),
the repair orders. Once
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
authorization has been received,
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both
the Roadside Assistance advisor
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada.
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation
payment. into the service department options are available to assist in
. immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when
Alternative Service: If
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required.
assistance cannot be provided
unless, of course, the problem is
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-8 Customer Information

Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. It may not be possible to provide a
part of the New Vehicle Limited customers arrange their own like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel Additional Program
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim Information
furnished with each new vehicle amounts should reflect actual costs All program options, such as shuttle
provides detailed warranty coverage and be supported by original service, may not be available at
information. receipts. See your dealer for every dealer. Contact your dealer
information. for specific availability.
Transportation Options
Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to
Warranty service can generally be
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change,
completed while you wait. However,
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy
if you are unable to do so, your
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to
dealer may offer the following
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim
transportation options:
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and
Shuttle Service be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its
well as a signed and completed sole discretion.
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable rental agreement and meet state/
time and distance parameters of provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair
your dealer's area. provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a
Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the
Public Transportation or Fuel minimum age requirements,
Reimbursement damage repaired by a qualified
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper
If overnight warranty repairs are Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement
needed, and public transportation is charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision
used, the expense must be excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale
supported by original receipts and beyond the completion of the repair
within the maximum amount allowed are also your responsibility.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-9

value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts center that has GM-trained
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New technicians and comparable
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment.
related failures are not covered by
Collision Parts that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle
Genuine GM Collision parts are new Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM
parts made with the same materials available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and
and construction methods as the companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There
parts with which the vehicle was not have been tested for the vehicle. are significant differences in the
originally built. Genuine GM As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by
Collision parts are the best choice to poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms.
ensure that the vehicle's designed corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide
appearance, durability, and safety perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM
are preserved. The use of Genuine collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for
GM parts can help maintain the GM covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs through the use of
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some
Recycled original equipment parts failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not
may also be used for repair. These covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts.
parts are typically removed from When purchasing insurance, we
vehicles that were total losses in Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the
prior crashes. In most cases, the GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM
parts being recycled are from choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts.
undamaged sections of the vehicle. meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not
A recycled original equipment GM need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current
part may be an acceptable choice to may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching
maintain the vehicle's originally with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier.
designed appearance and safety state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-10 Customer Information

If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: Managing the Vehicle Damage
company may require you to have . Driver name, address, and Repair Process
insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number.
Genuine GM Original Equipment In the event that the vehicle requires
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. damage repairs, GM recommends
Genuine Manufacturer replacement .
that you take an active role in its
Owner name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined
parts. Read the lease carefully, as telephone number.
you may be charged at the end of repair facility of choice, take the
the lease for poor quality repairs.
. Vehicle license plate number. vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
. Vehicle make, model, and
If a Crash Occurs model year.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification new Genuine GM parts or recycled
emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN). original GM parts. Remember,
leave the scene of a crash until all
. Insurance company and policy recycled parts will not be covered by
matters have been taken care of.
number. the GM vehicle warranty.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair.
officer. Depending on your policy limits,
Choose a reputable repair facility your insurance company may
Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. initially value the repair using
to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in this aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
in the crash. section. the repair professional, and insist on
For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember,
Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See after an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be
page 13-5. Inflates? on page 3-36. obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-11

If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Current and Past Models
company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and
Technical Service Bulletins and
you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle.
Manuals are available for current
repair valuation based on that
Owner Information and past model GM vehicles.
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no Owner publications are written ORDER TOLL FREE:
contractual limits with that company. specifically for owners and intended 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
In such cases, you can have control to provide basic operational 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
of the repair and parts choices as information about the vehicle. For Credit Card Orders Only
long as the cost stays within The Owner Manual includes the (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
reasonable limits. Maintenance Schedule for all Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
models.
Service Publications Or write to:
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Ordering Information Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated
Manual. Attention: Customer Service
Service Manuals 47911 Halyard Drive
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – Plymouth, MI 48170
Service Manuals have the diagnosis $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
and repair information on the shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without
engines, transmission, axle, notice and without incurring
suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. obligation. Allow ample time for
steering, body, etc. RETAIL SELL PRICE: delivery.
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in
Service Bulletins
shipping fees. U.S. funds. Make checks payable
Service Bulletins give additional in U.S. funds.
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-12 Customer Information

Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Identification (RFID) Statement Defects
RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that
vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
pressure monitoring and ignition complies with Part 15/Part 18 of
system security, as well as in the Federal Communications
to the United States
connection with conveniences such Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
transmitters for remote door locking/ RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
has a defect which could cause
unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following
in-vehicle transmitters for garage a crash or could cause injury or
two conditions: death, you should immediately
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause inform the National Highway
personal information or link with any harmful interference. Traffic Safety Administration
other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
personal information. interference received, including General Motors.
interference that may cause If NHTSA receives similar
undesired operation of the complaints, it may open an
device.
investigation, and if it finds that
Changes or modifications to any of a safety defect exists in a group
these systems by other than an of vehicles, it may order a
authorized service facility could void recall and remedy campaign.
authorization to use this equipment.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-13

However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects

become involved in individual to the Canadian to General Motors
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
To contact NHTSA, you may call believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors.
the Vehicle Safety Hotline defect, notify Transport Canada Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 immediately, and notify General
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Chevrolet Motor Division
Motors of Canada Limited.
http://www.safercar.gov; or Chevrolet Customer
Call Transport Canada at
write to: Assistance Center
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
P.O. Box 33170
Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Road Safety Branch
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Washington, D.C. 20590 80 rue Noel
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
You can also obtain other (French), or write:
information about General Motors of Canada Limited
motor vehicle safety from Customer Care Centre,
http://www.safercar.gov. Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-14 Customer Information

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a
The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under
about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender,
vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are
monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties,
transmission performance, to designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data
crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation.
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
To read data recorded by an EDR,
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your special equipment is required, and
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is
Some modules may also store data needed. In addition to the vehicle
about how the vehicle is operated,
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were manufacturer, other parties, such as
such as rate of fuel consumption or law enforcement, that have the
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
.
special equipment, can read the
retain personal preferences, such as How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR.
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (15,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

Customer Information 13-15

GM will not access this data or OnStar® Infotainment System

share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or, If the vehicle is equipped with If the vehicle is equipped with a
if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar® and has an active navigation system as part of the
consent of the lessee; in response subscription, additional data may be infotainment system, use of the
to an official request by police or collected through the OnStar system may result in the storage of
similar government office; as part of system. This includes information destinations, addresses, telephone
GM's defense of litigation through about the vehicle’s operation; numbers, and other trip information.
the discovery process; or, as collisions involving the vehicle; the See the infotainment manual for
required by law. Data that GM use of the vehicle and its features; information on stored data and for
collects or receives may also be and, in certain situations, the deletion instructions.
used for GM research needs or may location and approximate GPS
be made available to others for speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
research purposes, where a need is OnStar Terms and Conditions and
shown and the data is not tied to a Privacy Statement on the OnStar
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. website.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (16,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

13-16 Customer Information

2 NOTES
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

OnStar 14-1

OnStar OnStar Overview operating. OnStar acts as a link to

existing public emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
OnStar Overview
vehicle, including location
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
information. See OnStar’s Terms
OnStar Services and Conditions and Privacy
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Statement for more details
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 including system limitations at
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 = Voice Command Button www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Q Blue OnStar Button
The OnStar system status light is
> Emergency Button next to the OnStar buttons.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a If the status light is:
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 comprehensive, in-vehicle system . Solid Green: System is on.
that can connect to a live OnStar
. Flashing Green: On a call.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connection, and . Red: Indicates a problem.
Diagnostic Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
. Off: System is off. Press the blue
subscription. OnStar requires the OnStar button twice to speak
vehicle battery and electrical with an OnStar Advisor.
system, cellular service, and GPS Press Q or call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
satellite signals to be available and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

14-2 OnStar
. Receive On-Demand
Press = to: Diagnostics for a check of the OnStar Services
. Make a call, end a call, vehicle’s key operating systems.
or answer an incoming call. . Receive Roadside Assistance.
Emergency
. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling With Automatic Crash Response,
. Manage WiFi Settings (if
voice commands. the OnStar system can
equipped).
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn automatically connect to an OnStar
Navigation voice commands. Press > to get a priority connection Emergency Advisor. The built-in
Requires a specific OnStar to an OnStar Emergency Advisor system can automatically connect to
subscription plan. available 24/7 to: help in certain crashes.
. Obtain the WiFi network name,
. Get help for an emergency. Press > to connect to an OnStar
or Service Set Identifier or SSID, . Be a Good Samaritan or Emergency Advisor. GPS
and passphrase (if equipped). respond to an AMBER Alert. technology is used to identify the
vehicle location and can provide
Press Q to connect to a live . Get assistance in severe important information to emergency
Advisor to: weather or other crisis and personnel. OnStar Emergency
evacuation routes. Advisors are trained to provide
. Verify account information or
update contact information. assistance and link to existing
public emergency service providers
. Get driving directions. Requires in emergency situations.
a specific OnStar
subscription plan. With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Crisis Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information if a
crisis occurs.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

OnStar 14-3

Security 3. Directions are downloaded to Repeat

the vehicle.
OnStar provides services including 1. Press =. System responds:
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote 4. Follow the voice-guided “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Ignition Block, and Roadside commands.
2. Say “Repeat.” System responds
Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can Using Voice Commands with the last direction given, then
unlock the vehicle doors remotely, During a Planned Route responds with “OnStar ready,”
if equipped with automatic door then a tone.
locks, and can help police locate the Cancel Route
vehicle if it is stolen. Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say 1. Press =. System responds:
Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
“Cancel route.” System
OnStar navigation requires a responds: “Do you want to 2. Say “Get my destination.”
specific OnStar subscription plan. cancel directions?” System responds with the
Press Q to receive directions or 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: address and the distance to the
have them sent to the vehicle “OK, request completed, thank destination, then responds with
navigation screen, if equipped. you, goodbye.” “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Destinations can also be forwarded Route Preview Other Navigation Services
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
Available from OnStar
1. Press =. System responds:
Turn-by-Turn Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Subscribers can
1. Press Q to connect to a live send destinations from
2. Say “Route preview.” System MapQuest.com to the vehicle
Advisor. responds with the next three Turn-by-Turn Navigation or
2. Request directions. maneuvers. screen-based navigation system (if
equipped). When ready, the
directions will be downloaded to the
vehicle.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

14-4 OnStar

Destination Download: Press Q, WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped) pressure (if the vehicle is equipped
then request the Advisor to The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that with the tire pressure monitoring
download directions to the provides a high-speed, wireless system); or activate remote horn
navigation system in the vehicle (if Internet connection to connect and lights. Also remote start the
equipped). After the call ends, press multiple mobile devices (data plan vehicle (if factory equipped) or
the “Go” button on the navigation required). unlock the doors from anywhere
screen to begin driving directions. with a wireless connection (if
1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot equipped with automatic locks).
If directions are downloaded to the information, press = and select With a required specific OnStar
navigation system, the route can or say “WiFi settings.” subscription plan, a destination can
only be canceled through the be sent to the vehicle. For OnStar
navigation system. 2. The WiFi settings will display the RemoteLink information and
WiFi network name/SSID, compatibility, see www.onstar.com
Destinations can also be passphrase, and level of
downloaded on the go. For (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
encryption.
information about eNav or OnStar RemoteLink® Key Fob
Destination Download, see 3. To change the SSID or
Services
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or passphrase, press Q or call
www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect This feature is included for five
with an Advisor. years and allows for remote door
Connections lock/unlock (if equipped with
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App automatic locks), remote start (if
The required specific Onstar (If Equipped) factory equipped), or activation of
subscription plan includes the horn and lights from anywhere with
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
services that follow to help a wireless signal. Download the app
mobile app to select Apple®,
customers stay connected. and start using it any time during the
Android™, and BlackBerry® or
For coverage maps, see Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices. trial period to get started.
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or From the mobile device, check the
www.onstar.ca (Canada). vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

OnStar 14-5

OnStar Hands-Free Calling 4. Say “Call.” System responds: 4. Pick a name tag. System
“OK, dialing 911.” responds: “About to store <name
This service allows calls to be made
tag>. Does that sound OK?”
and received from the vehicle. Retrieve My Number
5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try
To Make a Call 1. Press =. System responds: again. System responds: “OK,
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready.” storing <name tag>.”
“OnStar ready.” 2. Say “My number.” System Place a Call Using a Stored
2. Say “Call.” System responds: responds: “Your OnStar Number
“Call. Please say the name or Hands-Free Calling number is,”
number to call.” then says the number. 1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
3. Say the entire number without End a Call
pausing, including a “1” and the 2. Say “Call <name tag>.” System
Press =. System responds: “Call responds: “OK, calling
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.” ended.” <name tag>.”

Calling 911 Emergency Store a Name Tag for Speed Verify Minutes and Expiration
Dialing
1. Press =. System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then
“OnStar Ready,” followed by 1. Press =. System responds: “Verify” to check how many minutes
a tone. “OnStar ready.” remain and their expiration date.
2. Say “Call.” System responds: 2. Say “Store.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or “Please say the number you
number to call.” would like to store.”
3. Say “911” without pausing. 3. Say the entire number without
System responds: “911.” pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

14-6 OnStar

Vehicle Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works

OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can Information Automatic Crash Response,
perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
transmission, antilock brakes, and Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
other major vehicle systems. It also Press Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not
Pressure Monitoring System. If an account information. all OnStar services are available
On-Demand Diagnostics check is everywhere or on all vehicles. For
Selling/Transferring the more information, a full description
needed, press Q, and an Advisor Vehicle of OnStar services, system
can run a check.
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately limitations, and OnStar terms and
to terminate your OnStar services if conditions:
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
transferred, or if the lease ends. (1-888-466-7827).
Reactivation for Subsequent . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
Owners . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Press Q and follow the prompts to . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
. Press Q to speak with an
vehicle records and explain the Advisor.
OnStar service options available. OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

OnStar 14-7

in that area. The wireless service Services for People with OnStar Personal Identification
provider must also have coverage, Disabilities Number (PIN)
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar Advisors provide services to help A PIN is needed to access some of
services. Service involving location subscribers with physical disabilities the OnStar services, like Remote
information about the vehicle cannot and medical conditions. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
work unless GPS signals are Assistance. The PIN will need to be
Press Q for help with: changed the first time when
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar . Locating a gas station with an speaking with an Advisor. To
hardware. OnStar services may not attendant to pump gas. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
work if the OnStar equipment is not . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
properly installed or it has not been that meets accessibility needs. calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR.
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
. Providing directions to the Warranty
or modified, OnStar services may closest hospital or pharmacy in OnStar equipment may be
not work. Other problems beyond urgent situations. warranted as part of the vehicle
the control of OnStar may prevent TTY Users warranty.
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system OnStar has the ability to Languages
design and architecture of the communicate to deaf, The vehicle can be programmed to
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired respond in multiple languages.
crash, or wireless phone network customers while in the vehicle.
The available dealer-installed TTY Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
congestion or jamming. Advisors are available in English,
system can provide in-vehicle
See Radio Frequency Statement on access to all of the OnStar services, Spanish, and French. Available
page 13-12. except Virtual Advisor and OnStar languages may vary by country.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

14-8 OnStar

Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can to function properly. These systems
cause loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Assistance after the vehicle has Add-on Electrical Equipment
may ask for a call back after the
been off continuously for five days.
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a into the electrical architecture of the
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical
locksmith to help gain access to
the vehicle. Do not place items over or near the equipment. See Add-On Electrical
antenna to prevent blocking cellular Equipment on page 9-89. Added
Global Positioning and GPS signal reception. Cellular electrical equipment may interfere
System (GPS) reception is required for OnStar to with the operation of the OnStar
send remote signals to the vehicle. system and cause it to not operate.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Privacy
buildings; in parking garages; Message The complete OnStar Privacy
around airports; in tunnels,
If there is limited cellular coverage Statement may be found at
underpasses; or in an area with
or the cellular network has reached www.onstar.com (U.S.),
very dense trees. If GPS signals
maximum capacity, this message or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
are not available, the OnStar
may come on. Press Q to try the recommend that you review it.
system should still operate to
call again or try again after driving a If you have any questions, call
call OnStar. However, OnStar
few miles into another cellular area. 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location. or press Q to speak with an
Vehicle and Power Issues Advisor. Users of wireless
. In emergency situations, OnStar communications are cautioned that
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS the privacy of any information sent
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency via wireless cellular communications
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. cannot be assured. Third parties
available and operating for features
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

OnStar 14-9

may unlawfully intercept or access hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
transmissions and private above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
communications without consent. permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
copies.
OnStar - software unzip:
acknowledgements THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Certain OnStar components include ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license.
libcurl and unzip software and other IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT The definitive version of this
third party software. Below are the LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES document should be available
notices and licenses associated with OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip and for other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software please see AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP.
http://www.lg.com/global/support/ THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO All rights reserved.
opensource/index and EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
https://www.onstar.com/web/portal/ For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
getdocuments LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, the following set of individuals:
libcurl: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
NOTICE OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Daniel Stenberg, WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
<[email protected]>. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
All rights reserved. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Permission to use, copy, modify, the name of a copyright holder shall
and distribute this software for any Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
purpose with or without fee is otherwise to promote the sale, use
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

14-10 OnStar

Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations),
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the “Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ” or
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception “MacZip” without the explicit
Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution permission of Info-ZIP. Such
This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary altered versions are further
without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a prohibited from
express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is misrepresentative use of the
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the addresses or of the
incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not Info-ZIP URL(s).
damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
inability to use this software. or disabled. the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports and “MacZip” for its own source
and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces, and binary releases.
freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static
restrictions: library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the
must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered
notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be
this list of conditions. misrepresented as being
2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but
(compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the
reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names
notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (1,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Accessories and
How Does an Airbag AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 Antenna
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Passenger Sensing Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Active Emergency
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37 Rear Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Braking System . . . . . . . . 1-23, 9-63
What Makes an Airbag Antilock Brake
Active Fuel Management® . . . . . 9-30
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . 9-50
What Will You See after an Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Add-On Electrical
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36 Appearance Care
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-89
When Should an Airbag Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Additional Information
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-32 Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Additional Maintenance
Airbags Assistance Program,
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
Adding Equipment to the Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Adjustable Throttle and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42 Assistance Systems for
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-20 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
Adjustments
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Assistance Systems for
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-14
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Air Filter, Passenger
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Alarm Audio System
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Alert Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-65
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . .9-65
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (2,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

i-2 INDEX

Automatic Brake C
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18 Pedal and Adjustable
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
California
Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-24
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-70
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Perchlorate Materials
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Automatic Transmission Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Shift Lock Control Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Capacities and
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Carbon Monoxide
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Braking System
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Active Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
B Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Card Reader
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . 10-32
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Cargo
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Cautions, Danger, and
Voltage and Charging High Intensity Discharge
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-29 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-34
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Bluetooth Stoplamps, and
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Overview . . . . . . . . . 7-20, 7-22, 7-26 Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-21
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (3,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

INDEX i-3

Check Connections Customer Information

Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4 Service Publications
Ignition Control Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11
Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-28 Traction and Electronic Customer Satisfaction
Child Restraints Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Infants and Young Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 D
Lower Anchors and Coolant Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-8
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-51 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Danger, Warnings, and
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44 Engine Temperature Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61, 3-63 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Daytime Running
Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Cleaning Courtesy Transportation Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-93 Cover Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Climate Control Systems Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47 Door
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Cruise Control, Active . . . . . . . . . 9-50 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-8 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Compartments Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Text Telephone (TTY) Driver
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . 9-57
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (4,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

i-4 INDEX

Driver Information E Engine (cont'd)

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30, 5-32 Coolant Temperature
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71
Driving Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Electrical Equipment,
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-61 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-89
Characteristics and Cooling System Messages . . .5-37
Electrical System
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-74 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Engine Compartment
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-27 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Instrument Panel
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-11 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-40, 10-42
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-13 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Rear Compartment Fuse
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Emergency
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-31
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Engine
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Dual Automatic Climate Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-82
Check and Service Engine
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (5,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

INDEX i-5

F Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 9-37, 10-25 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36

Frequency Statement Engine Compartment
Fan
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Instrument Panel
Features
Front Fog Lamp Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-40, 10-42
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Rear Compartment Fuse
Filter,
Front Seats Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4
Heated and Cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 G
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 10-32 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-69 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70 Gauges
FlexFuel
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27 Engine Coolant
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-71
Filling a Portable Fuel Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-96
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-73 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Fluid
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-71 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Automatic Transmission . . . . .10-11
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Four-Wheel Drive
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-28 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . .9-30 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Requirements, California . . . . .9-70 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39 Warning Lights and
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (6,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

i-6 INDEX

General Information Heated Infants and Young Children,

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-74 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 Heated and Cooled Front Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Instrument Panel
GM Mobility Reimbursement Heater Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-32
H High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . 10-55 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-11
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-43 J
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Jack
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 K
Daytime Running Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-39
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 I Keyless Entry
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . 9-20, 9-22 Remote (RKE) System . . . 2-5, 2-8
High Intensity Discharge Ignition Transmission Lock Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-4
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Indicator
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-29 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (7,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

INDEX i-7

L LATCH, Lower Anchors and Lights (cont'd)

Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-48
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Lamps
Level Control Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47 Traction Control System
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Lighting Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Exterior Lamps Off
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Locks
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Lights Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-22
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Antilock Brake System Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-24 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Lane Change Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-28
Lane Departure
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Lane Departure Warning
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 for Children (LATCH
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-26 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
LATCH System
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Replacing Parts after a
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-19
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-60
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (8,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

i-8 INDEX

M Messages (cont'd) N
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . 9-46 Navigation
Object Detection System . . . . .5-40
Maintenance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Maintenance and Care Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 10-27
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-3
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45 O
Recommended Fluids Object Detection System
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-22 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Mirror
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Mirrors
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Automatic Dimming
Messages Oil
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Battery Voltage and Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35 Engine Oil Pressure
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-44
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-37 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-32
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39 OnStar®
Monitor System, Tire
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39 System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (9,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

INDEX i-9

OnStar® Additional P Phone

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-20, 7-22, 7-26
Park
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4 Port
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Power
Parking
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29
Brake and P (Park)
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-29
OnStar® Vehicle Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-30
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-27
Parking or Backing
Ordering Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . .9-58
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Passenger Airbag Status
Outlets Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Pregnancy, Using Safety
Passenger Compartment Air
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Overview, Infotainment Privacy
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-37
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . 13-14
Perchlorate Materials
Program
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
Personalization
Proposition 65 Warning,
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (10,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

i-10 INDEX

R Records Restraints
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-50
Radio Frequency
Recreational Vehicle Retained Accessory
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Radio Frequency
Reimbursement Program, Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Ride Control Systems
Radios
Remote Keyless Entry Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5, 2-8 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Roads
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Replacement Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Roadside Assistance
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
Replacement Parts Roof
Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-5
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
Rear Seats
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-43 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Rear Side Window Antenna . . . 7-11
Replacing LATCH System Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60 Running the Vehicle While
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6
Replacing Safety Belt Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-29
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Reporting Safety Defects
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Recommended Fluids and
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (11,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

INDEX i-11

S Seats (cont'd) Services

Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Shift Lock Control Function
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Check, Automatic
How to Wear Safety Belts
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Shifting
Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
Securing Child Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61, 3-63 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Security Side Blind Zone
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-29
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-27
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43 Signals, Turn and
Safety Defects Reporting
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Special Application Services . . . 11-9
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Specifications and
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Accessories and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4 StabiliTrak
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
SD Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-16 Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Seats
Maintenance, General Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Publications Ordering
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (12,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

i-12 INDEX

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 System Tires (cont'd)

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Active Emergency Braking . . . .9-63 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Forward Collision Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-61 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Steering System Messages . . . . 5-44 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1, 13-15 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Steps Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Systems Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-56
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Storage Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 T Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Storage Areas Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Taillamps Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-55
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Theft-Deterrent Terminology and
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27, 2-28 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27 Uniform Tire Quality
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-66
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47 When It Is Time for New
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (13,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

INDEX i-13

Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Transportation Program, Vehicle (cont'd)

Towing Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-74 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-35
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-82 Turn and Lane-Change Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-74 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-83 Turn Signal Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-77 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-88 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 U Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-26
Traction Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle Care
Control System (TCS)/ Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-55 Vehicle Data Recording
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58 and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Traction Control/Electronic Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55 Vehicle Diagnostics
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44 Updates OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Trademarks and License Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Trailer Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-88
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-77
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37 V
Transmission Vehicle
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Chevrolet 2015i Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Black plate (14,1)
Canada/Mexico-8431502) - 2015 - CRC - 8/8/14

i-14 INDEX

W When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Warning
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-50
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-67
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Warning Lights, Gauges,
Windshield
and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Winter
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-29
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Wipers
Wheels
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66